Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting useful knowledge

/

f*

*l

>

w

V

«m

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

mm cm

IS -IB I

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

^IM

IdL.^'Kjn

COXx/Uf, |C|Di,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

FOR

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

VOL. XL.

JANUARY TO DECEMBER.

1901.

PHILADELPHIA :
THE'AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

1901.

OK

4W

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
HELD AT PMLADELPMl FOB PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XL. January, 1901. No. 165.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Stated Meeting, January 4, 1901 3

The Osteology of the Cuckoos (with plates). By Dr. R. W.

Shufeldt •• 4

Stated Meeting, January IS, 1901 - 51

Stated Meeting, February 1, 1901 . . . 52

Stated Meeting, February 15, 1901 '. 53

Stated Meeting, March 1, 1901 54

Stated Meeting, March 15, 1901 55

Stated Meeting, April 12, 1901 56

Aboriginal Rock Pictures in Queensland. By R. EL Math-
ews, L.8 57

Stated Meeting, April 19, 1901 59

philadelphia :
The American Philosophical Society,

104 South Fifth Street.
1901.

It is requested that all correspondence be addressed

To the Secretaries of the

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
104 South Fifth Street,

Philadelphia, U. S. A,

Members will please communicate to the Secretaries any
inaccuracy in name or address as given on the wrapper of this
number.

It is requested that the receipt of this number of the
Proceedings be acknowledged to the Secretaries.

Members who have not as yet sent their photographs to the
Society will confer a favor by so doing ; cabinet size preferred.

JUL 6 1901

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XL. January, 1901. No. 165.

Stated Jfeeting, January 4, 1901.

Vice-President Wistar in the Chair.

Present, 10 members.

The Librarian laid upon the table the list of donations to
the Library, and thanks were ordered therefor.

The decease was announced of the Rt. Hon. Lord Arm-
strong, at Cragside, Rothbury, England, on December 27,
1900, at the age of 90 years.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt presented a paper on " The Osteology
of the Cuckoos (Coccyges)."

The Judges of the Annual Election for Officers and Coun-
cillors, held this day between the hours of two and five in the
afternoon, reported that the following-named persons were
elected, according to the Laws, Regulations and Ordinances
of the Society, to be the officers for the ensuing year :

President.
Frederick Fraley.

Vice- P res iden ts .
Coleman Sellers, Isaac J. Wistar, George F. Barker.

Secretaries.

I. Minis Hays, Samuel P. Sadtler, Edwin G. Conklin,

Arthur W. Goodspeed.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XL. 165. A. PRINTED MAY 31, 1901.

: SHUFELDT— OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

Treasurer.

Horace Jayne.

Curators.

J. Cheston Morris, Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry Pettit.

Councillors to serve for three years.

Eichard Wood, Henry Carey Baird, Samuel G. Dixon,
Joseph G. Eosengarten.

The Society was adjourned by the presiding officer.

THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS.
[Coccyges.]

(Plates I and II.)
BY DR. R. W. SHUFELDT.

{Bead January 4, 1901.)

Introduction.

My first paper evidencing any special interest in the structure of
the Cuckoos was published in The Ibis, of London, July 1, 1885
(pp. 286-288), and was entitled "On the Coloration in Life of the
Naked Skin-tracts on the Head of Geococcyx californianus," being
illustrated with a fine colored figure of the head of the Californian
Road-runner, natural size. In this paper the osteology of Geococ-
cyx was not touched upon, it merely calling attention for the first
time in science to the brilliant scarlet coloration of the naked areas
on the back of the head of the bird in question. This paper was,
however, soon followed by another in January, 1886, in which a
complete account of the skeleton of Geococcyx californianus was
given, illustrated by three plates, devoted to figuring the skull from
three or four points of view, and also all the other bones in the
osseous system of this species. It was published in 1 lie Journal of
Anatomy and Physiology (London and Edinburgh, Vol. xx, Part
II, pp. 244-266, Pis. VII-IX). As in the case of a few others,
this memoir is referred to again below, and is indeed, without its
figures, substantially reproduced in the present work, after having
been thoroughly revised (and augmented slightly) by myself. Al-

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 5

though the figures to this memoir were not, as I say, here repro-
duced, I have, nevertheless, devoted one of my present plates to
the bones of Geococcyx, giving four of the skull, one of which has
never been published before ; a ventral view of the pelvis published
for the first time; and pelvic limb-bones of a subadult individual
to illustrate remarks in the text. These bones are given for the
purposes of comparison and reference.

Again in the same journal last quoted I printed in October, 1886,
a brief " Osteological Note upon the Young of Geococcyx califor-
nianus (Lond. Vol. i, Pt. i, pp. 101-102), in which certain points
of interest referable to the tibio-tarsus were dwelt upon.

A very general account of the entire structure of this species I
published still later on in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London (Apr. 1, 1887. Pt. iv, pp. 466-491, Pis. XLII-XLV, 2
wcc. in text) — that is, apart from a treatment of the skeleton, as
that had already been published, as stated above. The figures to
this memoir had been submitted the size of life, but were subse-
quently reduced, a fact that was noted, or rather record made of in
The Auk later on {Geococcyx californianus — A correction, Vol. iv,
No. 3, July, 1887, pp. 254, 255). After this date I referred to the
anatomy of the Coccyges in various places and in different publica-
tions, but gave no extensive work devoted exclusively to a study of
their osteology as a whole.

In the present memoir I have brought together all the material
illustrating the osteology of the Cuckoos at my command, and have
described and compared it. I am indebted to Mr. Lucas for the
loan of some of this material from the collections of the United
States National Museum, where, unfortunately, they are very poor in
Cuckoo skeletons. The balance of what I have, has been either col-
lected by myself or for me by others.

Representatives of the Suborder Coccyges are found in many
parts of the world, and Cuckoos present us, in the forms already
known to science, with a list of some one hundred and sixty or more
species, exhibiting great variation in structure, size, coloration and,
indeed, general morphology. Their peculiar habits of nidification
and other eccentricities that characterize them are known to ornithol-
ogists and ornithotomists alike, and need not be reviewed here in a
work upon their osteology. Some Cuckoos, the "Tree Cuckoos"
so-called, are arboreal types, rarely alighting upon the ground,

6 SHTJFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan 4,

while others, such as our Californian " Road Runner," are naturally
terrestrial habitues, and only occasionally alight in the larger trees.
Both Africa and Madagascar contain wonderfully interesting
Cuckoos, and other birds so closely related, that by some system-
atise^ they have been associated with them.

Our own United States avifauna offers a number of some very
interesting species of the Cuculida, and these will be osteologically
treated in this memoir, and it is hoped that such characters as
their skeletons present may be eventually useful when our material
in the museums admits of a more extended morphological and taxo-
nomial study of the entire family.

In lower California and Texas we have Crotaphaga sulcirostris,
and its ally C. ani in southern Florida. I have, thanks to Mr.
Lucas, of the U. S. National Museum, some material illustrating
the skeletons of both of these types. Through the southern parts
of southwestern United States we also find Geococcyx californianus,
— a large and interesting species of Ground Cuckoo. This species,
as stated above in my Introduction, I chose several years ago, to
present a paper upon its osteology, and it was published with three
Plates in the Journal of Anatomy of London. Finally, we have
several species of those typically American Cuckoos of the sub-
family Coccygince. They include the true Tree-cuckoos of the
genus Coccygus, and I have a number of skeletons of them, illus-
trating both adult and nestling forms. For one good skeleton of
an adult, I am indebted to Dr. W. S. Strode, of Bernadotte, and
to my son for an alcoholic nestling of Coccygus americanus.

As a group, Huxley considered that the Coccygomorphce occupied
the central position of his Desmognathous division, and in a sub-
division of them (b) he included the Musophagidoz, Cuculidce, Buc-
conida, Rhampliastidcv , Capitonidaz, and Galbulidce, adding upon
another page that "Among the Cuculidce, Cuculus canorus is
devoid of basipterygoids ; the palatines are rounded off posterio-
externally; the internasal septum is well ossified and unites with
the maxillo-palatines."

"In Geococcyx the principle of construction is quite the same;
but the postero-external angles of the palatines are distinctly indi-
cated, and the beak is produced into an elongated triangular form.
A slight oblique ridge marks off the flat surface of the maxillary
process of the palatine from the excavated body of the bone." (P.
Z. S., 1867, pp. 444 and 466.)

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 7

Professor Max Fiirbringer makes a suborder Coccygiformes, a
division of his Order Coracornithes, and in it divides the genus
Coccyges into the two families Musophagidce. and Cuculida?, the
latter containing all the Cuckoos. 1

As our knowledge of the morphology of the group now under
consideration becomes more intimate, the general tendency is to
withdraw from its many species, indeed sometimes an entire family
or more, of birds that in former times were considered to be quite
typically coccygine in character. It was Sclater who finally re-
moved the Trogones from the group, and in due time, I am confi-
dent the Coccyges will be fully as well circumscribed as either the
Pici or the Psittaci.

Several years ago, Coues still adhered to the old "polymorphic
group," the Order Picari/E, and divided it into three groups, viz. :
the Cypselifonnes, the Cuculiformes , and the Piciformes.2 Of the

1 " Furbringer, Max, Untersuchungen zu Morphologic und Systematik der
Vdgel (1888), and on page 1553 of this work he says, " Mit den ektamphibolen
Musophagidce und den zygodactylen Cuculida beginnt die Reihe der Baum-
vogel (Coracornithes s. Dendronithes). Beide sind mit einander ziemlich nahe
verwandt und bilden die G. Coccyges und So. Coccygiformes, welche trotz
einzelner specieller und ziemlich hoher Differenzirungen der Cuculidae im Gros-
sen und Ganzen doch nur eine mittlere Entwickelungshohe unter den Coracor-
nithes erreicht und von alien Unterordnungen derselben von den Galliformes am
wenigsten absteht. Die kleine, enggeschlossene und jetzt auf die aethiopische
Region beschrankte Familie der Musophagidce repraesentirt den primitiveren
und in der Abnahme begriffenen Typus ; in tertiarer Zeit war sie vielleicht auch
iiber Europa und noch weiter ausgedehnt (Necrornis ?) Die nahezu kosmopoli-
tischen Cuculidce sind weit umfangreicher und mannigfaltiger ausgebildet und in
der Hauptsache hoher difterenzirt ; von ihren Unterfamilien diirften wohl im
Grossen und Ganzen die Phoenicophainse den tiefsten, die Crotophaginae den
hochsten Platz einnehmen. Ihre paleontologische Kenntniss ist allzu mangel-
haft, um systematische Aufklarungen zu gelben.

" In einer nur massigen Entfurnung von den Cuctclida scheint die kleine
Familie der neotropischen Bucconidce zu stehen ; der Mangel eigener Beobach-
tungen und die bisherige Unvollstandigkeit in der morphologischen Untersuch-
ung irgend eines Vertreters derselben machen mir eine sichere Entscheidung
hinsichlich ihrer systematischen Stellung vor der vermuthlich naher verwandt
dieselben kehren zugleich ihr Gesicht den Pici zu, ohne aber intimere Relationen
zu ihnen zu besitzen. Vorausgesetzt, dass die bisherigen Angaben iiber die
Bucconidce richtig sind, bin ich geneigt, beide Familien zu der G. Galbul^e zu
verbinden und diese als eine intermediare Abtheilung zwischen die Coccygi-
formes (Cuculidce) und Pico-Passeriformes (Pici) zu stellen."

2 Coues, E. Key to North American Birds, rev. ed., 1884, P«'446.

8 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

second-named he said that they comprehended the great bulk of
the Order; "in all, about fifteen families, rather more than less.
They are only readily limited by exclusion of the characters of the
preceding and following groups. The sternum is usually notched
behind ; the syringeal muscles are two pairs at most. The feet are
generally short ; the disposition of the toes varies remarkably. In
the Colii dee, or colies, of Africa, all the toes are turned forward.
In the Trogonidce, the second toe is turned backward, so the birds
are zygodactyle, but in a different way from all others. Families
with the feet permanently zygodactyle in the ordinary way by re-
version of the fourth, or partially so, the outer toe being versatile,
are — the Cuculidce, or Cuckoos, with their near relatives the Indi-
catoridce or Guide-birds of Africa ; the Rhamphastidce, or Toucans,
confined to tropical America and distinguished by their enormous
vaulted bill ; the Musophagidce, Plaintain-Eaters or Touracos, of
Africa ; the Bucconidce and Capitonidce, or fissirostral and scansorial
Barbets of the New and chiefly of the Old World respectively;
and the Galbulidce, or Jacamars, of America. (The Cuculidce and
Musophagidce are by Garrod placed together with Gallinaceous
birds.) In the remaining groups, the toes have the ordinary posi-
tion, but sometimes offer unusual characters in other respects.
Thus in the Alcedinidce (Kingfishers), and Momotidce (Motmots or
Sawbills), the middle and outer toes are perfectly coherent for a
great distance, constituting the syngenesious, syndactyle or aniso-
dactyle foot. The Bucerotidce, or Hornbills, of the Old World,
characterized by an immense corneous process on the bill, are rela-
tives of the Kingfishers ; so are the Todidce, a group of small,
brightly-colored birds of Mexico and the West Indies. Other
forms, all Old World, are the Meropidce or bee-eaters, the Upupidce
or Hoopoes, and the Coraciidce or Rollers, with their allies the
Leptosomatidoz, of Madagascar."

Garrod examined a good many Cuculine birds, and he divided
the Cuculidce into the Centropodince to contain the Ground Cuckoos,
and the Cuculince, or True Cuckoos.1 Several years later I exam-
ined the structure of Geococcyx calif ornianus, and in the opinion I

1 Garrod, A. H. Collected Scientific Papers, 1881, p. 220. This author
found the Cuculidce to possess the ambiens muscle, two carotids, a nude oil-
gland and caeca. The Centropodince have a formula AB. XY and the Cuculince,
A. XY.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 9

then arrived at it appeared clear to me that Garrod's classification
of the Cuadidce was well supported."1

Nitzsch did something with the classification of the Cuckoos,
using their various patterns in pterylography, but the work was only
partial and in the main not quite satisfactory.2

In 1873 (P. Z. S., p. 578) Mr. Sharpe, of the British Museum,
again attacked them, selecting for his labors the cuculine birds of
the Ethiopian Region. He made two subfamilies of the forms
there represented and examined, viz: (1) CuciiHnce, containing
Cuculus and Coccystes, and (2) Phcenicophaincs, in which he
placed Phcenicophacs, Centropns, Cona and others.

About twelve years later another important paper on the Caculidce
appeared, being a contribution by Mr. F. E. Beddard,3 and in it he
agrees in the main with Sharpe, but makes some few but apparently
justifiable changes. His opinions are deduced from a study of the
muscles of the thigh, the syrinx and the pterylosis of the Cuciriidce.
He was fortunate in being enabled to study a very large series of
species representing some thirteen genera, and upon this material
he divides the Family Cuculid^e into three Subfamilies, the Cucu-
lines, in which our Coccyzus is found in group (b) ; the Phceni-
cophaina, containing only Old World forms; and the Centropodincey

1 SHUFELDT, R. W. Contribittions to the Anatoiny of Geococcyx californi-
anus. Proc. Zo'dl. Soc. of London, 1886, pp. 466-491, Pis. XLII-XLV. It.
was shown here that our United States Cuculidce properly belonged to three sub-
families, the Crotophagince, or Anis, the Centropodincz, or Ground Cuckoos,
and the Cuctilina:, or True Cuckoos. Besides the paper on the Osteology of
Geococcyx, published in the Journal of Anatomy of London, and referred to
above, the writer has also produced two other minor contributions to the morphology
of this bird — viz., one in the Ibis with a colored plate, showing the colored skin-
tracts around the eye and back of the head (Lond., 1885, pp. 286-288, PI. VII) :
and the other in the Journal of Anatomy of London entitled, " Osteological
note upon the young of Geococcyx califomianus'''' (Vol. xxi, pp. 101, 102, Figs.
1 and 2). The last-named will to some extent be incorporated in the present
memoir, and both have already been cited in the Introduction above.

2 Pterylography, English edition, p. 91".

8 Beddard, F. E. On the Structural Characters and Classification of the
Cuckoos. P. Z. S., Lond., 1885, pp. 168-1S7, wcc. in text. In this paper the
writer points out an error formerly made by Owen (Owen, R., Comp. Anat. of
Verts., Vol. ii, p. 177), and says: "The gall-bladder is stated by Owen to be
wanting in almost all the Cuculidce. This statement is by no means correct;
indeed the gall-bladder appears to be very generally present, and those cases
where it is absent are the exceptions."

10 SHUFELDT— OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

where we find Geococcyx, Crotophaga and Guira all associated in
another group b.

To this last arrangement I very much demur, and doubt that the
retention of Geococcyx and Crotaphaga in the same subfamily at all
expresses the natural affinities of these forms within the family. It
will be seen later that they are very distinct types of Cuckoos, in so
far as they are osteologically organized. As I have already stated
elsewhere, I believe the Crotophagince constitutes a distinct sub-
family, and the summation of the entire morphology and a knowl-
edge of their especial habits will go far towards supporting this
arrangement.

Osteology of Geococcyx.

Of the Skull. — In Geococcyx we find the osseous superior mandi-
ble with a gently curved and rounded culmen, the curve increasing
very modestly as it approaches the apex. This part of the skull has
a broad base, being both deep and wide in the rhinal region, while
on all aspects it tapers gradually to the slightly decurved tip. Its
buccal surface is flat, with cultrate edges somewhat raised above the
general plane behind. Posteriorly, this face' is encroached upon by
the palatines and maxillo-palatines. Turning to the lateral surfaces
of this mandible (PI. I, Fig. i), we find them for the most part to
be slightly convex throughout their extent ; the only exception to
this being seen in the depressions which are found, one over each
of the scale-like projections that close the hinder two-thirds of either
nostril.

These last-mentioned openings are of a subelliptical outline,
placed longitudinally nearer to the edge of the beak than its culmen
and just posterior to its middle. They do not directly communi-
cate with each other, but are external apertures, in this bird, of
osseous tubes, one on either side, which are produced backwards
nearly to the rhinal chamber, being encased in the loose, osseous,
spongy mass that almost fills the otherwise hollow superior mandible
of Geococcyx.

In the skull freshly prepared, and before it dries, the cranio-facial
hinge enjoys considerable mobility, and its position is clearly indi-
cated by a transverse track. Mesially, this region is depressed, and
may show the last sutural traces of the nasal processes of the pre-
maxillary therein. Each nasal bone has been so completely met
by the various surrounding elements that, save its hinder margin,

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 11

its boundaries are hard to define in the adult bird (PI. I, Fig. i).
This is not the case, however, in the skull of a nestling Geococcyx
at my hand, where the bone is easily studied. Its premaxillary
process is rather long and very slender, while its two remaining
projections are broad. Near its middle it is perforated by a small
foramen, which we find persists throughout life and seems to corre-
spond to a similar minute aperture found in the same locality in the
skulls of certain Kingfishers (Ceryle). All three sides of this osse-
ous superior mandible are more or less marked by anastomosing
venations, and a few perforating foramina are always seen near its
apex.

A lacrymal in Geococcyx is an unusually large bone, though a
light one, due to its very open cancellous structure within, and its
being, perhaps, pneumatic besides. Superiorly, it articulates with
the frontal and nasal, principally with the last on the lateral aspect,
though it departs from it some time before reaching its lowest
point, where a slit-like interval is seen between the two bones.
Below, its broad, rounded margin is placed obliquely, its outer and
at the same time posterior end resting upon the upper side of the
maxillary, while its inner and anterior end being elevated just
above the superior surface of the corresponding palatine.

The posterior aspect of the lacrymal is concave from above
downward, in conformity with the somewhat globular concavity of
the orbit, while anteriorly it is correspondingly convex in the same
direction. It lies in front of the broad, quadrilateral ethmoidal
wing which overlaps it, the two forming a very complete partition
between the orbit and rhinal chamber, the bone under consideration
closing the outer third of the space.

The ethmoidal wing, the form of which I have just given, is
pierced above, immediately beneath the frontal bone, by two
elliptical foramina, the inner one being the larger, and both being
vertical. They probably transmit the olfactory nerve and vessels
to the rhinal space.

This "pars plana" has, like tlie lacrymal, also a somewhat can-
cellous internal structure, the plate being moderately thick. Its
lower and outer margins are concave and smoothly rounded off.

The expanded anterior extremity of a maxillary is immovably
wedged in between the nasal above and the posterior dentary
process of the premaxillary beneath. Its rod-like extension behind
forms about the anterior third of the very straight quadrato-jugal

12 SHTJFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

bar. The horizontally expanded end alluded to is quite ample and
may be perforated by numerous foramina. Its maxillo-palatine
development will be described when speaking of the under side of
the skull.

The remainder of the quadrato-jugal bar becomes gradually
larger and club-shaped as it nears the quadrate bone, to rather
abruptly turn inward as it reaches it, and is inserted in a vertical
notch in the usual apophysis of that element, which projects directly
outward to meet it (PI. I, Fig. 2).

With respect to the quadrate, we find that its orbital process is
very broad and flat, being at the same time very short. The body
of the bone is also broad, while its mastoidal apophysis is twisted
in a way common to many other birds, and supports at its summit
two articular heads with a distinct valley between them. At the
inferior aspect of the mandibular foot there are two condyles for
articulation with the lower jaw. The inner and smaller of these
is hemi-ellipsoidal in form, with its major axis in the same straight
line that constitutes the longitudinal axis of the corresponding
pterygoid. If this axis be produced the other way, it is found to be
at right angles to the long axis of the other and larger facet of the
mandibular foot of the quadrate. Rather a broad notch separates
these two condyles from each other.

The quadrate is a thoroughly pneumatic bone, and a large fora-
men is always found upon its posterior aspect half way between the
mastoidal head and the mandibular foot.

Both the sphenotic and mastoid processes are well developed in
this bird ; they are of about an equal size, the first being directed
downward, and the last downward and forward. Between them,
and carried well to the rear, is a sharply defined and rather deep
crotaphyte fossa. It is separated from a like depression of the
opposite side by an interval of one and a half centimetres. These
crotaphyte fossae are fully as well marked in Geococcyx as they are
in many of the Laridce, and better than they are in some members
of that group of birds, better, for instance, than they are in Larus
Philadelphia.

Owing to the great breadth of the frontals, the orbit is completely
sheltered above by an arching roof, the outer periphery of which is
concave inward and bounded by a sharp edge. This orbital vault
usually shows posteriorly a few perforating foramina. The rostrum
of the sphenoid is pneumatic and rounded for its entire length

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 13

beneath. It barely extends beyond the broad ethmoidal wings in
front and ascends but little as it proceeds in that direction. In the
nestling it is seen to be sharp-pointed anteriorly and grooved its
entire length superiorly.

The inter-orbital septum is a thin partition of bone, which always
possesses a considerable quadrilateral vacuity near its centre. This
usually merges with the foramen for the exit of the optic nerves
(PI. I, Fig. i), while the small foramen for the exit of the oculi-
motor remains distinct.

As might be expected from what has already been said about the
orbit, we find its hinder wall also very broad and generally concave
forward. At its usual site a distinct, irregular foramen of some
size is found for the exit of the olfactory nerve, and this branch
passes forward in the living bird in a shallow channel on the inter-
orbital septum beneath the frontal for its entire length, where these
two elements are united. It leads to the inner and larger of the
two foramina that were described above as occurring over pars
plana.

Before leaving this side view of the skull it will be as well to
notice the large, luniform sesamoid that occurs in the ligament that
passes from the quadrato-jugal to the hinder border of the articular
cup of the mandible. This sesamoid is present on both sides and
in all the skulls of Geococcyx that I have ever had the opportunity
of examining.

On the superior view of the skull we are to note the form of the
bony laminae that partially close in the external narial openings from
behind ; the position of the two small circular foramina beyond the
cranio-facial hinge; and this fronto-lacrymal region generally.
From this aspect we also see the small foramina that pierce on
either side the orbital roofs behind. Mesially, and between these
latter, a shallow, longitudinal groove marks the cranial vault. Pos-
terior to this again we find a smooth, globular and ample parietal
region. The crotaphyte fossae may likewise be discerned from this
upper aspect and a glimpse obtained of the supra- occipital promi-
nence. Here, too, may also be seen the manner in which the quad-
rato-jugals articulate with the quadrates.

Viewing the skull of Geococcyx from beneath, we find, anteriorly,
the broad, flat surface, already spoken of, which forms the lower
face of the superior mandible (PL I, Fig. 2).

Following this back we come to an elongated median vacuity,

14 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

that separates the anterior terminations of the maxillo-palatines.
This aperture has irregular, jagged edges, and through it we may-
see some of the open, spongy bone tissue that partially fills the
hinder portion of the core of the superior mandible. At the sides,
the posterior processes of the dentary parts of the premaxillary
overlap the maxillaries. They are long and triangular, with their
apices to the rear.

Returning to the maxillo-palatines, we find them to be, upon this
aspect of the skull, two very sizable, elongated, subcylindrical
masses, composed of an internal spongy tissue, but encased in an
outer covering of an extremely thin layer of compact tissue.
They lie parallel to each other and to the median plane, nearly
filling the interpalatine space. Anteriorly, they are separated by
the vacuity already described, while behind, their free and rounded
extremities slightly diverge from each other, they being in contact
in the median line for the middle thirds of their lengths (PI. I, Fig.
2). From their upper sides is developed a mass of open spongy
tissue; this is continuous with a similar structure that is found
within the superior mandible ; it reaches out, on either side, to
abut against the inner surfaces of the nasals ; it joins the horizontal
plates of the maxillaries, and finally supports a median vertical
plate of bone that stands just beyond the rhinal chamber proper,
this latter space being free from its encroachment, as it is from any
development of the ethmoid behind, beyond its lateral wings.

The anterior half of either palatine is quite a broad, flat, hori-
zontal plate, the distal end of which indistinguishably fuses, and is
directly continuous with the horizontal portion of the premaxillary.
To its inner side also, in this locality, it completely anchyloses
with the corresponding maxillo-palatine (PL I, Fig. 2). For the
most part, however, its inner and outer edges are free, not coming
in contact by the inner one with the maxillo-palatine, though it is
parallel to it and separated by an extremely narrow interval, while
its outer one neither touches the lacrymal nor the maxillary, but
occupies a plane inferior to both.

The posterior half of a palatine also lies mainly in the horizontal
plane, but its under surface is a concave one, and its upper corre-
spondingly convex. Its outer free edge, directly continuous with
the outer edge of the anterior half of the bone, sweeps by a gentle
curve round the " postero-external angle" of the palatine to its
head. Huxley was in error when he stated (P. Z. S., 1867, p.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 15

444) that these angles in Geococcyx "are distinctly indicated."
They are rounded, as he so well figures them for Cuculus canorus. x

The inner free edge of the bone extends from the head to the
apex of a small pointed process in front. For nearly its entire
length it is parallel to the corresponding edge of the palatine ot
the opposite side, from which it is separated by an interval of some-
thing like a millimetre or rather more. From this edge the surface
curves outward and backward, forming the "ascending process'1 of the
palatine. This terminates in another longitudinal straight margin,
which is applied to the corresponding one of the opposite palatine,
and both unite to form the usual groove at their upper aspects for
the rostrum of the sphenoid. These latter opposed edges also ex-
tend from the palatine heads, likewise in contact mesially, to a
common anterior process. This latter is nearly opposite the ante-
rior end of the rostrum, and from its extremity in front projects a
free, needle-like and rudimentary vomer, of some four millimetres
in length. It does not come in contact with the maxillo-palatines,
but lies above the interval formed by their slightly diverging pos-
terior extremities, and is freely articulated with the palatines at the
points from which it springs, and in the manner described. This
diminutive vomer is equally well developed in both my specimens
of Geococcyx.

Careful search was made in all of my specimens for an ossiculum
lacrymo-palatinum [os uncinatum), but failed to reveal the presence
of any such ossicle. This diminutive bone was first described by
Brandt, and, as is well known, occupies at least two positions in
the skull. In certain Albatrosses {Diomedea brachytira) it exists as
a delicate styliform bar connecting the descending limb of the
lacrymal bone with the upper surface of the corresponding palatine.
Other birds have it attached to the infero-external angle of the
lacrymal, where it may project freely backward, or lie along the
upper surface of the maxillary bar beneath it. Its position in the
Parrots is described in my memoir on the osteology of Conurus.

According to Forbes, " it also occurs in forms so different from
these [Albatrosses] as the Musophagidae, many Cuculidse, Chunga

1 In this connection compare what I have quoted, in an early paragraph of
this memoir, from Professor Huxley with a footnote which appeared in my
" Osteology of Geococcyx" (Jo urn. of Ana t., London, p. 247), cited above. It
must be that the skull of Geococcyx which Professor Huxley examined was either
an imperfect or broken one.

16 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

and Can'ama, as well as in some Laridse and Alcidae, so that its
presence is obviously of no particular taxonomic value." {Coll.
Scientif. Mem., p. 415.)

A pterygoid is a nearly straight and slender bone, and shows not
the slightest evidence of the development on its shaft of an apophy-
sis, and indeed there is no necessity for such, as the basipterygoidal
processes are entirely absent in this bird ; and the pterygoids when
in situ occupy a lower plane than the basitemporal region, as well
as being at seme distance in front of it.

These bones articulate with each other anteriorly and with the
opposed palatines ; from this point they diverge at an angle of
about 85 °, each to meet the usual facet upon the corresponding
quadrate at the base of the inner and smaller condyle on that bone.

The basi-temporal region is elevated above the prominent and
raised boundaries of the auricular apertures ; it is narrow and smooth
and lies for the most part in the horizontal plane. In front, it
presents for our examination a thin tip of bone, arching over the
common aperture of the Eustachian tubes.

Beyond this it contracts to form the sphenoidal rostrum, a con-
siderable portion of which is unoccupied before we reach the ptery-
goidal heads. This allows these bones not a little backward play
in the recent specimen, an action which is quite possible from the
more than ordinary mobility enjoyed on the part of the cranio-
facial hinge.

Either external auricular couch is a capacious fossa, well denned
by a raised and bounding thin wall of bone, with its free edge
curled in all round. At the base of either of these fossae we see
strong osseous trabecular, converging to a point near the centre to
support the double concave facet for the mastoidal head of the
quadrate. These stand between the Eustachian entrance and the
passage to the middle ear.

If the plane of the basis cranii be produced posteriorly, and the
plane of the occiput and foramen magnum extended to meet it, we
find the latter makes an angle with the first-mentioned plane of
about 480, while the long axis of the fairly well-developed supra-
occipital prominence would be perpendicular to it. In form the
foramen magnum is broadly cordate with its apex above ; the occi-
pital condyle at its lower margin is small, sessile and hemispherical
in outline, being so placed as to encroach upon the foraminal peri-
phery for about one-third of the condylar arc.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 17

Points of interest within the brain-case are seen in the presence
of a strongly marked longitudinal sinus and the unusual thickness
of the walls of the sella turcica ; its fossa, though deep, being quite
small, while at its base we find a double entrance for the carotids.

As a whole the skull of Geococcyx is a delicate and a very light
structure for its size, air gaining thorough access to most of its
parts.

The mandible (PI. I, Figs, i and 3), seen from superior aspect,
has the typical V-shaped form, with an extensive symphysis, which
is scooped out longitudinally above. Either ramus is not deep in
the vertical direction, while its upper and lower margins are promi-
nent and rounded, the former, however, becoming sharp as it
approaches the symphysis, which condition is sustained to the
mandibular apex.

The ramal vacuity is large and occupies its most usual site; in
outline it is an elongated ellipse, but its anterior third is encroached
upon by a thin plate developed on the part of the dentary element.

An articular end is considerably concave above and presents two
facets for the condyles of the quadrate ; its inturned process is
much tipped up, while the usual pneumatic foramen is seen near its
apex. Below, its convexity conforms with the convexity of the
articular excavation at its upper side, and its angle behind is
obliquely truncate from above downward in the forward direction.

Beyond an articular end on the superior ramal border, we find,
on either side, the coronoid process but feebly developed and
single.

When the osseous mandible is articulated in situ with the
remainder of the skull its tip does not extend quite so far forward
as does the apex of the superior osseous beak, a condition present
in the skulls of most Coracomorphtz and other groups.

In the hyoidean apparatus we find fully the anterior two-thirds of
the glosso-hyal represented by a thin strip of cartilage, while behind,
where it ossifies in front, the usual median foramen is seen, having
an elliptical outline. Posterior to^this, on either side, the strongly
marked cerato-hyals project outward and backward.

First and second basi-branchials do not anchylose with each
other, the former being short and thick, the latter about half as
long again and tipped off behind with cartilage.

The elements of the thyro-hyals are long and slender ; they like-

PBOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XL. 165. B. PRINTED MAY 31f 1901.

18 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. LJan. 4,

wise terminate in cartilaginous tips and curve up behind the skull
in the manner most usual among birds.

There are about twelve osseous sclerotal platelets in the circlet
found in either eyeball. They present us with nothing worthy of
especial remark, seeming to possess their most usual ornithic char-
acters.

It may be as well to add here a few words describing the ossifica-
tions of the trachea, and we find for the entire length of this sub-
cylindrical tube the osseous rings which compose it fail to meet in
the longitudinal median line posteriorly.

The interval thus formed, which is not very great, is occupied by
a thin membrane which is continuous with the internal tympaniform
membrane of the lower larynx. As to shape, the trachea diminishes
in calibre gradually from above downward, and nowhere in its con-
tinuity does it present any enlargements or dilatations.

This does not apply exactly to the bronchial bifurcations, for
each one of them shows a disposition to swell just before arriving at
the contracted parts of these tubes, where they impinge upon the
lung tissue.

We may reckon either of these bifurcations as being partially
surrounded by thirteen semirings. Of course in this bird, as I say,
the entire trachea may be regarded as having only semirings, but
had the usual number of these united behind there would still have
remained the thirteen semirings to each bronchial tube. An osseous
pessulus is not present in Geococcyx, and the internal tympaniform
membrane is quite extensive. There does not even seem to be any
thickening of this membrane in our subject where this bony little
bridge is located in those birds where it exists. (For figures of the
trachea of Geococcyx see my memoir in the P. Z. S. cited above.)
Of the Remainder of the Axial Skeletofi — The Vertebral Column. —
This column presents us with eighteen movable vertebrae before we
arrive at the consolidated pelvic sacrum. This latter contains
eleven more segments, thoroughly united together and firmly joined
to the iliac bones. Finally, we find five vertebrae and a large
pygostyle in the skeleton of the tail of Geococcyx.

In the cervical region we pass twelve vertebrae before we come to
the first one of the series that bears a pair of free ribs, the thirteenth
and fourteenth both possessing these appendages, and in both they
are well developed, though not reaching the sternum, through the
intervention of costal ribs. The pair on the fourteenth vertebra

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 19

has the epipleural processes fully as large as they are in the dorsal
series ; they are absent entirely, however, on the first pair of free
ribs.

Returning to the atlas we find this segment rather delicately con-
structed, though in form it is quite like what we find in other
groups of birds, the Passeres for instance. Its neural arch is
narrow antero-posteriorly, though the canal is capacious. A perfo-
ration is seen at the base of the articular cup for the occipital con-
dyle, which cuts through the superior margin of this little concavity.
The centrum is small and does not develop anything that might be
called an hypapophysis. On the axis vertebra we note the presence
of a low, tuberous, neural spine, occupying the entire central por-
tion of the arch, while posteriorly on the under side of the centrum
a feebly pronounced hypapophysis is seen. The odontoid apophy-
sis is small and short as compared with other features of this verte-
bra, a fact no doubt due to the lack of depth in the atlas. At either
side of the centrum we observe a delicate and vertical spicula of
bone which completely arches over the vertebral vessels, constitut-
ing the last remnants of the lateral canal at this extremity of the
column. This condition is often met with among the Anatidce in
the axis vertebra of those birds.

The postzygapophyses are directed backward and outward, and
are very powerfully developed, more so than in any of the first nine
or ten vertebrae of this portion of the column. The facets they
bear for articulation with the extremities of the prezygapophyses of
the third segment are at their under side about the middle. On the
third and fourth vertebras we also find a low neural spine placed at
the centre of either bone, while the hypapophysis is becoming
reduced in these segments, to disappear entirely in the fifth verte-
bra. These vertebrae, as in so many of the class, have their zygapo-
physial processes joined by a spanning lamina of bone, which in
either case and on either side is pierced near its middle by a small
elliptical foramen of the greater size in the fourth vertebra.

The lateral canals occupy rathef more than the anterior halves
of the sides of the centra, and the processes that project from the
under aspects of their free margins behind are short, and each is
separated by a considerable interval from its fellow of the opposite
side. This great inferior width of the cervical vertebra is a char-
acteristic feature of these segments in Geococcyx, and is well sus-
tained throughout the series until we come to the free rib-bearing

20 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

ones, when a gradual contraction takes place as we pass into the
dorsal region. But even here the segments are comparatively
broader in their transverse diameters than we often find them.

In the fifth vertebra the neural spine is placed further forward
on the bone, but is very small ; it is absent in the sixth, or only
faintly indicated, and it does not appear in the series again until
we find it as a pronounced crest on the fifteenth segment. Some-
times, however, a low, tuberous elevation marks its site in the few
ultimate cervicals.

Prezygapophyses in the fifth vertebra stand almost directly out-
ward, while the postzygapophyses very prominently point to the
rear. Little modification takes place in the former of these pro-
cesses as we examine the succeeding vertebrae, their general direc-
tion remaining about the same, but the articular facets they bear
face more and more toward the median plane as we proceed back-
ward. With the postzygapophyses, however, the case is otherwise,
for as we descend the cervical series we find these become gradually
shorftr and stouter with a wider divergence, while their facets, from
facing downward and outward, come to look almost directly down-
ward.

We find strongly marked metapophyses surmounting the bases of
the postzygapophyses in the sixth to the ninth cervical vertebrae in-
clusive ; after that they disappear, and are but feebly reproduced in
the dorsals, where they occur on the superior aspects of the ends of
the transverse processes.

On the fifth cervical vertebra the lateral canar is at its forward
part, appropriating about the anterior moiety of the entire centrum.
Its outer wall may show a slight perforation, while the parapophyses
which project from it behind are on either side a short and needle-
like spine. As we pass down the series this perforation becomes
larger and larger, until in the tenth vertebra it has broken through
the hinder free margin of the lateral canal and disappeared, leaving
in the segment only a shorter passage and a deep concave notch
indicating its site. Pari passu with this change, the parapophyses
and pleurapophyses pass through the usual evolution in that direc-
tion, to result in the perfect and free pair of ribs found in the
thirteenth vertebra. Faint beginnings of a carotid canal are also
seen in the fifth vertebra, in the presence of a shallow excavation
at the anterior end of the under side of the segment. This be-
comes better and better marked to include the tenth vertebra,

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 21

where this canal is moderately well protected by lateral walls, but
in none of the series does it become a closed passage as in some
other birds. In the eleventh vertebra its place is taken by a strong,
single and median hypapophysis.

This last becomes faintly tricornate in the twelfth vertebra,
markedly so in the next segment ; the three prongs springing from
a common pedicle in the fourteenth, which pedicle is lengthened
in the fifteenth ; still larger but without terminal prongs in the six-
teenth vertebra, to be entirely absent in the succeeding segment
and the rest of the column.

In the atlas the neural canal is capacious and transversely elliptical.
From this vertebra it gradually changes its form and contracts in
calibre, until in the fifth vertebra we find it nearly cylindrical in
shape and much reduced in capacity.

Passing down the series it gradually changes for a second time,
so that in the eleventh vertebra it is again found to be large and
transversely elliptical. This form it retains through the dorsal
series, though once more reduced in calibre.

In the tail vertebras it is at first triangular with apex above, to
become a vertical slit as it enters the pygostyle.

The fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth and eighteenth vertebrae of
the column in Geococcyx support ribs that meet to articulate with
costal ribs below.

These ribs are broad above, but become more and more rod-like
as they near their haemapophysial articulations. The first three
pair of the series bear large epipleural processes, which are always
anchylosed to the rib upon which they appear. These three also
have costal ribs connecting them with the sternum ; this I believe
to be as small a number of the latter present in any living bird —
i.e., only three haemapophyses articulating with either costal border
of the sternum. The last pair of ribs, or those coming from the
eighteenth vertebrae, never have epipleural processes, and their
costal ribs do not reach the sternum.

With respect to the four vertebrae that bear the ribs, we find
that they present all the characters of the dorsals as found among
Aves generally. The neural spines are lofty and quadrilateral in
outline, each having its superior rim capped off with a vertically
flattened tablet of bone. The diapophyses are rather broad, and
project directly outward from the sides of the vertebrae, having the
ribs articulating with them and the centra in the usual way. Very

22 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

close interlocking is evidenced among these four dorsal segments,
and the post- and prezygapophyses are no longer than is necessary
to afford the proper amount of surface for their respective articular
facets. Anteriorly, these face upward and inward, precisely the
reverse being the case with those found on the postzygapophyses.

So far as we have examined the vertebral column, the articulation
which obtains among the centra is upon the hetei-ocoelons plan — i.e,
the anterior facet is concave from side to side, convex from above
downward, precisely the reverse condition being present in the
posterior facet. All these vertebrae, as well as both kinds of ribs,
are eminently pneumatic, groups of foramina occurring at the usual
sites in these bones.

The Pelvis (PL I, Fig. 4). — From its singularly unique form the
pelvis of Geococcyx has attracted the attention of a number of
anatomists. Owen speaks of the ilium as forming behind "a.
prominent ridge in most birds, which generally overhangs the outer
surface ; in Geococcyx to a remarkable extent, like a wide pent-
house, producing a deep concavity in the outer and back part of
the ilium, where it coalesces with the ischium." l

Marsh, in his classical work upon the Odoniornithes, again calls
attention to the same thing, and points out other particulars in con-
nection with it, making admirable comparisons with the pelves of
Peptilia, Tinamus and other forms.2

Strange to relate, the only other living American bird, so far as
I have examined, that possesses a pelvis anything like the one we
find in Geococcyx is the common Sora Rail (Porzana Carolina).

This bird not only has either ilium forming the peculiar outward-
curling crest behind, but has also the propubis well marked and
identically the same style assumed by the anterior portions of the
ilium, i.e., a deeply concave inner margin, with the sacral crista
mounting above it and not coming in contact with the same.

Viewing the pelvis of Geococcyx from above, we are to notice the
condition just alluded to as well as the raised anterior emargina-

1 Anat. of Verts. , Vol. ii. p. 34, London, 1866.

2 Marsh, O. C, Odontomithes, pp. 70-73, Figs. 16-20, Washington Govern-
ment Printing Office, 1880. There certainly can be nothing that advances our
knowledge of the exact origin of birds more certainly than the constant compari-
son of recent forms with the material palaeontology has thus far been enabled to
supply us — not a great deal as yet. Prof. Marsh never seemed to allow such an
opportunity to escape him.

1901.1 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 23

tions of these ilia, with the processes that project from their middle
points. As already hinted, the ilio-neural canals are here open
grooves, and the neural crest of the sacrum stands between them as
a lofty dividing wall, with much thickened superior border. This
latter is distinctly marked for the entire length of the sacrum,
otherwise the individualization of the vertebrae composing this part
of the bone is not very distinct, as few foramina are to be found
between their cfiapophyses until we reach the last one, where regu-
larly occurs a large pair, throwing the ultimate urosacral into bold
relief.

Upon the lateral aspect of this pelvis, we not only gain a better
view of the largely developed propubis and the strangely formed
hinder portion of the ilium, but we are also enabled to get a glimpse
of the rather small subcircular ischiac foramen, with the reniform
antitrochanter in front of it. This latter faces almost directly for-
ward and only slightly downward, and less so outward. Beyond
this again is the acetabulum, with the circular perforation at its
base, the postero-superior arc of which merges with the periphery
of the outer cotyloid ring at the base of the antitrochanter, while
directly opposite this point the arces of these two circles are far
apart, and an excavation occupies the intervening space. This
grows less, of course, as we proceed either way toward the base of
the antitrochanter, where, as I have said, the inner and outer rings
are tangent to each other.

The elliptical obturator foramen occupies its usual position, and
so close together are the postpubis and ischium that an exceedingly
narrow strait leads from this vacuity into the obturator space, a
long narrow interval between the last two mentioned bones. At
the centre of the triangular area among these three apertures at the
side of this pelvis, is found a group of small pnuematic foramina
which assist in admitting the air into the substance of this light and
thoroughly aerated bone.

The Caudal Vertebroe and Pygostyle. — As already stated above,
the caudal vertebras are five in number (Plate I, Fig. 4). They are
chiefly noted for their high and prominent neural spines, the two
loftiest being seen in the third and fourth vertebrae. The diapo-
physes grow longer and more spreading as we proceed in the direction
of the pygostle, the last segment possessing them longer than any
of the others. We find in the third caudal vertebra a small anchy-
losed chevron bone, which slightly overlaps the bone in front of it.

24 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

This apophysis is very strongly developed in the last two vertebrae,
where it is also anchylosed to the centra, is bifid, and hooks well
forward to overlap the preceding centrum in either case. Each one
of these bones is pierced by pnuernatic foramina in a number of
places, as is also the terminal coccygeal vomer.

This latter bone has an oblong irregular figure, with its posterior
margin considerably thickened, the others being cultrate. The
neural canal is continued into it for some little distance, its pas-
sage being denoted on the sides of the bone by a longitudinal smooth
elevation, which gradually tapers away to the postero-superior angle.

Of the Sternum and Pectoral Arch. — The sternum of Geococcyx
is a thoroughly pnuernatic bone, but air does not gain access to any
of the shoulder-girdle elements.

In the case of the former, foramina are chiefly found in the con-
cavities among the haemapophysial facets on the costal borders. A
few scattered ones may be seen in the median line upon the dorsal
surface. The number of these latter vary in different specimens.

The " Road Runner " has a two-notched sternum, which gives
rise to a pair of flaring xiphoidal processes on either side. Its
carina is fairly well developed and moderately deep only. It ex-
tends the entire length of the bone, and is marked upon the upper
side of its projecting carinal angle by a roughened facet for articu-
lation with the hypocleidium of the furculum.

Osseous welts are raised upon its sides to facilitate muscular
attachment, and these, in some specimens, extend on to the ventral
aspect of the body. The inferior border of the keel is somewhat
thickened.

In front of the sternum a peg-like manubrium projects out, the
lower margin of which is longitudinally marked by a sharpened
crest. Below this, the perpendicular anterior border of the keel is
vertically concave, and this inferior manubrial crest is carried into
the excavation as a median raised line.

Either costal border is very short, having but three facets upon
it, and these are usually close together. In front of them, on either
side, a prominent costal process is reared, constituting one of the
most striking features in this part of the skeleton of Geococcyx.

The thoracic aspect of the sternum is very much concaved, the
ventral side being correspondingly convex. Here on this latter we
notice well-marked muscular lines, one on either side, commencing

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 25

at the outer termination of a coracoidal groove, and running back-
ward to a point about opposite the middle of the keel.

The coracoidal grooves do not meet at the manubrial base in the
median line, and each one is characterized as being a deep trans-
verse notch, with upper and lower lips of projecting bone and ex-
tending laterally only so far as the inner or anterior limit of the
base of the corresponding costal process. My former memoir in
the Journal of Anatomy gives figures of the sternum of Geococcyx.
With respect to the pectoral arch, I find a coracoid to be, compara-
tively speaking, an unusually long bone ; its sternal or lower border
extends beyond the facet proper, in order to fit into the coracoidal
groove of the sternum. This end of the coracoid is not as much
expanded as we find it in some birds, but, on the other hand, like
many of the Class, its outer angle is produced and bent upward as
a projecting process.

The shaft is long and cylindrical, being marked down its posterior
and lateral aspects by muscular lines.

At the superior, or really anterior extremity of this bone we
find several noteworthy and interesting characters. Its scapular
process is very long, and compressed from side to side. This
apophysis reaches forward, and by its slightly dilated extremity
articulates with a vertically concave notch in the lower part of the
head of the corresponding clavicle.

Another meeting between these two bones takes place above, and
this is effected by the summit of the coracoid curving inward
toward the median plane, to articulate with a considerable facet
found at the highest point of the clavicular head.

These two articulations between the furculum and the coracoid
completely close the tendinal canal, even without the assistance of
the scapular behind, though this latter bone materially aids in in-
creasing the actual length of this tendinal passage, by closing up
the posterior gap.

The os furcula has a form about intermediate between the usual
U- and V-shapes of the bone. Regarding it from a lateral aspect,
the actual form of one of its transversely compressed heads can be
better appreciated, as well as its method of articulation with the
other bones of the girdle. This part of the skeleton of Geococcyx
has all been figured in my former memoir on its osteology in the
four?ial af Anatomy.

Below it is flattened in the antero-posterior direction, and termin-

26 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

ates in an elongated hypocleidium. This latter articulates when
the arch is in situ with the carinal angle of the sternum, in the
manner described in a foregoing paragraph.

A scapula assists to form the glenoid cavity in the usual way,
contributing about half the surface to that humeral socket. Its
clavicular process reaches far forward, to make an extensive articu-
lation with the head of the furculum, when the bones are in the
position they assume in life. It also rests further forward upon the
scapula process of the coracoid than is usually seen among birds.
Sometimes we find the posterior third of the long, narrow blade of
this bone bent down more abruptly than in the specimen I have
figured in my former memoir, and its end is always rounded off,
rather than being truncated, as is commonly the condition in Aves.

At the outer and back part of the shoulder-joint in the adult
Geococcyx occurs usually a very minute sesamoid, known as the
os humero scapulare, and I am led to believe that small sesamoids
may yet be found in other of the tendons of the pectoral extremity
in this region.

Of the Appendicular Skeleton. The Pectoral Limb. — Pneuma-
ticity is extended only to the bone of the brachium in this limb,
the hollow shafts of the other long bones being charged with
medullary substance.

The humeral shaft is much bowed, and in such a manner as to be
convex along its radial border and concave upon the opposite side,
which concavity is more apparent owing to the prominence of the
ulnar crest and the peculiar projection of the distal extremity in
the continuity of this curve.

In form the shaft is nearly cylindrical and almost entirely devoid
of muscular lines.

At the proximal end, a well-marked valley occurs between the
ulnar crest and the spindleform humeral head. The former has
barely any pneumatic fossa at its base, the circular foramen there
found being nearly flush with the general surface of the bone. On
the opposite aspect we find a short though prominent radial crest,
which makes no pretence to extend its lamelliform plate down the
shaft, as we often find to be the case in birds.

The distal extremity of this bone presents for examination the
usual oblique and ulnar tubercle, while, as already alluded to, the
ulnar condyle of this end is much produced and very prominent.

The anconal aspect immediately above the trochlea is flat and

1901. J SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 27

smooth, the opposite side showing a broad, shallow groove for the
guidance of the tendons to the antibrachium. A fairly well devel-
oped " ectocondyloid tubercle" is seen at its usual site, on the
radial border of the shaft just above the oblique trochlea.

Following the example of the humerus, we find the comparatively
short radius and ulna very much bowed along the continuity of
their shafts. This gives rise to a broad spindle-shaped interosseous
space, the two bones only coming in contact at their distal and
proximal extremities when articulated.

The radius is not nearly so much bent as the other bone of the
antibrachium, and presents nothing peculiar about it. On the
other hand, the ulna, with its greatly curved shaft, its prominent
row of secondary papillae and its well-developed olecranon, is
quite a striking bone beside it.

Composing the elements of the carpus, the two usual free seg-
ments are seen ; of these, the radiale has pretty much the same form
as it assumes among birds generally, while the ulnare takes on an
entirely different shape. It does not develop the two limbs or
processes that straddle the proximal extremity of the carpo-meta-
carpus when the bones are in situ, as in the vast majority of the
Class, but is simply a bar of bone, with one end enlarged and bear-
ing at its summit an articular facet for the ulna.

The carpo-metacarpus is chiefly interesting for its peculiarly
formed mid-metacarpal. This is uncommonly broad at its proxi-
mal end and curiously twisted as it descends to anchylose with the
lower end of the index metacarpal, or main shaft of this compound
bone. So far as I have been enabled to discover, the phalanx of
pollex-digit does not bear a terminal claw, and the bone has the
usual form as seen in most birds. Nothing of note distinguishes the
two phalanges of the index digit, while the small phalanx of the
last finger develops, at the middle point of its hinder margin, a
curious little upturned spur.

Of the Pelvic Limb. — As in the pectoral extremity, the proximal
long bone of this limb, the femur, is the only one in it that enjoys
a pneumatic condition. The site of the foramen that admits the air
to its hollow shaft is, however, quite unique, being upon the poste-
rior aspect of the bone, between the trochanter and head, instead of
on the anterior side, as usual, below the trochanter.

This latter feature is not elevated above the articular surface at
the summit, and the semi-globular head is, comparatively speaking,

28 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

rather small. A shallow excavation upon its upper side marks the
usual point for the. insertion of the round ligament.

The subcylindrical shaft faintly showing the muscular lines is
considerably bent to the front, and at its distal extremity in that
situation the rotular channel is well marked, the condylar ridges
bounding it being about parallel to each other.

The outer and larger condyle of the two is at the same time the
lower, and the fibular cleft that marks its posterior aspect is very
wide and deeply sculpt, being rather more to the outer side than is
usual.

Above these condyles, behind, the popliteal fossa is but mod-
erately excavated, and a straight transverse line bounding it below
divides it from the general trochlear surface.

We find in the next segment of this limb, the tibio-tarsus with a
subcylindrical shaft below its fibular ridge that is slightly bent so
as to be in the vertical line, somewhat convex anteriorly. The
bending here though is not nearly so great as we find it to be in the
humerus and femur or, to make the comparison more exact, in the
ulna.

The cnemial crest of this leg-bone is but little raised above the
undulating articular surface of its summit, while the pro- and ecto-
cnemial ridges that develop below it are not peculiar.

Their planes are not at right angles to each other, that of the latter
having its surface facing directly to the front. Neither is produced
for any distance down the shaft of the bone, but they terminate
rather abruptly upon it ; the procnemial ridge terminates at a point
about opposite the superior end of the fibular ridge on the other
side of the shaft..

At the distal extremity of the tibio-tarsus the planes of the con-
dyles are nearly parallel to each other, and these trochlear eminences
are strikingly close together in Geococcyx.

The intercondyloid fossa is deeply excavated in front, to become
suddenly much shallower behind as well as somewhat narrower.
Upon lateral view it will be seen that the general outline of either
of the condyles is more circular than we usually find it in others of
the Class, where a reniform pattern prevails.

Just above the condyles, on the anterior aspect, the vertical
tendinal channel is spanned by the usual little oblique bridge of
bone, and this is supplemented in life by a longer ligamentous one
placed in front of it.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 29

The fibula has a large head, which is produced backward beyond
its shaft. This latter makes a close ligamentous articulation with
the fibular ridge of the tibio-tarsus, and at some little distance
below it merges into its shaft to become almost indistinguishably
fused with it.

A well-developed subcordate patella, with its apex directed
below, is found in the usual tendon in Geococcyx.

The tarso-metatarsus of the Road Runner is a longer bone than
we would be led to expect, had we in our possession but the other
long bones of this limb to judge from.

Its summit presents for examination the two concavities for the
condyles of the tibio-tarsus, separated by the mid-tubercle. Behind
this we find a short hypotarsus, showing two vertical grooves at its
back and two vertical perforations through it.

The sides and front of this bone are flat, the latter for its proxi-
mal half being longitudinally grooved, deepest above, gradually
becoming shallower as it descends. Posteriorly it is likewise
grooved in a somewhat similar way ; but here the outer wall of the
groove is raised as a sharp longitudinal crest, best marked at the
middle third of the shaft and gradually subsiding toward the
extremities.

At the distal end we note the three usual trochleas for the basal
joints of the toes, as shown in fig. 27 of my former memoir; how-
ever, in this zygodactyle bird the outer one of these is extended to
the rear in such a manner as to allow the fourth toe to articulate in
that direction.

Of these trochleas the middle one is much the largest and is
placed the lowest down ; it is the only one of the three that shows
the distinct median groove. The trochlea for the fourth toe is
much elevated, while the inner one holds about a mid-position in
this respect.

A well-developed accessory metatarsal, slung by a ligament in the
usual way, is found between the shaft and the basal joint of the
hallux. The perforating foramen "for the passage of the anterior
tibial artery is small and inconspicuous, being at the same time
quite low down on the shaft.

The joints of these podal digits are harmoniously proportioned,
both as regards size and comparative length. Beyond being typi-
cally zygodactyle, they offer nothing of particular note.

Before reducing my specimens to skeletons I failed to make any

30 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

special examinations as to the condition of the ossifications of the
columella auris in the adult Geococcyx. I find, however, among
other normal ossifications in this type some twelve or thirteen
sclerotal plates in either eye, overlapping each other in a somewhat
irregular manner. As in certain other birds, some of the tendons
of the pelvic limb in old individuals of this Cuckoo are converted
into bone, and small sesamoids may be found about the proximal
extremities of the basal joints in the soles of the feet. The entire
skeleton of the pelvic limb for Geococcyx is figured in my former
memoir in the Journal of Anatomy.

OSTEOLOGICAL NOTE UPON THE YOUNG OF GEOCOCCYX CALIFOR-

NIANUS.

My collection contains the skeleton of the nestling of the Cuckoo
now under consideration, secured at the time immediately before
the bird quits the nest. This skeleton is disarticulated, and, like
all the skeletons of immature birds, offers a very instructive object
for study.

Several years ago, as I have said in the Introduction above, I
published in the London Journal of Anatomy (Vol. xxi, p. 101) an
observation upon the tibio-tarsus of the pelvic limb to this skeleton,
and the substance of these remarks with addenda are herewith
incorporated.

It is a well-known fact that the proximal extremity of the tibio-
tarsal shaft is much larger and more bulky in the young of certain
birds than it is in the adults of the same species.

This is very appreciably the case in many Gallinaceous fowls, and
I have already remarked upon it as a striking feature in the skeleton
of the young of Centrocercus tirophasianus ; while in our present
subject, this immature Geococcyx, this condition obtains to an
extent unequaled, so far as my observations go, by any of the
GallincE.

Further, that portion of the tibio-tarsus, which in the old bird
eventually becomes the antero-superior part of the shaft, and sup-
ports the pro- and ectocnemial processes, is in the young individual
developed as a separate epiphysis. Formerly, from careful exami-
nation of material, it appeared to me that this epiphysis was super-
added to the true epiphysis of the summit of the shaft of this bone of
the leg, and thus corresponded to the olecranon of the ulna. (See

1001.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 31

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., Vol. vii, 1884, p. 324.) Upon carefully
re-examining this material at the present writing it certainly seems
that this is the case, but I would prefer to microscopically investi-
gate a series of these bones of all ages and properly stained before
restating the opinion.

In Geococcyx the proximal end of the ti bio-tarsus appears to pos-
sess a terminal epiphysis, something similar to what we see in the
Frog, and to this is super-added the additional piece, as already
stated above ; and as age advances in the individual the proximal
third of the shaft, so much larger than it actually is in the adult,
becomes gradually absorbed so in time to be equal to it in size.
(See PI. I, Fig. 6.) This is very curious. The lower two-thirds of
the bone in the young has a calibre proportionately less than the
corresponding part in the adult and is in harmony with the size of
the bird.

I regret to say that ossification had proceeded so far in this
specimen that I was unable to determine anything beyond the
single segment at the distal extremity of the bone, and additional
material is required for me to decide whether or no the intermedium,
as described by Morse, develops in Geococcyx as a separate ossicle ,

In this young bird the pelvis already exhibits all of those peculiar
features, which makes it so interesting a subject for study in the
adult, while points of somewhat minor importance are to be noted
in other parts of the skeleton. The anterior half of the sternum is
quite complete, and all in one piece, while its posterior portion is
entirely in cartilage, and as yet gives no hint as to the form it will
eventually assume — even the xiphoidal prolongations not being
indicated.

On the Osteology of Crotophaga.

Through the courtesy of the U. S. National Museum I have the
following osteological material before me to illustrate the skeleton
in this extraordinary genus of Cuckoos, representing as they do the
subfamily Crotophagince.. First, nearly a complete skeleton of C.
sulcirostris (No. 6467) ; the sternum, shoulder-girdle and ribs of a
specimen of C. rugirostris (No. 7048) ; finally, the same bones from
a skeleton of C. ani (No. 432, Bryarth coll.). (See PL II, Figs. 8,
9 and 11.)

In some few particulars there is a curious resemblance between
the lateral view of the skull of Crotophaga and the same view of the

32 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

skull of the Common Puffin (Fratercula), but upon careful scrutiny
we at once see that Crotophaga possesses a true cuculine skull, and
one that, for at least the posterior moiety of the basal aspect of its
cranium, reminds us not a little of Huxley's figure of Cuculus
ca?wrus (P. Z. S., 1867, p. 444, Fig. 26). Among our Cuckoos,
however, Caccyzus is the bird that appears to have a skull most like
Cuculus, and Crotophaga upon the lateral view of its skull reminds
us of neither of those species.

Regarding the skull of this Ani upon its upper aspect, we are
enabled to see how the subcompressed, lofty superior osseous man-
dible mounds up mesially just in front of the very distinct cranio-
facial line. The culmen is sharp and arches over handsomely to
the tip of the decurved apex of the beak. The small subcircular
nostrils can also be partially seen upon this view and the minute
foramen that perforates either nasal bone. The large lacrymals
have much the form they have in Geococcyx and articulate with the
surrounding bones in precisely the same manner. Longitudinally,
in the middle line, between the orbits, the frontal region exhibits a
moderately-raised, rounded eminence, extending backward upon
this aspect as far as the vault of the brain-case ; and this inter-
orbital space is quite broad in Crotophaga — proportionately much
more so than it is in Geococcyx.

This breadth is likewise enjoyed by the smooth, rounded super-
ficies of the cranial vault.

Laterally this skull presents a well-marked temporal (crotaphyte)
fossa ; a small post-frontral process directed downward, and a
much larger arched squamosal one directed forward and only
slightly downward.

The quadrato-jugal bar is straight and slender between quadrate
and lacrymal, while the small sesamoid at its posterior end seems to
be in a ligament passing from it to the os quadratum.

The capacious orbits are only separated from each other by a
thin, incomplete septum, and the foramina in the anterior wall of
the brain-case are large and may merge to some extent.

Os quadratum is large, with a good-sized orbital process. Its
various projections are thin and compressed, while a deep notch
separates its two mandibular facets. Pars plana is also of good
size, fusing with the frontal above, where it is pierced internally by
a single foramen (two in Geococcyx) ; its infero-external angle
being somewhat drawn out into a stumpy apophysis. This osseous

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 33

partition aided by the large, descending part of the lacrymal forms
a very efficient bulwark between the orbit and the rhinal chamber ;
while, laterally, in front of the last mentioned bone quite a sizable
vacuity exists ere arriving at the posterior edge of the nasal.

The base of this vacuity is spanned by the slender maxillary.
Either aural entrance is capacious, and underspanned by a fairly
well-developed tympanic bulla. A side of the osseous superior
mandible is flat and nearly smooth, being only slightly scarred by
delicate vascular venations. Passing next to the base of this skull
we find the basitemporal region smooth and rather contracted, the
tympanic bulla dipping down considerably below it upon either
hand. A pointed bony shield underlaps the anterior entrance to
the Eustachian tubes, and the foraminal apertures for the hypo-
glossal and vagus nerves, and the carotids are very small and incon-
spicuous. The lower border of the sphenoidal rostrum is narrow
and rounded, while either pterygoid is somewhat short, straight and
characterized by a raised and sharpened superior border for its an-
terior two-thirds. These bones articulate far forward from the
cranial base, and no sign whatever is seen of basipterygoidal pro-
cesses.

For their rmajor part the palatines lie in the horizontal plane,
they being for their lengths nearly of uniform width, and their
postero-external angles are very much and completely rounded off.
They are in contact along the middle line next the rostrum but do
not seem to fuse together there, and their supero-mesial margins
are produced forward into a single and diminutive spicula of bone,
which possibly represent the vomer. Crotophaga is desmognathous
by the fusion of its delicate and spongy maxillo-palatines across the
middle line. Indistinguishably fused with these seems to be an
osseous septum narium, and the spongy osseous tissue that fills in
the hinder moiety of the cavity of the upper mandible. The
prepalatine portions of the palatines are in intimate contact with
the maxillo-palatines, while anteriorly these horizontal plates be-
come continuous with the flat bony roof of the nether surface of the
osseous beak ; quite as we fine them in all of our Cucididcz.

With respect to the mandible, we find it of the V-shaped pattern,
with a moderately deep symphysis, the latter being concaved above
and roundly sharpened along the median line below. The ramal
sides are of nearly uniform depth throughout and are by no means
narrow ; the interangular vacuity behind being small (PL II, Fig. 8).

PROC. AMEK PHILOS. SOC. XL. 165. C PRINTED JUNE 1, 1901.

S-k SHUFELDT — 03TE0L0GY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

Either articular cup is well concaved, with its inturned process
much produced and spine-like. Behind, the process is short and
stumpy. Comparatively speaking it is a stronger lower jaw than
has either Geococcyx or Coccyzus.

Typically cuculine, the delicate hyoidean arches of Crotophaga
present us with little worthy of especial remark. They agree in the
main with what was shown to obtain in those parts in the " Road
Runner." We must note, however, that in the Ani the cerato-
hyals are but mere granules of bone that neither fuse with nor meet
each other, but simply rest against the anterior tip, on either hand,
of the first basibranchial.

I have not examined the sclerotal plates of the eye, nor the
intrinsic bones of the ear. They were lost from my specimens.

Beddard has said that

"Crotophaga a?ii is well known to possess a bronchial syrinx, which may
be considered as more specialized than that of Geococcyx and Pyrrho-
centor, in that the membrana tympaniformis is limited to the posterior
bronchial rings, commencing with about the seventh, and does not ex-
tend up to the point of bifurcation of the bronchi ; in this respect the
syrinx of Crotophaga resembles that of Steatornis, which has been care-
fully described by Prof. Garrod." l

As in that bird, the bronchi arise from the trachea much as they
do in the Mammalia ; the first nine rings of each bronchus are
entire ; the tenth and eleventh rings are considerably wider from
side to side, and their extremities are connected by membrane
which forms the inner neck of the bronchus ; the succeeding rings
become gradually narrower and are similarly completed internally
by membrane. In Steatornis the membrana tympaniformis is only
of limited extent, the posterior rings of the bronchi being, like the
anterior rings, complete ; in Crotophaga this is not the case — all the
bronchial rings, commencing with the seventh, are semirings ; there
is a single pair of slender intrinsic muscles attached, one on each
side of the tenth bronchial semiring.2

As in the case of Geococcyx, Crotophaga has eighteen free vertebrae
between the skull and the pelvis, and although these have the same
general characters as the corresponding segments in the spinal
column of the Ground Cuckoo, they have special features of their
own. For instance, the fifth to the eighth cervicals develop a

1 Coll. Scientif. Papers, p. 188.
'/». Z. S., 1885, p. 173.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 35

slender osseous bar, on either side, joining the pre- and postzyga-
pophyses, a character that gradually disappears in the next few suc-
ceeding vertebrae. Again, we see strong, median hypapophyses in
the last cervicals and some of the leading dorsals, and the neural
spines to the latter are much as we find them in Geococcyx only
being one or two more in number. Crotophaga seems in the main
to agree also in the nature and arrangement of its ribs ; they differ,
however, in the specimens before me by having a very rudimentary
pair on the twelfth cervical. There is also a peculiar pair of short,
stumpy ribs, detected considerably backward, articulating with the
first vertebra of the pelvis.

The skeleton of the tail agrees practically with the same part of
the bird as we find it in Geococcyx, and this remark essentially
applies to the pelves of these species of Cuckoos — though in Croto-
phaga the ilia behind do not curl outward quite so much in pro-
portion, and the prepubic spine or process is relatively not so
large.

As to their shoulder-girdles, Crotophaga sulcirostris and Geococcyx
agree pretty well, though in the former bird we find very notably
narrow scapulae, — long and pointed, while the hypocleidium to the
os furcula is relatively as large as we find it in most passerine birds,
being curved backward and upward, when the bones are in situ,
and occupies the lower part of the recess formed by the anterior
concaved border of the sternal keel. Os furcula itself is more
broadly rounded below than it is in Geococcyx. In other species of
Crotophaga these characters are not quite so strongly marked, ap-
proaching, perhaps, more nearly what we see in the Ground Cuckoo.

One would now naturally suppose from the number of points of
agreement in the trunk-skeletons of these two species thus far
enumerated, that we would surely find their sterna modeled upon
the same plan. This, however, is by no means the case, for
although Crotophaga sulcirostris has essentially a cuculine sternum,
with a relatively deeper carina than has Geococcyx,1 it differs radi-
cally in the xiphoidal portion of the bone, for it has but one
rather shallow notch upon either side ; whereas, as we have seen,
Geococcyx agrees with Coccyzus in possessing two. In Crotophaga
ani this shallow notching of the xiphoidal margin of the sternum

1 This deeper sternal keel we might naturally expect to find, being a character
often seen when we come to compare birds that are by nature flyers, with those
that habitually spend the most of their time upon the ground.

36 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

is carried to its mininum, and almost entirely disappears, the border
of the bone in question well-nigh becoming entire.

Being constructed upon exactly the same principle, I find noth-
ing especial requiring description in the pectoral limb of Crotophaga,
further than what has already been given above for Geococcyx.
(See PI. II, Fig. 9.) Practically the characters are the same in all
the bones composing the skeleton of this extremity in these two
Cuckoos, and I also find that a small os humero-scapulare is present
in the Anis.

With respect to the pelvic limb, this statement applies with almost
equal truth, though in Crotophaga the procnemial process of the
tibio-tarsus is not as well developed ; it has but a single tendinal
perforation through the hypotarsus of the tarso-metatarsus, and that
process is peculiarly capped off by a plate of bone ; and, finally,
in Crotophaga the longitudinal excavation adown the anterior
aspect of the tarso-metatarsus is, comparatively speaking, much
deeper than it is in Geococcyx. Aside from these apparently minor
difference's the skeletons of the pelvic limbs of these two cuculine
types are fundamentally the same.

The Genus Coccyzus Osteologically Considered.

Forms of this group, as C. americanus, have a skull, with its asso-
ciated skeletal parts, very much like Geococcyx, and quite different
from what we have just described above for Crotophaga. (See PL
II, Fig, 7.) So much is this the case that I will not enter upon a
detailed description of the skull of Coccyzus but rather give some
of the chief departures it makes from the corresponding characters
as they occur in that part of the skeleton of the Ground Cuckoo.

In Coccyzus, and essentially too in Ce?itropus and Diplopterus, the
structure of all the osseus parts of the superior mandible practically
agree, both in form and relations, with what we find in Geococcyx.
The former species, however, has a relatively shorter and broader
bill, but its maxillary processes, at the same time, are not only rela-
tively, but (usually) actually longer than they are in Geococcyx.

A lacrymal bone in Coccyzus has its descending portion only
represented by an outwardly-curved, delicate spicula of bone ; the
structure as a whole reminding us very much of the lacrymal as we
find it in many of our Tetraonidce.

This is by no means the case, however, in Centropus and in
Diplopterus nozvius, where in both these genera the lacrymal bones

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 37

are, comparatively speaking, large and conspicuous, especially in
the last-named species (see PI. II, Fig. 15).

Posteriorly, the crotophyte fossae of Coccyzus more nearly ap-
proach each other than they do in Geococcyx, and a pterygoid in the
former species develops a raised, thin crest on the superior aspect
of its anterior moiety, a character I do not find at all in the Road
Runner. These fossae are very deep in Centropus superciliosus and
nearly meet behind, while in Diplopterus ncevius they are shallow
and widely separated posteriorly.

Coccyzus may or may not possess a minute spiculiform vomer. I
have examined adult fresh specimens to decide this very point, and
have found old individuals where this element was undoubtedly
missing, while I have found it very feebly developed in others.1

Turning next to the remainder of the skeleton we find eighteen
free vertebrae between skull and pelvis in the spinal column, as in
Ce?itropus and Diplopterus ncevius, and their characters are essen-
tially the same as I have described them for Geococcyx. This state-
ment also applies to the caudal vertebrae, but the number and
arrangement of the ribs do not either agree with the Ground
Cuckoo nor with the Ani.

There are three pairs of free cervical ribs ; four pairs of dorsal
ribs that connect with the sternum by haemapophyses ; and finally,
a pair of pelvic ribs that lack epipleural appendages and whose
costal ribs do not quite succeed in reaching the costal border of the
sternum. This last pair appear to be absent in Diplopterus ncevius
(PL II, Fig. 14).

The pelvis is cuculine in its general character, but differs consid-
erably from the pelvis of Geococcyx. Its ilia curl but little over the
ilio-ischiac foramen upon either side, and the coalescence between
the internal margins of the ilia and the sacral crista is more
thorough. The prepubis is very small. In none of the N. American
Cuckoos are the parapophyses of the sacral vertebrae opposite the
acetabulae upon the ventral aspects of the pelvis, especially length-

1 Especial attention is invited to the morphology of the external narial aper-
tures of the superior osseous mandible of Geococcyx, Coccygus, and Crotophaga.
In the latter they are clean cut, subcircular, and comparatively small : while in
Geococcyx and Coccygus they are large and subelliptical, but more or less masked
by the bony lamina that extends over them, leaving in the case of the first-men-
tioned species a rather small anterior narial aperture, with usually two apertures
in Coccyzus, an anterior and a posterior one. They are small and fairly clean cut
in Diplopterus ncevius, but large and triangular in Centropus.

38 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan.4r

ened and strengthened to act as tie-beams to brace the line of
pressure between the femora.

In Ceniropus superciliosus the prepubic spines of the pelvis are
conspicuously produced, while the postpubic element upon either
side extends but very little beyond the bone above it posteriorly.
Then in the curious pelvis of this Cuckoo the ilio-neural grooves
are very short and are arched over simply by the much antero-pos-
teriorly compressed arches of one of the included vertebrae (PI. II,
Fig. 13). In Diplopterus ncevius these grooves are open and
shallow, while the slender postpubic elements sweep far out behind,
and the prepubic spine is barely noticeable. In other words the
pelves of these two Cuckoos are essentially very different. Centro-
pus has all the main cuculine characters well pronounced, while the
pelvis in Diplopterus closely resembles that part of the skeleton in
some of the passerine birds.

Several interesting points are presented on the part of the bones
composing the shoulder-girdle in Coccyzus. A scapula is compara-
tively not quite as long nor as narrow as we find it in Crotophaga,
and its posterior fourth, in some specimens, is inclined to be broad-
ened, and bent slightly outward. At the sternal end of a coracoid,
at its outer side, we meet with a conspicuous, upturned and sharpened
process. The hypocleidium of the os furcula of some specimens of
Coccyzus americanus is of a peculiar form, having a crescentic shape
with the concave aspect of the line looking toward the manubrium
of the sternum.

Comparatively shorter and broader than we find it in Geococcyx,
this latter bone nevertheless practically agrees with the sternum of
the Ground Cuckoo and with Diplopterus.

Its deeper keel has still the true cuculine pattern, and there are
two notches upon either side of it, behind, and these are deep in the
last named genus. Of the xiphoidal processes thus formed the
strong outer pair possess dilated hinder ends, while the weaker
inner pair are, upon either side, inclined by their posterior tips
toward the postero-external angles of the mid-portion of the
xiphoidal prolongation. In some of the Bornean Meropidce these
tips fuse at the angular points just mentioned. As in all N. Ameri-
can Cuculidce, the sternum is a very thoroughly pneumatic bone.1

1 A number of the skeletal characters in the case of Coccyzus are liable to
vary and depart to some extent from the descriptions I am here giving ; among
which are the depth of the xiphoidal no'ches ; the form of the hypocleidium of

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 39

Some points of interest are to be seen in the trachea of Coccyzus,
for in this Cuckoo, the tracheal rings differ very markedly from
what we found to be the case in Geococcyx, in that some of them
are as fully and completely ossified as are any of the tracheal rings
among the Passer es. This is likewise the case in Centropus. The
pessulus also ossifies, as do the arytenoid bones and the thyroid
plate.

As for the hyoidean apparatus it seems to agree with the skeleton
of it in all ordinary Cuckoos, and practically agrees with the corre-
sponding parts in Croiophaga}

No especial nor detailed description is required for the pectoral
and pelvic limbs of Ccccyzus. The skeleton of these parts is cucu-
line in all particulars, differing but little from what has already
been described above for other United States Cuckoos.

In the case of the pelvic limb, this genus of birds agrees with Croio-
phaga in that pro- and ecto-cnemial processes of the tibio-tarsus are
quite feebly produced ; while, on the other hand, the hypotarsus of
the tarso-metatarsus agrees with the corresponding apophysis as we
found it in Geococcyx in that it exhibits two vertical perforations
for the passage of tendons, instead of one, as we found to be the
case among the Anis. Coccyzus also has the fibula short and weak,
and the patella in this Cuckoo is comparatively very small.2

the os furcula; the amount of fusion engaged in between the sacral crista and
the internal margins of the ilia, and other points ; and this remark applies to a
number of other species and genera of the Tree Cuckoos;

1 This statement must be taken only tentatively, for peisonally I rely upon
Beddard's description of the ossifications of the trachea in Croiophaga, and a
fuller examination of the trachea in Coccyzus may go to show that the parts are
more alike in Coccyzus and Geococcyx than in Coccyzus and Croiophaga. It
is a point that requires more extended examination. In fact all these structures
need a much fuller reseirch than they have as yet had bestowed upon them.

2 Since the above account was written I came across some special cotes that I
had made and set aside five or six years ago upon the skeleton of Diplopterus
ncevius in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, and although these notes
duplicate one or two of the statements already made above, they are sufficiently
full in other particulars to warrant their being inserted here as a footnote to
render the account of the osteology of that species more complete. They run as
follows :

In Diplopterus na:vius the superior osseous mandible is considerably shorter
than the remainder of the skull, measuring from the very distinct cranio-facial
line.

Its culmen is rounded and the whole bill decurved, while the external narial

40 SHUFELDT— OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

Notes on the Skeleton of a Nestling of Coccyzus ameri-

.canus.

Allusion has already been made in a former paragraph of this
memoir to the material here to be considered. The skeleton I have

aperture is much as we find it in Geococcyx. The frontal region is narrow,
concaved, and the cranial vault agrees in form with that region in Coccyzus.

The temporal or crotaphyte fossae, though well marked, are confined to the
lateral aspect of the skull. Postfrontal and squamosal processes agree better
with what we found in Crotophaga sulcirostris, while the quadrate agrees in
form with that bone in the average cuculine types. The central portion of the
interorbital septum is very deficient in bone, as in the Ground Cuckoos. A pars
plana is ample, quadrilateral in outline and exhibits a single nervous foramen
above it. The lacrymal practically agrees with that bone as it is seen in Geo-
coccyx, as does the quadrato-jugal rod. Turning to the base of the cranium, we
find a pterygoid to agree with the corresponding element in Coccyzus, with its
superior crest still better marked. The palatines, although cuculine in their
general features, are peculiar, for their prepalatine portions are markedly
narrow, their widest parts being at the middle of the postpalatines, and finally a
distinct, spiculiform process of no great length juts out from either postero-
external angle.

A rudimentary spine-like vomer may be present. Posteriorly, the backward-
extending bulbous ends of the maxillo-palatines are well separated in the median
line, and it is only anteriorly that desmognathism is shown by the fusion of these
processes with the mass of spongy bone tissue occupying the forepart of the
rhinal chambers.

This last seems to be deposited about a true osseous septum narium. Either
nasal is perforated by a minute foramen, to which I have invited attention in
other Cuckoos and the Kingfishers : internally one of the elements develops an
osseous spine that is sent downward and inward toward the maxillo-palatine of
the same side. The maxillaries are typically cuculine.

The mandible is V-shaped, decurved, with short symphysis and small ramal
vacuity.

Diplopterus ncevius has eighteen free vertebras between skull and pelvis, with
the ribs arranged just as we find them in Geococcyx ; it differs, however, in
having six free vertebra? in the skeleton of the tail, with a pygostyle that differs
somewhat in form with that bone in both Coccyzus and the Centropodince, in
that its postero-superior angle is not drawn upward so as to be rather more
prominent than its antero-superior angle — which feature is best seen in Coccyzus.
The bones of the shoulder girdle are characteristically cuculine, with the scapulse
long and very narrow, as in Crotophaga sulcirostris.

In the form of its sternum it agrees with Coccyzus americanus, but shows a
few distinctive features in its pelvis, for in Diplopterus the ilia anteriorly are
more decidedly separated from the sacral crista, and the postpubic elements are
well drawn out behind as inturned slender spines, as we see them in many Pas-
seres. Otherwise the pelvis of this interesting Cuckoo does not differ so very
much from lhat bone of the skeleton as it occurs in our genus Coccyzus.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 41

prepared from the alcoholic specimen exhibits some few points of
interest. In the skull I find a nasal bone to have the same form as
the nasal of an immature Geococcyx, and indeed the entire building
up of the skeleton of the head in these two types of Cuckoos seems
to be quite similar. With respect to the trachea, my examination
of it inclines me to believe that the majority of the rings are entire,
especially in the superior half of it. Still more interest attaches to
the development of the sternum of this chick of the Yellow-billed
Cuckoo, for it, too, ossifies in precisely the same way that that bone
does in Geococcyx. Its anterior moiety is already in bone, and in
one piece only: the posterior part is in cartilage and distinctly
shows the xiphoidal notches, two upon either side of the low semi-
developed carina. This is very different from what we find in the
GaHincB, a group of birds wherein it was shown that the sternum
ossifies from several centres, the pieces not fusing together until the
bird is nearly a year old.

There are eleven vertebrae in the pelvic sacrum of this young
Coccyzus, but no special attempt was made to determine how many
entered into the formation of the pygostyle. Nor was the micro-
scope brought to bear upon its carpus and tarsus with the view of
working out the morphology of the embryological elements that
enter into the formation of those two interesting joints in this
species.

Synopsis of the Principal Osteological Characters of the
Three Subfamilies of the United States Cuculid^e.

Subfamily Crotophagin^e.
Crotophaga ani.

Crotophaga sulcirostris.

i. Superior osseous mandible deep in vertical direction, some-
what compressed transversely; culmen sharp, decidedly curved,
mounded in front of transverse line of cranio-facial hinge.

2. External narial apertures small, sharply defined and subcircu-
lar in outline.

3. Frontal region broad, convex.

4. Temporal fossae deeply sculpt \ approach moderately behind.

5. Postfrontal process short ; squamosal process long. Quadrate
large with its processes much compressed. Quadrato-jugal bar

•±2 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OP THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

slender. Pars plana large. Interorbital septum thin, large central
perforation.

6. Lacrymal large, its descending part lamelliform, broad.

7. Basipterygoid processes completely aborted. Pterygoids
straight, moderately long, sharp on superior border.

8. Vomer rudimentary: Palatines, plate-like, comparatively
broad and placed horizontally, with their postero-external angles
completely rounded off. Maxillo-palatines large, spongy, in con-
tact in median line, and with several of the surrounding bones, but
not with the vomer.

9. Mandible V-shaped, sides rather deep, ramal vacuity small ;
angular processes stumpy, with the inturned ones long. Mandibu-
lar symphysis less than a third the length of the jaw.

10. Elements of hyoidean arches slender; basibranchials short,
separate bones ; cerato-hyals very small, not in contact.

11. Eighteen free vertebrae between skull and pelvis; cervical
ribs on the twelfth, thirteenth and fourteenth. Four pairs of dorsal
ribs, of which the three anterior pairs connect with the sternum.
One pair of very short pelvic ribs, directed backward. Pelvis
peculiar; anterior ends of ilia dilated, and their inner tips meet the
"sacral crista:" posterior to this they are contracted and are not
in contact with it. Small prepubic process present, and the ilia, on
either side, curl outwardly over the ischiac foramen. Postpubic
bones project but very slightly behind. Five caudal vertebrae and
a pygostyle ; the three last ones of the former having large hypapo-
physes.

12. Os furcula U-shaped, slender, with large hypocleidium, and
articulates with both scapula and coracoid above. Blade of scapula
long and narrow. Coracoid long with rather slender shaft.

13. Sternum short, moderately wide, with one pair of rather
shallow xiphoidal notches. (These latter are barely noticeable in
Cam.) Costal processes conspicuous. Manubrium small. Carina
subample, with its border concaved in front, forming a prominent
carinal angle. Pneumatic.

14. Humerus longer than either radius or ulna; radial crest
short ; shaft having the sigmoidal curve. This bone is pneumatic,
and the pneumatic fossa is very shallow and the foramen usually
single. Radius is straight and slender ; the ulna is bowed and
stout, and has down its shaft the row of papillae for the insertion of
the quill-butts of the secondary row of feathers. Carpal bones two.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 43

Medius metacarpal well bowed-out from the metacarpal of index
digit. Osseous digits long: blade-portion of the proximal phalanx
of index digit entire. A notable process at the medio-posterior
margin of the medius digit.

15. Bones of pelvic limb long and slender, and apparently
non-pneumatic. Femur slightly bowed forward. A small patella
present. Fibula feebly developed. Pro- and ecto-cnemial crests
of tibio-tarsus somewhat reduced, and the hypo-tarsus of tarso-
metatarsus once perforated for tendons, with lateral grooves for the
passage of the same. These grooves are formed by the process
being capped with a lamina of bone. Anterior aspect of tarso-
metatarsus longitudinally grooved for its proximal moiety.

Podal digits run 2, 3, 4, 5, for the 1-4 toes respectively, and the
fourth toe is permanently reversed.

Subfamily Centropodin^:.

Geococcyx californianns.

1. Superior osseous mandible not especially deep in vertical
direction; comparatively broad at base; culmen broadly rounded,
very gently curved ; being below the level of the frontal region at
the line of the cranio- facial hinge.

2. External narial apertures situated rather far forward, and
small only from the fact that the true nostril is permanently and
largely sealed over by an osseous lamina continuous with the side
of the mandible. Osseous nostril large in nestling.

3. Frontal region only moderately broad, and is concaved.

4. Temporal foss?e well-marked, and well separated behind.

5. Postfrontal and squamosal processes of nearly equal length.
Quadrate, quadrato-jugal bar, pars plana and interorbital septum
much as in Crotophaga. Two foramina for nerves over pars plana,
only one in Crotophaga.

6. Form of lacrymal a good deal as we find it in the Anis.

7. Basipterygoid processes completely absorbed. Pterygoids as
in Crotophaga but superior margins not especially sharpened, and
with a rudimentary " epipterygoid hook" present.

8. Vomer always present in adult; small, spiculiform, rod-like
and free. Palatines agree mainly with Crotophaga, but their postero-
external angles more abruptly rounded off. Maxillo-palatines as in
the Anis.

44 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. LJan. 4,

9. Mandible U-shaped, sides rather shallow ; ramal vacuity large ;
angular processes nearly aborted, with the inturned ones moderately
long only. Mandibular symphysis about one-fourth the length of
the jaw.

10. Elements of hyoidean arches slender, and practically agree
with the corresponding parts in the Anis, but Geococcyx has the
cerato-hyals more extensively ossified, and fused together anteriorly,

11. Eighteen free vertebrae between skull and pelvis; cervical
ribs on the thirteenth and fourteenth. Four pairs of dorsal ribs,
of which the three anterior pairs connect with the sternum. Pelvic
ribs absent. Pelvis of extraordinary form ; very strong and agrees
practically with the bone in Crotophaga, but the ilia very conspicu-
ously curled outwards behind, and the prepubic process very large.

Skeleton of the tail as in the Croiophagina.

12. Os furcula moderately U-shaped, somewhat slender; with
rather long but narrow hypocleidium. Other bones of this girdle
agree in the main with the corresponding ones in our other Cuckoos,
but the scapulae are comparatively not as narrow, and their apices
are more rounded posteriorly.

13. Sternum of the same general pattern as in all North Ameri-
can Cuculidae, but differs from the Crotophagince. in being twice
notched upon either side of the keel, which notches are compara-
tively much deeper, while the carina is relatively shallower. The
bone is thoroughly pneumatic.

14. Skeleton of the pectoral limb essentially agrees with what
has been recorded above for the Crotophagince.. Osseous papillae
on the shaft of the ulna very prominent. The bowed shaft of the
medius metacarpal wide and ribbon-like, slightly twisted upon
itself.

15. Bones of pelvic limb long and stout, with the femur pneu-
matic. Patella, comparatively speaking, rather large. Fibula very
feebly developed below the articular ridge on tibio-tarsus. Pro-
cnemial crest short and prominent, and the hypotarsus of the tarso-
metarsus twice perforated for the passage of tendons. Anterior
aspect of tarso-metatarsus, nearly flat for its proximal moiety.

Skeleton of pes essentially agrees with our other Cuculidcz.

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 45

Subfamily Cuculin^e.
Coccyzus 7?iinor.
Coccyzus minor maynardi.
Coccyzus americanus,
Coccyzus americanus occidentalism
Coccyzus erythropthalmus.

i. Superior osseous mandible but slightly longer than the
remainder of the skull. Broad at base, and somewhat com-
pressed vertically ; decurved more than in Geococcyx and with the
culmen similarly rounded.

2. External narial apertures as in Centropodince, but the over-
lying lamina not so extensive, and usually leaves two openings upon
either side of this mandible, one anterior to the other.

3. Frontral region somewhat narrow and concaved.

4. Temporal fossae broad vertically, somewhat shallow and sepa-
rated posteriorly only by the rather low supraoccipital prominence.

5. Postfrontal and squamosal processes much reduced. Quadrate
as in Geococcyx. Quadrato-jugal bar slender. Pars plana essentially
agrees with the corresponding part in Geococcyx, while the inter-
orbital septum is more nearly entire than it is either in the Croto-
phas,'ince or Centropodince.

6. Lacrymal not large, its descending process rather short, spicu-
liform, and turned outward. (Reminds us of the lacrymal bone in
some of our Gallince).

7. Basipterygoid processes completely aborted. Pterygoids
straight, relatively short, superior border in each raised and sharp.

8. Vomer rudimentary, or may be altogether absent. Palatines
as in the Centropodince, while the maxillo-palatines agree with both
the Ground Cuckoos and the Anis.

9. Mandible practically as in Geococcyx; sides shallow and the
ramal vacuity large.

10. Structurally, the hyoidean apparatus essentially agrees with
what we find in Crotophaga (but the tracheal ossifications do not
seem to correspond in this subfamily with what we find in the Cen-
tropodince) .

11. Eighteen free vertebrae between skull and pelvis; cervical
ribs on the twelfth, thirteenth and fourteenth. Four pairs of dorsal
ribs, all of which connect with the sternum by their haemapophyses.

46 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCK003. [Jan. 4,

One pair of pelvic ribs that do not quite reach the sternum by their
costal ribs.

Pelvis not strikingly peculiar, though cuculine in general pattern.
Posteriorly, the ilia curl outward only very moderately, and the
prepubic processes are quite vestigial in character. (Eleven verte-
brae in sacrum of young Coccyzus).

Caudal vertebrae and pygostyle agree in the main with N. Ameri-
can Cuculidce generally.

12. Os furcula U-shaped, slender, with luniform hypocleidium of
good size. Blade of scapula not strikingly narrow, broadish distally,
where it is sharp-pointed and slightly curved outward. A coracoid
agrees closely with that bone as it is seen in Crotophaga, and in
both it develops a conspicuous, upturned process at its sternal end at
the outer angle of the dilated portion.

13. General pattern of sternum agrees with Crotophaga but the
bone has two notches upon either side of the carina, as in the Cen-
tropodincB. It differs also from both Crotophagince and Ce?itropodince
in possessing four facets for costal ribs upon either costal border.

14. Skeleton of pectoral limb cuculine, but possesses an individ-
uality of its own. The humerus is a trifle shorter than either the
ulna or radius ; the bones of the antibrachium are straighter,
especially the ulna, than they are in the other subfamiles. Os
humero-scapulare, though small, is usually present in all of our
Cuculidce.

15. Bones of pelvic limb long and slender, and apparently non-
pnuematic. They have some characters in common with the Anis,
and some in common with the Ground Cuckoos. A small patella
is present. Fibula feebly developed. Pro- and ecto-cnemial
processes of tibio-tarsus reduced, and the hypotarsus of the tarso-
metatarsus twice perforated for tendons, with lateral grooves for
the passage of the same.

These grooves are formed by the process being capped with a
lamina of bone. Anterior aspect of tarso-metatarsus quite flat.

Skeleton of pes upon the same plan as in other Cuculidce, charac-
terized above.

Brief Discussion of Cuculine Kinships.

When we come to consider the affinities of the Cuckoos we are
confronted with a more or less natural group of birds that have
representatives in nearly all parts of the world. They are very
different from any of the Suborders thus far treated of by me in

1901.] SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. 47

my previous memoirs, and they are to a greater or less extent struc-
turally linked to a variety of other families of birds that have long
puzzled both the ornithologist and the avian anatomist. By their
zygodactyle feet they may at once be distinguished from any of the
enormous group of the Passer -es, to be considered later on. (The
MSS. at this writing are complete.)

Their affinities, if there be any, with the Caprimulgi, the Cypseli,
the Trogones, the Troc/i Hi and the Picimust also be quite remote.
But this will not apply to the Kingfishers, and much less to certain
other groups in various parts of the Old and New World, as the
Musophagidcz, Btuconidce, Galbulidce, Meropidce, Momotidce, Bucero-
tidce, Upupidce, Todidce, Cotacidts, Bhamphastidce, Capitonidce and
perhaps some few others.

These several families seem to have a Cuckoo vein running all
through them, strongly impressed in some cases, barely discernible
in others. Indeed, these groups of birds seem to have arisen from
some very ancient and once common stock, but by the extinction
of numerous related types and groups of types that once filled the
now many and various gaps among them, it has left in recent times
the most puzzling collection of polymorphic forms that the syste-
matist has to deal with throughout the entire range of ornithology.
They have become diversified through all the factors that organic
evolution brings to bear upon such plastic organizations as they
represent.

In the opinion of a number of authoritative ornithotomists the
nearest affines of the Cuculidce are to be seen in the Musop/iagidce.
while the Meropidce are also said to exhibit especially a number of
cuculine affinities. Personally, I have never examined the skeleton
in any of the Musophagidce ; but of certain Meropidce we shall
speak a little further along in another memoir now in preparation.
One thing must be constantly borne in mind, and that is Cuckoos
differ not a little in their osteology among themselves — take Croto-
phaga and Geococcyx calif ornianas for instance — so that we meet with
certain species of them that in their skeletons offer a greater number
of characters that agree with the corresponding characters in
forms of other groups than do others of this suborder. Apart
from the Alcyones, we have in our United States avifauna no
very near affines of the Coccyges.

Probably the weight of opinion would be thrown in favor of
placing the Cuculidce near the Musophagida, the Plantain-eaters

43

SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS.

[Jan. 4 ,

or Tourocos of Africa. It was Huxley's opinion, Fiirbringer
thinks so, and Garrod thought so, but we cannot follow the latter
in placing the Cuculidce. and Musophagidce together in with the
Gallinaceous birds !

During the time I have been engaged upon the present memoir,
Arols. i and ii of Sharpe's very valuable Hand-List of Birds has been
presented to me by the trustees of the British Museum, and in the
second volume of that work I find the author inserts the Cuckoos
in the system in the following manner : x The Order Coccyges
(xxxi) is placed between the Order Trogones (xxx) and the Order
Scansores (xxxii), and is primarily divided into two sub-orders,
namely Sub-Order I, Musophagi, and Sub-Order II, Cuculi.

The Musophagi is made to contain the family Musophagidce, and
this latter includes the genera Turacus (23 species); Gallirex (2
species); Musophaga (2 species); Corythceola (1 species); Schizor-
his (5 species) ; and Gymnoschizorhis (2 species). The second sub-
order or the Cuculi is made to contain but the single family the
Cuculidce, and this is divided into six (6) sub-families thus:

Sub-Families.

Genera.

No. of Species.

I. CUCULIN^.

Coccystes 9 species.

Pachycoccyx 2 "

Calliechthrus I "

Surniculus 3 "

Hierrococcyx 7 "

Cuculus 11 "

Penthoceryx 1 "

Cercococcyx I "

Cacomantis 13 "

Mesocalius 1 "

Metallococcyx 1 "

Chrysococcyx 3 "

Chalcococcyx 15 "

Heterococcyx 1 "

Coccyzus 13 "

Urodynamis 1 "

Eudynamis 7 "

Microdynamis 1 "

Rhamphomantis I "

Scythrops I "

1 R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D. : A Hand-List of the Genera and Species of
Birds. [ Nomenclator Avium turn fossilium turn vi ventium. ] Vols, i , ii. London,
1900.

1901.]

SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS.

49

Sub-Families.
II. Centropodin^e.

III. Phcenico-

phain^e.

r

i

IV. Neomorphin/E. \

I

V. Diplopterinje. /
VI. Crotophagin.e. /

Genera. No. of Species.

Centropus 41 species.

Saurothera 6 "

Hyetornis 2 "

Piaya 7 "

Zanclostomus 1 "

Taccocua 1 "

Rhopodytes 7 "

Rhinortha 1 "

Phcenicophaes 1 "

Rhamphococcyx 2 "

Rhinococcyx 1 «

Urococcyx 3 «

Dryococcyx 1 "

Ceuthmochares 3 "

Dasylophus I "

Lepidogrammus 1 '*

Coua 11 "

Cochlothraustes I "

Carpococcyx 3 "

Neomorphus 5 "

Geococcyx 2 "

Morococcyx 1 "

Diplopterus 1 "

Dromococcyx 2 «

Crotophaga 3 "

Guira I "

We therefore find in Sharpe's Hand-List that the family
Cuculida is made to contain 45 genera of Cuckoos, and these 45
genera include no less than 161 species. This is a great many
different kinds of Cuckoos, and to me it is the most significant in-
dex extant, indicating how little, how very little, we yet know of
their morphology, and consequently how much guesswork there
must essentially be in our attempts to classify them.

The writer is indebted to Mr. Lucas, of the U. S. National
Museum, for the loan of a skeleton of a Jacamar (sp. ?), a Diplop-
terus, and a specimen of Nyctiornis amictus from Borneo — one of
the Meropidce. All of these I have examined in the present con-
nection and compared them with skeletons of Ceryle alcyon and
Ceryle cabanisi.

Unfortunately the skeleton of Diplopterus had been injured, but

PROC. AMEFv. PHILOS. SOC. XL. 165. D. PRINTED JUNE 3, 1901.

50 SHUFELDT — OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCKOOS. [Jan. 4,

a glance at it is sufficient to satisfy us that it stands, in so far as its
osteology is concerned, almost directly between the Centropodince
and the Cuculince. It will be seen from what has been shown
above that this is at variance with Dr. Sharpe's opinion.

Beyond what I have hazarded in the concluding paragraphs of
this memoir then, in the way of suggestions as to the probable
affinity of some of the more typical Cuckoos with other birds, I
would not at the present time make or express any more decided
opinion. I feel that I ought to command a far wider knowledge of
the morphology of the entire group and several of the now-supposed
allied groups than I possess at this writing before doing so, or be-
fore that opinion would be of any value.

Explanation of Plates.

[All the figures in the Plates are from photographs made direct from the specimens
by the author. Figs, i to 6 inclusive in Plate I are of natural size, the material being
from the author's private collection. The figures of Plate II are all very slightly
reduced, and all in the same proportion. The skull shown in Fig. 7 is in the author's
cabinets, while all the others belong to the U. S. National Museum.]

Plate I.

FlG. i. Right lateral view of the skull and lower mandible of Geococcyx calif omi-
anus. Adult.

Fig. 2. Inferior or basal view of the skull of Geococcyx calif or /tianus. Adult.
Different specimen from the one shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 3. Superior view of the mandible of Geococcyx calif omianus. Adult. Belongs
to the skull shown in Fig. 2 of this Plate.

Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of the pelvis of Geococcyx calif omianus. Adult. Belonged
to the same individual that furnished the skull shown in Fig. 1 of this Plate. On
this pelvis the coccygeal vertebrae and pygostyle are attached in situ.

FlG. 5. Superior aspect of the cranium of a subadult specimen of Geococcyx califor-
nianus, showing principally the frontal and parietal bones with the sutures
between them. The bones of the face and other elements have been removed.

FlG. 6. External aspect of the left femur, fibula and tibio-tarsus of a subadult
specimen of Geococcyx calif omianus, from the same individual that furnished
the skull shown in Fig. 5. The femur is not placed in situ, its proximal end is
resting on the shaft of the tibio-tarsus, and in this figure we see the epiphysis on
the summit of the latter described in the text.

Plate II.

Fig. 7. Right lateral view of the skull and mandible of an adult specimen of the

Yellow-billed Cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus).
Fig. 8. Right lateral view of the skull and detached mandible of an adult specimen

of the Ani {Crotophaga sulcirostris). Spec. No. 61467 of the Coll. U. S.Nat.

Museum.

PROCEEDINGS AM. PHILOS. SOC.

VOL. XL, No. 165, PLATE I.

OSTEOLOGY OF GEOCOCCYX CALIFORNIANUS.

PROCEEDINGS AM. PHILOS. SOC.

VOL. XL, No. 165, PLATE II.

S&7-

s/zy-e.

OSTEOLOGY OF CUCKOOS.

1901.] MINUTES. 51

Fig. 9. Outer view of the skeleton of the right pectoral limb of Crotophaga sulciros-
tris, from the same individual that furnished the skull and mandible shown in
Fig. 8 of this Plate.

Fig. 10. Ventral aspect of the sternum, coracoids and os furcula of Centropus
superciliosus. Adult specimen. (From Spec. No. 19112, Coll. U.S.Nat. Mus.)

Fig. 11. Right lateral aspect of the spinal column and the trunk skeleton of adult
specimen of Crotophaga sulcirostris, from the same individual that furnished the
skull shown in Fig. 8 and the pectoral limb shown in Fig. 9.

Fig. 12. Superior aspect of the lower mandible of Centropus supercilioszis, from the
same specimen that furnished the sternum shown in Fig. 10.

Fig. 13. Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Centropus superciliosus, from the same indi-
vidual that furnished the sternum shown in Fig. 10 and the lower jaw in Fig. 12
of this Plate.

FlG. 14. Right lateral aspect of the spinal column and the trunk skeleton of Diplop-
terus ncevius. Adult. (Spec. No. 19,221, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) The scapulae
have been broken off and there is a fracture of the right coracoid.

FlG. 15. Right lateral aspect of the skull and lower mandible of Diplopterus ncevius.
This skull is from the specimen that furnished the trunk skeleton shown in Fig.
14 of this Plate.

Stated Meeting, January 18, 1901.

J. Cheston Morris in the Chair.

Present, 8 members.

The decease of Baron de Selys Longchamps, at Liege,
Belgium, on December 11, 1900, at the age' of 86, was an-
nounced.

Prof. Thomas H. Montgomery presented for the Transac-
tions u A Study of the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of
Yortozoa." '^z,

Mr. Joseph Willcox called attention to some meteorologi-
cal deceptions practiced upon box turtles in the vicinity of
Philadelphia this winter.

Dr. I. Minis Hays was chosen Librarian for the ensuing
year.

The following Standing Committees were appointed for the
year :

Finance. — Philip C. Garrett, William Y. McKean, Joel
Cook.

52 MINUTES. [Feb. 1,

Hall. — Joseph M. Wilson, Harold Goodwin, John Mar-
shall.

Publication. — Henry Carey Baircl, Patterson DuBois, I.
Minis Hays, Joseph Willcox, Morris JastroWj Jr.

Library. — George F. Barker, T. Hewson Bache, Albert H,
Smyth, Joseph G. Rosengarten, Edwin G. Conklin.

Michaux Legacy. — Thomas Meehan, Angelo Heilprin,
William Powell Wilson, Burnet Landreth, Joseph T. Roth-
rock.

The Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, February 1, 1901.
Vice-President Selleks in the Chair.

Present, 21 members.

A notice of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Imperial Royal
Zoological and Botanical Society of Vienna, on March 30,
1901, was received with an invitation to send delegates to the
same.

An invitation was received from the Provost and Vice-Chan-
cellor of the University of Glasgow to send delegates to the
Ninth Jubilee (450th Anniversary) of the founding of the
University, to be held on June 12, 13 and 14 next.

On motion, these invitations were referred to the Officers
and Council for action.

A communication was also received from the Academie
Roy ale des Sciences de Turin announcing the offer of a prize of
9600 francs for the most brilliant or important discovery on
physical or experimental science.

The death of Prof. Elisha Gray, at Newtonville, Mass., on
January 21, 1901, was announced.

Vice-President Sellers delivered the Annual Address, taking
for his subject " Technical Education."

The Society was adjourned by the presiding officer.

1901.] MINUTES. 53

Stated Meeting February 15, 1901.
Vice-President Barker in the Chair.

Present, 27 members.

Mrs. Zelia Nuttall exhibited proofs of & facsimile of the an-
cient Mexican Codex which she has recently brought to light.
She described how she learned of the existence of this Codex ;
how it had once belonged to the Library of San Marco,
in Florence, whence it was stolen and sold ; and how she suc-
ceeded in tracing it and obtaining from its present owner,
an English nobleman, the permission to publish it m facsimile,
and thus place it within the reach of the scientific world.

The costly reproduction of the Codex has been rendered
possible by the generosity of Mr. Charles P. Bowditch, of Bos-
ton, a patron of the Peabody Museum of American Archae-
ology and Ethnology, Cambridge, Mass., under whose auspices
the publication will be shortly issued, with an introduction
and notes by Mrs. Zelia Nuttall.

The original Codex is painted on a long, delicately prepared
strip of deerskin, which is painted on both sides, is folded
zizzag fashion and forms forty- four pages on one side and
forty-three on the other, making a total of eighty-seven pages
covered with pictography.

The Codex commemorates wars and victories and gives the
names of a number of conquered towns and vanquished chief-
tains. It is a native historical document of unparalleled im-
portance, and is, besides, the best preserved, most carefully
executed specimen of Mexican pictography known, its artistic
excellency being only comparable to that of the Vienna Codex.
The latter, preserved at the Imperial Library at Vienna,
appears, indeed, to be the work of the same native scribe.
What is more, both Codices furnish internal evidence proving
that they deal with the same period of native history and
contain references to some of the same events and localities.
The inference is that they belong together, complement each
other, and were sent from Mexico to the Old World at the

54 MINUTES. [March 1,

same time. Mrs. Nuttall is inclined to think that these Co-
dices may be identified with the " two native books " enumer-
ated amongst the presents sent by Cortez to Charles II, and is
investigating this point prior to the publication of the new
Codex.

Mr. Stewart Culin presented a communication on " Some
Results of a Recent Collecting Trip Among the American In-
dians," with an exhibition of many interesting specimens.

The Society proceeded to the election of members, and the
tellers reported that the following-named candidates had been
duly elected to membership in the Society :

Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, of Florence, Italy.

William M. Meigs, of Philadelphia, Pa.

Richard Garnett, of London, Eng.

George Harrison Fisher, of Philadelphia, Pa.

Prof. Josiah H. Penniman, of Philadelphia, Pa.

Prof. H. C. Bumpus, of Providence, R. I.

John T. Morris, of Philadelphia, Pa.

Dr. Simon Flexner, of Philadelphia, Pa.

Giovanni Schiaparelli, of Milan, Italy.

Prof. Oliver Joseph Lodge, of Birmingham, Eng.

Guglielmo Marconi, of Dorset, Eng.

Charles Francis Adams, of Boston, Mass.

Prof. Wladimir Markownikoff, of Moscow, Russia.

The Society was adjourned by the presiding officer.

Stated Meeting, March 1, 1001.

Curator Lyman in the Chair.

Present, 10 members.

Mr. John T. Morris, a newly elected member, was pre-
sented to the Chair and took his seat in the Society.

Letters accepting membership were received from Prof.
Josiah W. Penniman, Mr. Charles Francis Adams, Mr. John
T. Morris and Mr. William M. Meigs.

1901.] MINUTES. 55

The President announced the appointment of Prof. Edward
Suess, of Vienna, to represent the Society at the jubliee cele-
bration of the K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, to
be held at Vienna on March 30.

The list of donations to the Library was laid on the table
and thanks were ordered therefor.

Dr. E. W. Shufeldt presented for the Transactions a
memoir on " The Osteology of the Stegauopodes."

The Society was adjourned by the presiding officer.

Stated Meeting, March 15, 1901.

Vice-President Wistar in the Chair.
Present, 25 members.

Prof. Jacques Loeb, Prof. Arthur S. Mackenzie and Prof'
Josiah H. Penniman, recently elected members, were pre-
sented to the Chair and took their seats in the Society.

Letters were received from Mr. Richard Garnett, of Lon-
don, and Prof. Oliver Joseph Lodge, of Birmingham, Eng.,
accepting membership.

The President announced the appointment of the Hon.
Charlemagne Tower and Prof. Albert II. Smyth as dele-
gates to the ninth jubilee celebration of the University of
Glasgow.

An invitation to send delegates was received from the
President of the Fifth International Congress of Zoology, to
be held at Berlin, on August 12-16, 1901.

Prof. Jacques Loeb, of the University of Chicago, read a
paper on ' ' Artificial Parthenogenesis, ' ' which was discussed
by Prof. Conklin.

The Society was adjourned by the presiding officer.

56 MINUTES. [April 12,

Stated Meeting, April 12, 1901.

Vice- President Barker in the Chair.
Present, 25 members.

Letters were read : Prom Mr. Guglielmo Marconi, Prof.
Henry H. Giglioli and Dr. Simon Plexner, accepting mem-
bership.

From the K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft in
Wien, containing an invitation to a banquet on the 30th of
March, in honor of the 50th anniversary of the founding of
the Society.

From Prof. Edward Suess, of Vienna, announcing that he
had discharged the duty which he had been appointed by
this Society to perform as its delegate to the K. K. Zoolo-
gisch-Botanische Gesellschaft in Wien, and had transmitted
the congratulatory address which this Society had forwarded.

From Hon. Charlemange Tower, accepting the appointment
as one of the Society's delegates to the approaching 450th
anniversary celebration of the founding of the University of
Glasgow.

A list of donations to the Library was laid on the table and
thanks were ordered for them.

Dr. Horace Howard Furness presented on behalf of the
donors a portrait of the late Dr. William Pepper.

The thanks of the Society were tendered to the donors for
their valued gift.

The death was announced of Lorin Blodgett, Esq., in
Philadelphia, on March 24th, aged 79 years.

Mr. K. H. Mathews presented a paper on "Aboriginal
Rock Pictures in Queensland," upon which remarks were
made by Gen. Wistar and Mr. Culm.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

1901.] MATHEWS — ROCK PICTURES IX QUEENSLAND. 57

ABORIGINAL ROCK PICTURES IN QUEENSLAND.

BY R. H. MATHEWS, L.S.

(Read April 12, 1901.)

A number of interesting aboriginal carvings are found on the
Burnett river, parish of South Kolan, county of Cook, in the State
of Queensland. The drawings are cut upon some flat rocks situated
in the wide channel of the river mentioned, at the junction there-
with of Pine creek, this point being a little over fourteen miles in
a direct line southwesterly from Bundaberg, an important town on
the Burnett river. The small township of South Kolan is situated
about four miles northwesterly from these carvings, and is the near-
est railway station from which they can be reached. The Burnett
river, in this locality, consists of a series of large water-holes, be-
tween which the stream runs in narrow channels worn in the rocky
bed.

The rocks containing the carvings are a kind of hard sandstone,
which during the greater part of the year are quite dry, but in
times of floods are wholly submerged. Owing to the latter circum-
stance, and long exposure to the weather, many of the drawings are
now scarcely distinguishable. Most of the figures are small, vary-
ing from a few inches in length to upward of two feet, representing
native weapons, animals, human feet, and several nondescript de-
vices. The outline of each figure is defined by a groove cut into
the hard surface of the rock to a depth varying from one-eighth to
one-quarter of an inch, the width of the groove ranging from less
than half an inch in the smallest to about an inch and a quarter in
the largest specimens.

The mode of execution was to make a row of indentations or
punctures along the outline of the drawing by means of repeated
blows with sharp-pointed pieces of hard stone. The distance be-
tween the indentations varies from about a third of an inch to half
an inch or more, being farther apart in the larger objects. The space
between each puncture was subsequently chipped out, thus making
a complete groove around the exterior of the drawing. The po-
sitions of the punctures are still discernible, being somewhat deeper
and wider than the other portions of the groove — remaining as a

58 MATHEWS — ROCK PICTURES IN QUEENSLAND. [April 12,

witness of the method adopted* by the artist in carrying out the
work.

Old residents of the district have known of these rock carvings
for twenty-five or thirty years, which were then fresher and more
numerous than at present. Very little notice was, however, taken of
them, and so far as I am aware, no definite description of them has
hitherto been published.

Near Rawbelle, a stock station on the Rawbelle river, one of the
headwaters of the Burnett river, county of Wicklow, Queensland,
similar carvings to the foregoing have been observed. They are cut
on some large rocks on the sides and bed of a watercourse about four
miles distant from Rawbelle head station in a westerly direction.
The carvings comprise human figures, weapons, feet of men and
animals, and several indecipherable representations. The rock on
which they are incised is a dark hard sandstone, and the method of
procedure in executing the drawings is the same as that described in
dealing with the carvings near South Kolan. Some of the pioneers
of this part of Queensland have known of these drawings for thirty
or forty years, but no attention has been given to them.

About two miles in a northwesterly direction from Augustus
Downs' cattle station, on the bank of the Leichhardt river, in north-
ern Queensland, is a large rock containing aboriginal carvings,
among which may be mentioned representations of boomerangs of
different shapes, shields, and one or two human hands. The rock,
which is a kind of conglomerate, is gradually crumbling away under
exposure to the weather and from other causes, owing to which
some of the native drawings have disappeared since they were first
observed some years ago.

1901.] MINUTES. 59

Stated Meeting, April 19, 1901.
Vice-President Sellers in the Chair.
Present, 19 members.

The donations to the Library were laid on the table, and
thanks were ordered for them.

The decease was announced of the following members :

Prof. Henry A. Rowland, at Baltimore, on April 16, 1901.

Rev. Dr. F. A. Muhlenberg, at Reading, on March 21,
1901, aged 82.

Prof. W. B. Scott presented a paper on "The Miocene
Faunas of Patagonia," which was discussed by Gen. Wistar,
Prof. Pilsbry, Prof. Conklin, Dr. Sellers and Mr. Balch.

Dr. Morris Longstreth exhibited a specimen of the so-
called blood-rain Avhich recently fell in Italy.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

Magellanic Premium.

FOUNDED IN 1 786, BY

JOHN HYACINTH DE MAGELLAN,
OF LONDON.

19Q1.
The American Philosophical Society,

Held at Philadelphia, for Promoting Useful Knowledge

ANNOUNCES THAT IN

DECEMBER, IGOl,

3T VT1UL AWAKD ITS

MAGELLANIC GOLD MEDAL

to the author of the best discovery, or most useful invention, relating to Navi-
gation, Astronomy, or Natural Philosophy (mere natural history
only excepted) under the following conditions :

1. The candidate shall, on or before November i, 1901 deliver, free
of postage or other charges, his discover)', invention or improvement,
addressed to the President of the American Philosophical Society, Ko.
104 South Fifth Street, Philadelphia, U. S. A., and shall distinguish his
performance by some motto, device, or other signature. With his dis-
covery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a sealed letter
containing the same motto, device, or signature, and subscribed with the
real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be
admitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. A full account of the crowned subject shall be published by the
Society, as soon as may be after the adjudication, either in a separatg
publication, or in the next succeeding volume of their Transactions, or
in both.

6. The premium shall consist of an oval plate of solid standard gold
of the value of ten guineas, suitably inscribed, with the seal of the Society
annexed to the medal by a ribbon.

All correspondence in relation hereto should be addressed
To the Secretaries of the

American Philosophical Society,

No. 104 South Fifth Street,

PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

American Philosophical Society,

Held at Philadelphia,
For Promoting Useful Knowledge.

Vol. XIX, New Series. {to, pp. 415, with 25 Plates.

Lately Published.
contents.
Art. I.— A New Method of Determining the General Perturba-
tions of the Minor Planets. By William McKnight
Ritter, M.A.

Art II.— An Essay on the Development of the Mouth Parts of

Certain Insects. By John B. Smith, Sc.D.
Art. III. — Some Experiments with the Saliva of the Gib Monster

f Heloderma suspectum). By John Van Denburgh,

PhD.
Art. IV. — Results of Recent Researches on the Evolution of the

Stellar Systems. By T.J. J. See, A.M., Ph.D. (Berlin) .

Art. V.— On the Glossophaginae. By Harrison Allen, M.D.

Art. VI.— The Skull and Teeth of Ectophylia alba. By Harrison
Allen, M.D.

Art. VII.— The Osteology of Elotherium. By W. B. SCOTT.

Art. VIII. — Notes on che Canidae of the White River Oligocene.
By W. B. SCOTT.

Art. IX. — Contributions to a Revision of the North American
Beavers, Otters and Fishers. By Samuel N. Rhoads.

Vol. XX, Mew Series. Part /, {to, pp. 62 \ with 3 plates.

yust Published.

Art. I. — The History of the Pelycosauria, with a Description of
the Genus Dimetrodon Cape. By G. B AU and
E. C. Case.

SUBSCRIPTION— FIVE DOLLARS PER VOLUME.

SEPARATE PARTS ARE NOT SOLD.

Address THE LIBRARIAN OF THE

American Philosophical Society,

No. 104 South Fifth Street,

Philadelphia, U. S A.

QT

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PR0U01BG USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XL. July, 1901. No. 166.

CONTENTS

PAGE

Stated Meeting, May 3, 1901 61

Methods of Improving Ocean Bars. By Lewis M. Haupt 62

Stated Meeting, May 17, 1901 85

Franklin's Bagatelles. By J. G. Rosengarten 87

* philadelphia :
The American Philosophical Society,
104 South Fifth Street.
1901.

It is requested that all correspondence be addressed

To the Secretaries of the

AMEBIC AN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
104 South Fifth Street,

Philadelphia, U. S. A

Members will please communicate to the Secretaries any
inaccuracy in name or address as given on the wrapper of thie
number.

It is requested that the receipt of this number of the
Proceedings be acknowledged to the Secretaries.

Members who have not as yet sent their photographs to the
Society will confer a favor by so doing ; cabinet size preferred.

May3, 1901.] MINUTES. 61

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XL. July, 1901. No. 166.

Stated Meeting, May 3, 1901.

Vice-President "Wistar in the Chair.

Present, 13 members.

Letters were read as follows :

From Prof. Vladimir Marcovnikoff, accepting membership.

From K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaf t, expressing
sincere thanks for the honor shown by the transmission of
the congratulatory address on the occasion of its fiftieth an-
niversary celebration.

From Institute of Jamaica, thanking; the Society for con-
tinuing to send its Proceedings, notwithstanding the tempo-
rary suspension of the publications of the Institute.

The donations to the Library were laid on the table, and
thanks were ordered for them.

The decease of the Eight Eeverend William Stubbs, Lord
Bishop of Oxford, on April 22, 1901, at the age of 75, was
announced.

Prof. Lewis M. Haupt made some remarks on " Methods
of Deepening Ocean Bars," which was discussed by Gen.
Wistar.

Mr. R. H. Mathews presented a paper on " The Thoorga
and Other Lano-iiases."

Prof. W. B. Scott presented for the Transactions a paper
on "The Fossil Mammalia of the White River Beus of
Montana," by Mr. Earl Douglass.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

PKCC. AMER. PH1LOS. SOC. XL. 166. E. PRINTED JUNE 26, 1901.

62 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAX BARS. [May 3,

METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS.

BY LEWIS M. HAUPT.

{Read May 5, 1901.)

In an official report on the "Brunswick Outer Bar, Georgia,"1
the U. S. Engineer now in charge of that work presents an elabor-
ate analysis of five methods available for creating navigable
channels: (a) by the use of dynamite; {l?) by a single jetty ; (c)
by a single curved breakwater ; (jf) by twin jetties ; and (e) by
dredging; from which he concludes that the last is "probably"
the most economical and hence he recommends that " the Govern-
ment should own and operate such sea-going dredges as are neces-
sary and not call upon contractors for such work at all."

Inasmuch as the history of maritime works is replete with the
failure of dredging machines to create and maintain deep channels
in the open ocean and that the analysis and conclusions as to the
methods are so erroneous as to facts and results, the writer feels im-
pelled, in the interest of the public service, to submit a brief
review of some of the cases cited therein, with a view of bringing
out the truth more clearly.

i. Dynamite.

On this subject the author of the report, although having had
no experience in the use of dynamite, concludes as follows :

"Fourth. The channel produced (at Brunswick, by use of dyna-
mite) has no advantage of permanence over a dredged channel of
similar size and location, which could be produced for about one-
twelfth of the cost of the present channel." The unfortunate part
of this comparison and assertion is that the " channel produced " is
the result of dynamite aided by dredging, and is not therefore such a
channel as might have been secured by dredging alone, for it is a
curved channel with flat slopes constructed by aid of natural forces
and which is larger than the channel contracted for and unusually
permanent. None of these things would be true of a dredged
channel in the open sea, unprotected by jetties or regulating works.
As no dredged channel of similar size and location exists as a basis,
no comparison can be made as to cost at this site ; but a thorough
analysis of other efforts to secure deep channels elsewhere shows
that this effort of the contractor has been far less expensive, both for

1 See Document 355 H. R., 56th Congress, 2d Session.

1901.] HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 63

construction and maintenance, than any or all other methods
attempted by the Government, as the accompanying statement,
compiled from official statistics, will attest. An inspection of this
exhibit will show that the cost per foot of depth gained at six other
ocean bars ranged from $166,000 to $893,000, the average being
$468,560, so that the cost at Brunswick is only about ten per cent.
of that at other points where large annual expenses are still required
for maintenance.

The work at Brunswick was undertaken by a private citizen of
that place, at his own risk and expense, under contract with the
Government for payments only after the results were secured, in order
to save the commerce from annihilation. The officer in charge
states that to build there a pair of " high tide jetties which might be
expected to create and maintain an ample channel would be pro-
hibitory. Jetties to low tide could be expected merely to preserve
the channel location and reduce the cost of dredging. The esti-
mated cost of these is $2,829,608. The interest on this sum
at three per cent, would be $84,888.24 per annum, or probably
much more than enough to create annually, by dredging, the
channel depths and widths required by the act."

In a subsequent part of his report the officer in charge estimates
that the requisite channel could have been created by removing
125,000 cubic yards at a cost of only $18,750. It may well be
asked why this discovery was not made and applied at an earlier
date and the $253,646 already paid the contractor for his channel,
secured after seven years of labor, have been saved.

While this conclusion leaves the whole matter of cost problemati-
cal and guarantees nothing, it also assumes that low tide jetties would
fix the channel and reduce the cost of dredging, whereas the result
would be to admit and impound the littoral drift between them and
so increase the amount to be removed if it did not entirely obliterate
the channel, as has happened at Cumberland Sound, immediately to
the south, where this plan was tried by his predecessor and signally
failed. But if the cost of maintenance were even as low as $60,000,
this at three per cent, would represent $2,000,000, and the single
reaction breakwater could be built on this bar for less than half
this sum, which would create and maintain the channel ; but the
author of the report dismisses this method with the remark that
its theory is " fatally defective," and further that the breakwater
at Aransas Pass built on this plan " is not located according to

64

HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

Q
55
<

fa

o
o
a
x

H

55
O

CO

Pn

<

cj
o

55

O

fa

P

H
O
O
fa

-

o
z

0* H
fa 35
> H

O

H
55

fa
S
55

W
5>
O

o

fa

t/3

o

fa

^ o

O Q

Q

w
H

S
H

CO

fa

Z

w

W

Q <

Pi

-

<i

en

m

O

«

u

w

X

-
o

u

c

I §

I I

55
<!
5>

<

CO

H

-<

CO

<

H

O
55

Q
53
<

-

55

<
w
u
o

5>

J
H

o

3

■n

H

fa ^

<
H

CO

fa
>

<

<
fa

a
c

<

X

u

H

CO

Z

CJ

H

H

O
O

fa

w

fa

H

CO

O
CJ

H

>

«!

Pi
<

fa

S
o
u

o

CO

fa

<5

<

3 :

£ 3

X <" "> .i

in g,

JJ1S8 2

rt s ** rt
■w 3 3 to
O i_ c3 •- '

t°P3-C to

*j U 1> •" ^S K^ W

ft rt >-

-■52

CT3 r" - <fl

un;o

V OS o

qj w 4}

*" -^ V

3 « «"y

o rt S u

T. ft^oa

o S — .•"

■uT*

b -.5 ^- «

3 M ■-* N w

H tn rt S13

oo ** ? to
i> cti10 I, rt
J3CO >,.- u

o rt c£ o.f.S

3 l^ >- -O 5T ^
rt o 03 OJ ^ ^

<^ in
on rt,

c43

~4 — r~ zy

ic^

rt fa-F,

,p 3 X .3

« O o«

-^ t2 u oJ*.

S! ^

U in

rt u ^O 3

O O rf- ^

J3 ft'SS: B

o S ft

V> 5 «

«P3

2 ~

N C B ^ «

w ffjr

^

oo t: <-j >

,» u <fl
i2- -E

ft-2.

<> tn

c W B

»- w rt « tOrt g^

d^-j: o b.3 §"<
H

S a

a

-r)

fa

3

o

t/i

•/i

J5

ft-<

U

i- 3 «.JJ ft

.'J^iJtD

4-1 M ^ O
l- 1/1 ^ ft „.*

o B <u £
ft ^ * Cii "^

&<"&< ...s

!_, ,»VO CO

■S 2 wi'l rC1 •

.5 u "> ""fa ►"*

n rt V O *«
H ." i- oo ■— ro

^-J CJu m O «

CO

fa-S^

P^°°

8 d.
•5 „«i

"co «

fa CO

«« ft

o « ^

! 00

3 ^

CJ) « t>.

3 oo ro

HCT> HI

00 .

JH ft-

cr>

4J VO

<u o co

uo pgnupuoD scq >jaoAV suiij.

•paypjao
^oiMsunjg joj pun pajnooad
q^dap jo J33J jo jaqmn^j

O
P<
O

fa

o
u

i

55

&<

fa

^ fa

5 °

•SJ33UI§U3
JO J35JB3 Aq JOJ psiBuiiiss
qidsp jo 533J jo jaquun^i

joj iJoda>j (sj33ui§ug; jo
}3iq3 Xq UA\oqs sb fZ6gi joj

IJOd qDB3 JO 3DJ3UIXU00 {BJOJL

<
fa P3

•sj33ui§u3;
jo jatqo Xq auauiSAOJdm;
3jpu3 sqi joj paiKuitjsa 1^10^

•3U3UI3A0JQUII aqj
joj suopEudojddE jo jbiox

•pauiEjqo
sqidap jo ;ooj jad ;soo pjTnoy

•uo;jBpu3ui

-U1O03J S<J31JB3 SuiAOjddB

SJ33Ui§u3 jo J3iq3 aqi Xq

}O0J J3d 1SOD JO SJBlUUSg

fa

0

1-901.]

HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAX BARS.

65

o v "> c i>

*— — ~ v _c

wt; a °
y x x £ -

i> « « rt «

c u

c E >.«

O — --^ rt r-

e § sh

c i; o

".SINS

_C ^J T3 !t 1/!

" »> o ^ X 2

o g 0 be rt
g o S rt o c

2""E

8«~

I- V 1)

C -x:

>>2 S

u.o o

c-£
iTc

- U

5 «

CJ

u-3 .
o c o

C Bi'S

_ NO rt ■" ^~ - •-
2 On f: V n _

o " "C E v -v
js a o ogJe.S
en i— i &~ r-1 o oe

«.

— . U^ = fX4J

<< c-co rt <u e
— *-> o _ rt w-i

t* rt ri-^Xl <y o

rt ii >.£ 3 o t:

S * -Srt S-S rt
■- u o v *

^"- rt 2- >>

O C — - £ a

g £ j. m^ o

JC o

O rt = -

•°J2°ij
■^x sx

o o ,.

1 .« . ••* • ^

M " rt

Pn 0

ONVO trj

" « Tf moo,;-.
►. <J\h On^<

rn ro

< m "

« M

vi co oi

OD 00 OO .

Ml

v

U m ,1-1 (-pi

8 p...o...k

8 a

C On On

Moo"^ »
— On „

C ^o Cu
'moo >f •

^OO •" 00

'5)^2 ^^ r

= 00 H ON M

Woo <2 ,pj

.5 ^

C ON 2?

W M CO

^00 "

w~ «r

u. &

w- M ci ft

<*- &

i— CU u

o » « •-

o - »•"-•- .

o « «

, <-> 00

t; !; co oo

^r; i: on

.1! Ooo m

U O oo 0 00 (M CO

,« 0 co

IS S.^X

_£; O. i-l M

J S.H M X „ „

•= a -

U

CJ

U

U

62

V.**

o —

c

rt 4)

52.

66 HAUPT— METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS., [May 3.

the theory," although admitting that beneficial results have fol-
lowed its construction. In the large space which he devotes
to its discussion, he unwittingly shows that the theory and its
application are entirely misunderstood by himself and others
who have attempted to apply it at other places, and that great waste
to the Government has resulted from a misconception of local
physical conditions.

2. The Single Jetty.

It is generally believed that to protect an area from material mov-
ing in a given direction it is necessary to place a barrier on the
near side of the area, or between it and the source of the drift, to
arrest it on the "windward" side. This is the common practice
on our western prairies to defend the railroads from prevailing winds
and snowdrifts, or along our seashore drives to keep the sand out.
To place the barricade on the far side would result in rendering
such thoroughfares impassable or greatly increase the cost of main-
taining traffic. Precisely the same laws obtain in sand driven by
ocean currents or waves, and yet it appears that almost invariably
and with numerous precedents as a guide the jetty is placed on the
far or wrong side of the channel to be created, where it invariably
chokes it up and results in pushing the bar seaward, giving no bene-
ficial result from the natural energy and adding greatly to the cost.

For example, this report says that a single jetty projecting from
shore to fix the channel and prevent a considerable escape of the
tidal flow should be placed on the leeward of the channel, or
"upon that side of the channel toward which the latter is being
driven by the drifting sands," and it adds, "This principle of
construction was first suggested by Major Thomas W. Symons,
Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army."

The Major will hardly claim the honor of so serious a fallacy,
since a jetty so located was suggested by a former Chief of Engi-
neers, now deceased, for the improvement of Aransas Pass and
was partially built by the district engineer in the years 1885-90,
but it merely intercepted the littoral drift moving southerly,
dropped it in the channel which it obstructed and pushed the bar
seaward with a consequent loss of depth. It cost nearly half a
million dollars and was an acknowledged failure. It furnished a
complete demonstration of the falsity of the theory of attempting
to create a channel by placing a jetty to " leeward of the channel."

1901. J HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 67

This experience should have sufficed, but it did not, as the same
error was repeated at Galveston, where for many years an effort
was made to create a channel by building one jetty on the " lee-
ward " side of the channel which it closed by a shoal, and which
rolled the crest of the bar about three miles farther into the Gulf
and with no increase of depth. It was only after the windward
jetty was built which partially arrested the drift that dredges
were enabled to make any material impression on the depth.

In this single instance, the repetition of this error in the order
of construction has increased the cost of the work more than
$6,000,000, and yet, notwithstanding the frequent discussions of
this subject, it does not seem to have been sufficient to have been
convincing, since it is again seriously recommended to repeat the
mistake by locations made on the "leeward " side of the channel,
and the success which has attended the opposite location is pro-
nounced " fatally defective.''*

Moreover, it is true that several jetties have been partially con-
structed on the Pacific coast also based upon this erroneous idea,
that the best way to create a channel was, first, to dam it up by a
jetty to leeward and then to dredge it out, as the sequel will show.

The report says (p. 19), "A single jetty at Coos Bay, Oregon,
has been built in accordance with this theory and appears to have
been successful in increasing the depth from ten feet to not less
than eighteen feet, which latter it has maintained for the last five
years."

Unfortunately for this alleged increase of eight feet, caused by
a jetty built to leeward, upon which reliance is placed to prove the
theory, the official records of the Reports of the Chief of Engi-
neers show that the natural depths prior to the beginning of the
work were at one time twenty-seven feet,1 while the latest report gives
the depth as ranging from eighteen to twenty-two feet and the map
shows the limiting depth to be nineteen feet, or a loss of eight feet in-
stead of a gain, thus disproving the theory of the leeward jetty, as in

1 See Report, 1892, p. 2673: " Capt. Magee states that the best water and
safest channel is always found when the channel across the bar is in its most
southern position, i. e., about 500 or 100 feet south of the present position of the
bar buoy. It is safest because it affords the shortest and most direct route to
the sea, and enables a vessel generally to take the swell head on, or nearly so.
At one time when the channel was in the above position there were twenty-seven
feet at low water across the bar."

68 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

other cases. This single jetty is, however, but the incompleted part
of a twin jetty project and hence was not designed to operate as a single
reaction jetty at all. The total appropriations were $888,750,
while the estimated amount to complete the twin jetties to secure
twenty feet is $1,791,412.20; total, $2,680,162.20. The bar is
moving seaward at a more rapid rate than ever, and is now about
1800 feet beyond the jetty. Its average rate is 200 feet per annum.

The question may well be asked, Why build this second jetty, at
so great cost, if the depths are already over twenty feet, and if
dredging is so much cheaper? The map however shows why, since
a sand spit extends from the southerly side of the channel to be-
yond the end of the north jetty and the bar is 1800 feet beyond
the end of the work. The crossing is north of the jetty which
extends straight out from high water mark. In the writer's opinion,
had the south jetty been built first the north one could have been
greatly shortened, or possibly omitted altogether.

The low tide jetty at the mouth of the Columbia river, to which
reference is made, although placed on the windward side of the chan-
nel with reference to the littoral drift, was not built high enough to
intercept that movement, neither was it curved in the right direc-
tion to control the ebb reaction, and hence it followed that during
the time while the groin was filling the bar deepened, but as soon
as this was accomplished and the drift could travel over it, the bar
again retrograded and a further extension of over four miles is
required to catch up with the advancing bar. This jetty has cost
$1,965,022.76.

The last annual report (1900) says, " The result of the survey
shows a decrease in depth of from four to five feet at mean low
water. The greatest depth reported the previous year was twenty-
eight feet Rapid extensions of the jetty seem essential to

recovering former depths." The map shows twenty-three feet on
the bar.1 The estimate for forty feet is placed at $2,531,140. It
is not an illustration, however, of a jetty placed to leeward of the
channel, neither is it a correct application of one to windward, as
it violates the conditions of protecting the channel from the drift
and of conserving the energy of the effluent stream.

Failure fully to comprehend the lessons furnished by the pre-
cedents referred to in this report results in a repetition of the

1 Natural depths of twenty-eight feet were reported prior to 1850. Vide Wilkes'
Western America, 1 849, Library of Congress.

1901.] HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BAR i. 69

unwise recommendation that " A single jetty on this principle at
Brunswick would be located on the south side of the channel, since
the drifting sands come from the north."

Such a location, if followed, would in the writer's opinion be
ruinous to the commerce of that port. Its estimated cost is

It is certain that it would dam up the channel and push the bar
to the sea with the same or less depth than previously existed, as
happened to the Government plans at Aransas Pass and Galveston
during construction, also at Cumberland Sound where the south
jetty, projecting to leeward, has entirely obliterated the old channel
and made it necessary to open a new one by dredging away a part
of that jetty and opening a passage to a new crossing under
its lee. This experiment, as shown in Senate Document No. 163,
Fifty-fifth Congress, First Session, should have sufficed to illustrate
completely the results to be anticipated from such a proposition for
Brunswick, where, it is stated, there 'Ms an enormous sandbank
which moves and which always moves very positively in one
direction."

So pronounced was the failure at Cumberland Sound, after twenty
years of study and experiment and the appropriation of #1,787,500,
that in 1897 Congress called for a report to ascertain whether an
emergency appropriation should not be made "to protect the
entrance from being closed against commerce." In the report
made in pursuance of the resolution, the officer then in charge
stated : " The navigable bar channel has deserted the desired route
entirely, the present channel crossing the south jetty about 7000
feet seaward of its initial point." Also the bar crossing is now
" nearly half a mile south of the outer end of the jetty " and the
" least depths are somewhat less than thirteen feet." This was the
natural depth. The comparative maps in this report show that
instead of the channel remaining in its original position as it
should have done, according to the theory of the author, it was
actually driven across the intercepting jetty and sought its nor-
mal position along the line of least resistance in its lee, thus
bringing the jetty to windward, where it should have been placed
at first.

Thus Nature would teach Science, if the latter would but learn to
interpret her results correctly. A more complete illustration can
hardly be found of the soundness of the theory of interposing the

70 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BAR*. [May 3,

barrier between the channel and the advancing drift, or to wind-
ward and not to leeward. Here where a jetty was built to leeward,
according to the author's ideas, the natural forces changed it to
windward by shifting the channel to the opposite side — a com-
plete demonstration in his own district.

The report also shows that a deep and narrow channel is antici-
pated on the windward side of the jetty, for it says :

"It is difficult to see how such a constant force from the north
could avoid crowding the channel close to the jetty and making it
sufficiently deep near the latter torequire extensive and expensive
work to prevent undermining."

The results, however, are just the reverse of this as seen at Cum-
berland Sound, for the sand being heavier than water, when it
meets with an obstruction is dropped in the channel, if to wind-
ward, and fills it up. Yet notwithstanding these years of experience
and expense at Cumberland the report states: "The jetties so far
constructed at Cumberland Sound have not yet progressed suf-
ficiently far to have much influence upon the bar depths."

On the contrary, the author might have said with more truth,
they have had so great an influence upon the bar depths as to have
entirely obliterated the old channel, and to have created a new
one which now crosses the south jetty through the breach made to
admit light draught vessels to the port. The depth has not been
increased.

A somewhat similar experience occurred at Manasquan inlet on
the New Jersey coast, where the jetties were completely buried
under a sand bank and appropriations were requested to remove. the
obstructions. These lessons of experience are lost upon a con-
stantly shifting personnel and they have cost the Government much
time and money, whereas the bar depths have not been materially
increased by the application of natural forces. In recent years, by
localizing the channel at the mouth of the Columbia, there was a
temporary gain of about four feet at a cost of $500,000 per foot ; and
at Galveston of thirteen feet, mainly by dredging, costing nearly
$700,000 per foot to date. The total expenditures by the Govern-
ment on its works at Aransas Pass, Galveston, Coos Bay, Columbia
Bar, Cumberland Sound, St. John's River and Gray's Harbor,
where in most cases the leeward jetty was built first with injurious
results, have been about seventeen millions of dollars ($17,000,000)
and still the same method is urged as being the proper policy to
pursue.

J901.J HAUPf — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAX BARS. 71

3. "The Single, Curved Breakwater."

The report next analyzes the reaction breakwater partially built
by private capital at Aransas Pass, stating some of the requirements
it was designed by its inventor to fulfill, namely: (1) It must be
located on the windward side of the channel. (2) It must be de-
tached from the shore to admit the full tidal prism. (3) It must
produce a continuous reaction across the bar by its curved trace.

Another requirement, which the author professes not to understand
clearly, is that " the breakwater has to be curved to produce reac-
tions similar to those found in the concavities of streams and hav-
ing radii sufficient to maintain channels of the requisite depths;"
also " the breakwater must change the conditions of equilibrium of
flood and ebb currents in favor of the latter."

This last, he adds, " is too vaguely stated to admit of discussion."
After stating that the first and second of the above requirements are
directly contrary to each other, the author proceeds to predict what
should happen, but which, unfortunately for his forecast, after some
four years of exposure, has not happened. The channel has not
shifted its position, there has been no dredging, nor any expenditure
upon any part of the work for maintenance, and the depths have in-
creased in the lee of the breakwater to a maximum of twenty-five
and a quarter feet and a minimum of fifteen and a half feet, although
large gaps were left in the breakwater at both ends when the work
was suspended in 1897.

The sophistries and opinions suggested to discredit these unpre-
cedented results are best answered by the results themselves, as
the report acknowledges "at Aransas Pass to-day there is prob-
ably a minimum depth of fifteen feet with over twenty feet close to
the jetty." This is therefore the admitted result, with barely half
of the work contemplated in place.

The author next proceeds to show that not only is the theory de-
fective, but that it has not been correctly applied ; and to sustain
this assumption he must, perforce,Jnvert the direction of the littoral
drift, ignoring entirely the former Government experience when the
old curved jetty was built on the other side of the channel, and
resulted in failure.

After concluding that the reaction breakwater is not built in ac-
cordance with the theory of its designer, the author then attempts
to build up a case of two jetties by statements such as these :

" It seems plain that most of the operation is that simply of two

72 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

jetties, one somewhat longer than the other, its curved shape pos-
sibly making up in part for the lack of length in its mate. The first
of these jetties — the north one — is composed of two parts, one of
which is a natural bank extending from St. Joseph's Island to the
inner end of the breakwater, a distance of about 1700 feet." As
there is no " natural bank" across this 1700 feet of tidal opening,
where the depths are from five and a quarter to four and three-
quarters and two feet at mean low water and which opening is a
part of the design to admit the full tidal enegry, and as all of the
inner end of the so-called jetty to a point 4000 feet from the island
is below water surface, some of it as much as fifteen feet, it is diffi-
cult to accept the statement that it is part of the jetty relied upon to
control effectively the ebb currents or even to arrest sand, which does
undoubtedly enter the channel through the gaps to the detriment
of the work (see Proceedings of American Philosophical Soci-
ety, Vol. 38, Plate VII).

But the author, not appreciating fully the important function of
arresting this drift, adds that " the trend of the currents is such that
no artificial structure is needed here." Yet the Government Board
recommends in its proposed plan to close this opening by a sill some
three or more feet high. Why should it do so if not needed to con-
trol the currents, or if, as the author asserts, the sand is drifting in
through this opening, why should it not be needed to arrest this
movement ?

The report then stated that " for a further distance east of 4650
feet we have in the breakwater itself a more or less complete actual
jetty, with a little foundation beyond this."

How much is " more" and how much "less" does not appear ;
so that from the author's view it would seem the north jetty consists
of a natural bank for 1700 feet and a more or less completed actual
jetty of 4650 feet, a total structure of 6350 feet, giving the impres-
sion to one ignorant of the facts that there is a retaining wall of that
length which controls the currents, whereas of the reaction break-
water, or so-called " north jetty," less than 1500 feet reach above
high water, and hence for only about twenty per cent, of this entire
distance are the currents under the full control of the structure.

The alleged south jetty, according to the report, is built up in a
similarly ideal manner, as follows :

"Opposing this and forming the south jetty we have, first, the
reveted head of Mustang Island and the old Nelson jetty, extend-

1901.] . HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 7S

ing from the same base to a distance of about 3150 feet. Beyond
that we have the old Government jetty, a submerged structure,
but still a jetty capable of exercising an important influence on the
tidal flow a further distance of 2350 feet, making a north jetty hav-
ing a total length of 6350 feet and a south jetty having a total length
of 5500 and located about 1250 feet apart."

Again, to a novice these statements are grossly misleading, since
the old Nelson jetty, which was built of wooden cylinders filled with
sand, was destroyed where exposed to the sea soon after it was
placed, as was predicted. It long since ceased to act as a jetty
(see map, Fig. 6, in the report). There has been no revetment
placed on Mustang Island for more than a decade, and its outer
shore line has apparently advanced between January, 1899, and May,
1900, only about 500 feet; but this was after the depths as reported
were secured (see Maps 5 and 6), and hence could not have been
instrumental in causing them. Moreover, the old Government jetty
is not only " submerged" but subterranean, being buried under
the sand which the reaction breakwater has thrown over it ; and
hence being in a region of deposit, not of scour, and being under
ground, it cannot be regarded as "capable of exercising an impor-
tant influence on the tidal flow" as an active agent to confine the
currents, and thus the fallacy of the two jetties 1250 feet apart is
reduced to the effective portion of about 1500 feet of the break-
water extending above high water and the unfinished submerged
flank of the same, partially overlapping the outer end of Mustang
Island, but having gaps of fifteen feet and less in depth. The sand-
bank on the southerly side of the channel is the dump for the ma-
terial removed by the breakwater, and is the effect, not the cause, of
the deepening created by it. The theory that these results are due
to two jetties is wholly without foundation in fact.

Another serious error into which the author has fallen is in deter-
mining the direction of the resultant drift, which furnishes the key
to the correct solution of the problem by a single jetty. He insists
that all the charts which were accessible, as well as the statements of
more or less interested parties, were to the effect that the resultant
movement was from south to north, and that since the breakwater is
on the north side it is therefore located to leeward and not to wind-
ward, as it should be according to the theory of the writer, fie
discusses the anemometer records, and although they show that the
intensity of the northeast storms is to that of the southeast as 43. 7 is

74 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. -[May 3,

to 34.2, yet because the lighter winds prevail longer from the south-
east he concludes that they are the determining factors, and over-
looks entirely the unmistakable record of the movements of the
inlets along this coast, as shown so clearly by the comparative
charts which he must have consulted in the reports to which refer-
ence is made. These show that the tall masonry lighthouse built at
Aransas Pass between 185 1 and i860, and which then stood abreast of
the inlet to light the channel and bar crossing, is now about two miles
to the north of the present position of the inlet and its bar, so that
St. Joseph's Island has been extending southward at the annual rate
of about 260 feet, while Mustang Island has been receding; and as
the channels do not move toward but away from the resultant, there
should be no cause for doubt as to the direction of the movement,
excepting to those who cannot correctly interpret nature's record.

In further support of this inversion of the facts, the statement is
made that the foreshore on the northerly side of the jetty shows a
loss or scour of 1,270,000 cubic yards since 1895, and that there is
no indication of this material having moved seaward, nor has it gone
through the opening between the breakwater and the shore into the
harbor, and as it would be inconsistent for the argument to have it
travel southward, he adds :

" Of course this sand cannot have gone to the south over the
breakwater, otherwise there certainly would have been a fill close
behind the latter," so it must have gone north, and the assumption
is thus established.

Unfortunately for this argument the original compact material
in place "close behind the breakwater" has been scoured out by the
natural currents even to a depth of over twenty feet and close to the
breakwater, as the author admits, consequently any loose band
carried over the breakwater would, d for/tori, be much less apt
to be lodged in these currents and would be at once carried out
and around the sandy spur to the southward, as has happened
and as is quite evident from the comparative charts ; so that the
statement by the writer is true that not only has this incomplete
breakwater removed about 600,000 cubic yards in place, but has
prevented the deposition of a much larger amount drifting in from
the north through the gaps and over the unfinished portions of the
structure. This action is so manifest as scarcely to require so long
an explanation, but for the misconstruction which has been put upon
it. At Cumberland the drift moved over the jetty and across the

1901.] HAUTT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 75

new channel in a similar manner and passed on to the southward.
The testimony of nature is worth far more as to facts than that
of interested and superficial observers, and yet, in view of his own
admission that the evidence of the northward movement " is mostly
negative," the writer, to sustain his effort to condemn the theory as
fatally defective and to demonstrate an error in location, must, per-
force, invert the testimony of nature to accommodate a preconceived
theory. (For the evidence see Doc. 137, H. R., 55th Cong., 2d
Sess., Charts No. 6; survey of 1854; No. 7 of 1868; No. 8 of
1S91, etc.) A superficial glance at these will show the prevailing
direction of the drift and the loss of depth in the channel until im-
proved by the reaction breakwater.

Such statements might be ignored were it not that the errors which
lead to them have involved the country in such large and useless
expenditures with injurious results to our commerce, and have in-
flicted upon us an enormous annual and avoidable expense for main-
tenance of channels by dredging, which the author recommends be
done by day's labor and with Government plants, thus destroying
competition.

Yet all this expenditure does not seem to have had even an educa-
tional value upon the author of the report under consideration, who
recommends its continuance.

Hence it is not surprising, after such an ingenious misconstruc-
tion of data "mostly negative," and which makes the littoral
drift come from the southwest or in a direction opposed to that of
the drift of the inlet for at least fifty years, that the author reaches
these erroneous

" Conclusions."

" 1st. The theory of the reaction breakwater is fatally defective
in the following particulars, viz.:

(a) It provides for no force or resistance to hold the currents
against the breakwater. Such provision would usually mean a second
jetty.

(b) Should it increase the depth, such increase is limited and
beyond that an undue amount of dredging would probably be
necessary.

(c) If successful in deepening the channel, it would probably
move the bar seaward and the seaward extension of the works
appear impracticable.

76 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

(d) It makes no provision against the channel being driven too
close to the breakwater for the safety of itself or shipping, by sand
coming from the opposite direction or by the current being
directed against the jetty in accord with the theory.

That these opinions are hypercritical will be seen from their con-
tradictory character, for in (a) it is said there is no provision to
hold the current against the breakwater, while in (d) it is said that
the channel may be driven too close by sand from the opposite
direction. In (d) the objection is made that should an increase of
depth result, such increase would involve an undue amount of
dredging ; or in short, although the currents scour out a natural
channel, defended from the resultant sand movements by the break-
water, there would still remain a larger than before volume to be
removed by dredging, (c) The result of any deepening might
extend the bar seaward and the breakwater could not be extended.

Any material carried to the outer slope would be ejected in
deeper water where the littoral current and wave action at head of
breakwater would prevent its deposition, as the incomplete results
have shown, and, if necessary, a considerable extension of the
works seaward is quite possible without injury to navigation. The
facts, however, at Aransas, as previously stated, are so confirmatory
of the theory that they have been recognized by impartial juries at
the Paris Exposition and the National Export Exposition as worthy
of their highest awards, while the American Philosophical Society
and the Franklin Institute, after thorough and extended investiga-
tions, have also granted their highest honors to the inventor.

In view of these findings of experts, it is somewhat confusing to
read further in the official report of the officer in charge of the
work at Brunswick :

" The only apparent example of such construction that has been
tried is at Aransas Pass, and that is no test of the theory at all, as
the breakwater is not located according to the theory, and the
beneficial results produced are not the result of the reaction break-
water as such but by incomplete twin jetties." If such be the case,
then the maritime engineers and societies who have recognized the
merits and results of the incomplete work at this place must have
stultified themselves, and it remains for the author of the report to
cite a single instance where similar results have been secured by
" incomplete (or even complete) twin jetties" in the same time or
for the same cost.

1901.] HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 77

As the depth entirely across the bar has been increased from six
to over fifteen feet at a cost of about $30,000 per foot, with a large
area having depths exceeding twenty feet, it remains a fact that
there is no record known to the writer exhibiting equal efficiency
and economy.

Yet the report illogically concludes from these erroneous pre-
mises and misconstructions : " For these reasons, a single reaction
breakwater is not recommended for the improvement of Brunswick
bar."

How groundless " these reasons" are will no doubt appear from
the previous analysis, but the primum mobile for the failure to re-
commend it may be better understood by stating that for some
fourteen years the attention of the Government has been invited
to this improvement through its engineer officers. As long ago as
the 1 6th of March, 1888, a Board reported to the Chief of Engi-
neers the following conclusion :

1 'The views are purely theoretical, are unconfirmed by experi-
ence, and contain nothing not already well known which has a
useful application in the improvement of our harbors."

The Board, however, cited no precedents, although requested to
do so, and all applications for permission to make a demonstra-
tion remained unanswered.

Again, in 1890, the officer in charge of the jetties at Cumberland
Sound, after mature study, submitted on his own responsibility a
plan involving the use of a single, curved, reaction breakwater,
properly located on the windward side of the channel, at an esti-
mated saving of $1,108,004, of which $125,000 was for the removal
of part of the south jetty, which he reported as being "improperly
located." On March 11, 1891, a Board of Engineers, composed
with one exception of the same officers who had made the original
adverse report, stated as follows :

" The Board does not think that a single jetty on the north side
of the channel, curving gently to the south, would secure the deep
water needed, but is of the opinion lhat two jetties will be needed.
.... The opinion that such a curved channel conforms to the
natural requirements of the site and opposes the action of the nat-
ural forces less than any other, is believed to be fallacious."

In consequence, work on the two jetties was continued with the
disastrous results already stated.

Again, after all former attempts to deepen the channel at Aransas

PROC AMER. PHILOS. SOC XL. 166. F. PRINTED JULY 17, 1901.

78 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BAES, [May 8,

Pass had'failed, and the reaction breakwater was partially built with
the results given, the private funds became exhausted and the Gov-
ernment was asked to appraise the value of the work done, take over
the breakwater and continue it immediately. A Board of Engi-
neers reported in 1897, just after the obstructing old Government
jetty had been breached, that :

" There does not seem to be any probability that the jetty as now
constructed will of itself secure and maintain any considerable
increase of depths in a navigable channel of proper width. The
Board is of the opinion that the value to the Government of the
works for the improvement of Aransas Pass is nothing."

The depth was then nine and a quarter feet. It is now fifteen
feet, and as yet no work has been done, although Congress made
an appropriation more than two years ago of $60,000 to remove the
remains of the old jetty built across the channel and on its leeward
side. This is now buried, as previously stated, by the action of the
breakwater under the bottom of the channel, and is a barrier to its
further deepening.

Finally comes this Report on the Brunswick Bar, which con-
demns the theory as well as its application as being erroneous even
in the face of the indisputable evidence of nature.

These statements are made to illustrate the operation of the law
of conservatism which ever attends the path of progress to retard
her too rapid strides. Its consideration would divert this analy-
sis of physical fallacies, facts andjbrces to the [domain of meta-
physics and is therefore not pursued further.

4. Twin Jetties.

This is the method most generally used in efforts to create chan-
nels and the record of their experience is quite suggestive. At the
mouths of large sedimentary rivers, emptying into nearly tideless
seas, they have been reasonably successful, but for tidal inlets their
utility is very limited. The report says: " Apparently the only
examples of high tide jetties in the United States are at Sabine
Pass, Galveston, and Yakina Bay, Oregon."

This statement suggests the necessity for greater research on the
part of the author, since the well-known jetties at South Pass were
built above high water, as are also those at Newburyport, Mass.;.
New Haven, Conn.; Manasquan, N. J.; Brazos River, Tex., and
at other points, while both jetties at Yakina were originally de-

1901.1 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 79

signed to rise only to half-tide, but both were subsequently raised
above high water to make them, if possible, effective. It is not the
purpose of this paper to review the results of works of this class, but
their sequel shows that they have not fulfilled the expectations of
their designers and that they have not arrested the advance of the bar
seaward nor have they given '■he anticipated depths, with the excep-
tion of South Pass. This, however, has caused a rapid shoaling in
the entire channel above the jetties in consequence of over-contrac-
tion, and necessitates the maintenance of the depths by dredging for
a distance of many miles because of the elevation of the flood plane
and bed of the stream by sedimentation.

Hence the necessity for an early removal of the bar at the South-
west Pass.

But to return to the discussion. The author suggests that to
arrest sand movements entirely, high tide jetties are requisite, and
cites those at Yakina Bay as a type, as having " increased the depth
from seven to fifteen feet at mean low water, and, so far as the
records show, without as yet producing any new bar seaward of the
jetties." It may suffice to state, on the contrary, that while the
original depths at low water were seven to nine feet, the latest
annual report of the Chief of Engineers for 1900 says on p. 4298 :
"There is at present, about one-half mile from the end of the
jetties, a crescent-shaped bar almost enclosing the entrance and
having from eight to twelve feet of water over it at low water..
Around the south end of this shoal there is a channel having a
least depth of thirteen feet 1 at low tide. This bar has apparently
shoaled somewhat since the survey of 1895." The report of 1887,
when only a portion of the south jetty was built, also shows a low
tide channel of thirteen feet, and the officer then in charge calls
attention to the movement of the bar seaward toward a reef of
rocks.

These official statements would appear to discredit the asser-
tions of the author as to an increase of depths to fifteen feet
and no advance of the bar seaward.

In commenting further upon twin jetties, the author remarks :
" Jetties built to a height sufficient to stop the sand flow from both
sides and also high enough to control the tidal flow should be ex-
pected to reproduce at the bar the depths at the gorge." Experi-
ence does not seem to confirm this expectation, since nature fur-

1 The chart shows but ten feet. This may be an error, however.

80 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

nishes no illustration of a deep pocket at both ends of a contracted
pass, whether natural or artificial. High tide jetties, unfortunately,
greatly obstruct the ingress of the tides and hence reduce the vol-
ume available for ebb scour, and it was to meet this condition that
the reaction breakwater was, in part, designed with such marked
results.

The former method proposed for overcoming this objection was,
as the author states, to increase the width between the jetties on
the bar and to build them only to near low-water mark, but, as he
adds, the scouring effect has not produced depths great enough for
navigation — although "dredged channels can be maintained at
comparatively moderate cost," as at Charleston, which is cited as
" a good example."

Here, again, it would seem that the reference is unfortunate, in-
asmuch as the Government dredge was unable to maintain the chan-
nel on the ranges, and a new and more powerful machine is build-
ing, while the bar has reformed three-quarters of a mile beyond the
jetties, and the outer twenty-six-foot contour is 1.5 miles to sea-
ward of them. The jetties were reported completed several years
since, at a cost of about $4,000,000, but they have failed to hold the
bar, which has eluded them and gone to sea, where dredging is
now required in open water. The author recognizes this feature
in his report, wherein he says :

" The Charleston jetties have been left low near the shore for the
double purpose of economy in construction and to freely admit the
flood tide to avoid reduction in the tidal prism. It is not unrea-
sonable to believe that the quantity of dredging necessary and the
quantity of sand that have been scoured seaward has been mate-
rially increased by sands driven over the low portion of the north
jetty by the northeast storms. Such sand may be expected to be
driven into the channel, usually over both jetties, if they are left
low, even though the predominance of -sand movement is in one
direction."

This statement is undoubtedly correct and clearly recognizes one
of the defects of twin jetties, submerged at their shore ends, and
yet one of the officers recently in charge of that work stated
officially :

"I have been out on that bar for thirteen years, day in and day

out I know that on top of those rocks there never was sandf

.... I have never found it there." His contention being that it
did not travel over the submerged ends of the jetties.

1901.] HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. 81

The value of this kind of evidence may be appreciated when it
is remembered that the rock composing the inner end of the jetties
is submerged and subject to the action of the breakers, so that no
sand can lodge upon it as it is driven over. The history of the
Charleston operations, covering more than twenty years, is too ex-
tensive to be further considered in this connection, but it has suf-
ficed to cause the abandonment elsewhere of the submerged jetty
theories of 1879.

5. Dredging.

Having reviewed the several methods of securing depths by aux-
iliary structures and by dynamite, the author concludes that :

" All things considered, in the present state of the science of bar
improvement, dredging appears to be by all means the most eco-
nomical and satisfactory method for such work at this place," be-
cause, as he adds, u the partial improvement of Brunswick bar by
dredging, while it has been very expensive as to the rate per cubic
yard, has been quite successful as to the permanence of the improve-
ment."

The permanence of the channel is here attributed to dredging,
and the effects of the dynamite are apparently ignored.

Had a straight channel been dredged through the bar at any
time, it would soon have been obliterated : but instead thereof the
integrity of the bar was disturbed by heavy charges of dynamite,
while the dredge was used as an auxiliary to hasten the formation
of the channel, which selected its own locus on curved lines. An
inspection of the maps shows that the thalweg of the channel follows
a reverse curve, having a trace similar to that of the plan of the
reaction breakwater as designed for Aransas Pass. It indicates,
therefore, the general form of the curve of greatest ebb energy in
open water, and as such confirms the correctness of the theory of
the reaction breakwater. The fact that currents move on curved
lines is generally ignored in dredging operations with prejudicial
results.

In considering the methods to be pursued at Galveston, the
Board of 1886 reported : " The methods are (1) by dredging alone ;
(2) by using tidal scour between jetties, aided, if necessary, by dredg-
ing. As to the first method, it has already been tried unsuccess-
fully There is not sufficient prospect of results commensurate

with the cost of dredging being obtained and maintained to justify

82 HAUFT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

further experiment." The second method of twin jetties was there-
fore resorted to, but the tidal scour did not deepen the bar as ex-
pected, since the jetties were 7000 feet apart. Hence a cut was
dredged along the axis of the channel. It was begun April 11,
1895, when the depths were about fifteen feet on the crest of the bar.
But it did not remain straight, as the resultant drift soon swung the
channel to the south on its normal curve, with a radius of five
miles, and it now crosses the line of the south jetty produced.
Many instances might be cited of the failure to secure channels in
the open sea by dredging, especially where there is a prevailing
littoral drift, but the fact is so generally recognized that it is not
necessary to extend this discussion further than to add a few words
as to cost.

It has been officially certified that the total cost of the work
done by the contractor at Brunswick was $253,646.15 for a
gain in depth of 5.6 feet, giving $45,293.95 per foot of depth
secured. The author, however, states that dredging has been
done on the Mersey bar at Liverpool for two and one-third
cents per cubic yard, and says that fifteen cents is a fair price
for this class of work. He then proceeds to estimate the
quantity of material in place which it would have been nec-
essary to remove to secure the present channel, and figures that
1 25,000 cubic yards at fifteen cents would have cost but $18,750 for
the entire work, and that the actual cost of $253,646.15 was there-
fore excessive. He concludes : "The cost to the Government of all
material removed, whether usefully removed or otherwise, has been
$1.13 a yard, more than seven times the cost of ordinary dredging."

If it were only necessary to remove 125,000 yards to secure the
channel, the cost would have been $2.03 per yard. At $1.13 there
must have been 224,400 yards taken out, but as a matter of fact the
actual cube of excavation was very much larger than this, since the
enormous bank " which always moves very positively in one direc-
tion" was constantly supplying material to the channel.

The radical error in this computation of cost arises from regard-
ing the volume of the material as a constant over a given area of
the bar, and considering only the net loss or gain due to local
changes in form of cross section. The absurdity of this method is
seen from the table on page 14 of the report, wherein a strip
6370 feet long and of variable widths is taken for an estimate. I-

1901] HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN" BARS. 83

400 feet wide be used there is found to be a net fill of 77,000
cubic yards ; for 600 feet width the fill is 113,000 cubic yards; for
800 feet it is 166,000, and for 1000 feet width it is 208,000 yards —
in every case a fill, yet between the dates taken for this comparison
the channel passing through this strip was deepened by dynamite,
between April, 1891, and February, 1897, from 13.3 to 16.6 feet,
a gain in depth of 3.3 feet.

Had the contractor been paid for excavation by place measure-
ment for this area, therefore, he would have had to go into
bankruptcy, since over 200,000 yards more were deposited than
removed, and yet a deeper channel was created.

Moreover the dredging was not begun until August, 1896, and
then it was merely to pump the material into the current until the
fall of 1897, when bins were used to carry it out to sea, by which
time the depths were increased nearly four feet. Even after this
dynamite in 100-pound charges continued to be used, so that it is
incorrect to regard this as a dredged channel when 168,000 pounds
of explosives had been used to secure it.

Furthermore the report states (p. 17) : " The north shoal has cer-
tainly been moving south for the last forty years About

1,500,000 cubic yards have been added to its southern face since
1891." . . . . Also, "the north face of the south breakers .... has
been scouring away correspondingly to the growth of the north
shoal since 1857, and quite rapidly since 1888 (about 3,000,000
cubic yards and 1000 feet in width, scoured away between 1888 or
1890 and 1897 or 1900)." These admissions show large move-
ments of bar material and an excess of about 1,500,000 cubic yards
of scour during this period, and in the vicinity of dynamite ope-
rations, yet it is claimed that the deepening wa's " probably due
to natural causes."

It would be a remarkable freak of nature that, with a bar drifting
from north to south, there should have been a deposit of 1,500,000
yards on the one hand, and a scour of 3,000,000 yards on the other,
between which a channel might have been dredged by the removal of
125,000 yards at a cost of $18,750, which would have been per-
manent, or else that "nature" should have concluded to reverse
her machinery without apparent cause, and that, too, just at the time
when dynamite was applied to the deteriorating bar, all for the
benefit of a contractor who had previously undertaken to create a
channel by the use of high explosives to save the port from ruin.

84 HAUPT — METHODS OF IMPROVING OCEAN BARS. [May 3,

It may well be asked why no one had previously discovered that
a channel could have been secured here for the petty sum of
1 1 8, 750, and, if so, why it was not done instead of estimating mil-
lions of dollars for jetties and dredging plants, or why is not a per-
manent channel secured at other points on our alluvial coasts for
similar trifling expenditures ?

The fact is that this is not a dredged channel, but one secured by
the effect of violent explosives on the bar which assisted the ebb
currents to select and create the best path to sea, and no credit is
given in the account to the large excess of material which was
removed by such explosions. Any estimates, therefore, based on
net measurements in place are utterly unreliable and the resulting
price per unit is of no value in ascertaining the cost. The only
reliable method is the cost per foot of depth actually secured, and
on this basis the work has cost only about ten per cent, of that else-
where, with far better and more permanent results. Hence dredg-
ing alone should not be recommended.

In a science necessarily so empirical as this it would seem that the
best guide to results would be to make a careful diagnosis of the
natural conditions and forces available, and then utilize them to the
best advantage. This was the plan pursued at Aransas Pass, which
is conceded to be the only instance of the kind on record ; while the
author would have it appear that it is fatally defective and is
merely a case of two jetties. But no two jetties, so far as the
writer's researches have gone, can be cited which have produced
like results in practice with a tide of but fourteen inches, and with
an obstructing wall across the bottom of the channel.

In conclusion, it would seem that of the several methods proposed
for bar removal by the use of single or double jetties or by the reac-
tion breakwater, the latter, so far as it has been tested, fulfills
better than any other the conflicting requirements of harbor
entrances, costs less than half as much and is far cheaper to main-
tain. Had this plan been adopted in 1888 it is believed, in view
of subsequent events, that it would have saved the Government not
less than $25,000,000 in the cost of jetty or breakwater construction
and at least as much more (if capitalized) in the cost of maintenance,
while the indirect benefits to commerce resulting from an earlier
opening of our seaports for deep vessels would have exceeded the
sum of both of these items.

1901.] MINUTES. 85

The plan commends itself to Congress, but it does not seem to
meet with favor from some of the junior officers of engineers
charged with the improvement of our harbors, as is evinced by the
report under discussion and the experience of the writer since the
plans were first submitted to the Government for adoption, in
1888.

Stated Meeting, May 17, 1901.
Vice-President Barker in the Chair.

Present, 30 members.

The donations to the Library were laid upon the table, and
thanks were ordered for them.

The decease of the following members was announced :

Dr. Thomas Conrad Porter, of Easton, Pa., on April 27,
1901, aged 79 years.

Charles Swift Riche' Hildeburn, of Philadelphia, at Bo-
logna, Italy, on May 2, 1901.

Robert Noxon Toppan, at Cambridge, Mass., on May 10,
1901.

Mr. J. G. Rosengarten read a paper on " Franklin's Baga-
telles."

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt presented a monograph on " The
Osteology of the A^ccipitres."

Mr. Willcox made some remarks on some recent specimens
of typography and the medium on which they are printed,
which was discussed by Gen. Wistar.

The Society proceeded to an election for members, and the
tellers reported that the follawing named candidates had
been chosen :

Thomas Willing Balch, Philadelphia.

Hon. John B. McPherson, Philadelphia.

Prof. Dana C. Munro, Philadelphia.

Prof. Mazyck Ravenel, M.D., Philadelphia.

Prof. Amos P. Brown, Philadelphia.

86 MINUTES. [May H

Dr. Hays moved the following preambles and resolutions
which were unanimously adopted :

Whereas, The American Philosophical Society is and always has
been a Society of national scope, whose place of meeting was
originally fixed at Philadelphia for reasons of convenience now less
potent than formerly; and

Whereas, The growth and wide extent of our country and the
multiplication of local societies tends to keep from our regular
meetings those members who do not reside within a short distance
of Philadelphia; and

Whereas, It is desirable that measures be taken to bring the dis-
tant members into more active participation in the work of the
Society; therefore, be it

Resolved, i. That a committee of five be appointed by the
President to consider the advisability and, if deemed advisable, to
arrange for a general meeting at a time most convenient to all the
members;

2. That this meeting shall cover one or more days as may be
considered advisable, and it is hoped that the high scientific char-
acter and broad interest of the papers to be presented shall insure
the fair attendance of a good proportion of distant members;

3. That this Committee shall have power to add to its number
and to make all necessary arrangements to further the success of
the proposed general meeting.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. 87

FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES.

BY J. G. ROSENGARTEN.

{Read May 17, 1901. )

The Philosophical Society has in its Library seventy-six folio vol-
umes of Franklin's Papers. From these I have had made by Miss
Harjes, of the Library staff, exact copies of some of the very rare
' Bagatelles, and some of the correspondence referring to them.
The papers thus collected include :

i. An unfinished draught, in Franklin's handwriting, of "The
Deformd and Handsome Leg" (Vol. 50, No. 40).

2. "The Ephemera," in French (Vol. 50, No. 39).

3. A letter to Mme. Brillon from Franklin about his " Dia-
logue between Franklin and the Gout " (Vol. 46, No. 44 — the vol-
nme is labeled "Letters from Franklin to his Wife — 1755-1774").

4. The " Story of the Whistle," with the English version dated
Passy, Nov. 16, 1779, and the French version, the former on the
right, the latter on the left side of the pages, and both with many
corrections (Vol. 45, No. 149^).

5. A letter from Franklin, in French, to an unknown corre-
spondent, dated Passy, April 8, 1784: "I send you ' Advice to
those who wish to go to America' and ' Remarks on the Politeness
of Savages.' If you have ' The Handsome and Deform' d Leg' and
1 The Morals of Chess,' with those I now send you, you have a
complete collection of all my Bagatelles printed at Passy" (Vol.
45, No. 181).

6. " Dialogue between Franklin and the Gout," in French,
with numerous corrections in the text and marginal notes (Vol. 50,
No. 36).

7. Extracts from 115 letters from Mme. Brillon to Franklin and
some of his in reply (Vols. 43 and 47), many relating to the
French versions of his Bagatelles, etc., with a press copy of his
letter to her of November 23, 1784, and an original of his letter to
her undated ; one from her about the surrender of Cornwallis,
who, she says, had been Burgoyned by the Americans, and his
answer, dated Passy, December 25, 1781, both in French.

Her letters compliment him on his capital French, and make fre-
quent references to his Bagatelles, e. g. :

8. Vol. 43, No. 77, and particularly —

88 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

9. Vol. 43, No. 87 — " Exercise in French, No. 5," "Letter to
Mme. B. transcrib'd and corrected by her," in Franklin's hand-
writing, and her comments, No. 98.

10. Vol. 43, No. 116 — " Plaidoyer pour Mme. Brillon contre
M. Benjamin Franklin."

11. Vol. 45, No. 180 — Franklin's letter in French to Mme.
Brillon.

12. Vol. 22, No. 8 — Miss Shipley's acknowledgment, dated
May 6, 1781, of a copy of " The Dialogue between F. and J the
Gout."

13. Vol. 32, No. 51 — Carmichael's letter, Madrid, July 9, 1784,
saying thatF.'s " little works" will soon appear in a Spanish dress,
followed by a letter —

14. Vol., 32, No. 63 — from Count Campomanes, dated Madrid,
July 26, '84, thanking F. for the gift received through Carmichael.

15. Temple Franklin's Letters to his Father (Vol. 32, Nos. 95
and 133).

16. Vol. 34, No. 167 — Miss Shipley, November 13, 1784, with
thanks for "The Art of Procuring Pleasant Dreams," and asking
" where F. read that Methusalah slept in the open air ? I have
searched the Bible in vain to find it."

17. Vol. 44, No. 12 — "The Intended Speech for the Opening
of the first session of the present Parliament, viz., Nov. 29, 1774,"
endorsed " D. Hartley, Oct. 3, '86."

18. Vaughan's letter of April 28, 1778 (Vol. 9, No. 93) — Let-
ters to Franklin, April-May, 1778.

In adding Vaughan's letter of April 28, '78, I call attention
to the value and importance of his correspondence ; he and Hart-
ley were among Franklin's English friends, who through all the
period of the Revolution kept him well informed as to the trend
of parties and public opinion in England. Authentic reports of
Chatham's famous last speech are very rare, and a Calendar of the
Franklin Papers would enable historical students to refer to them
for much valuable information. The printing of these papers by
this Society will, I am sure, invite attention to the large amount of
valuable material now practically hidden away in this collection,
needing only a Calendar to make it available and useful to students.
It may be said that the Department of State has never yet printed
any Calendar of the Collection of Franklin Papers bought by the
Government of the United States from Stevens. It is roughly

1901.] ROSENGARTEX — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 89

estimated that they are in bulk about one-fourth, those in the
collection of the Philosophical Society — about three-fourths of all
the papers left by Franklin. The Government collection is largely
made up of State Papers used by Temple Franklin in his publica-
tion of his grandfather's works ; those here are largely personal
papers, many of them perhaps thought by Temple Franklin not
worthy of printing, yet in them there is that personal note which
gives us Franklin as he was in the palmy days at Paris, where he
filled so large a place in the public eye.

The deform' d and handsome Leg.1

There are two Sorts of People in the World, who with equal Degrees
of Health, & Wealth, and the other Comforts of Life [are] become, the
one happy, and the other [Unhappy] miserable. — This arises very much
[solely] from [In almost ever] the different views in which they con-
sider Things, Persons & Events ; and the Effect of those different Views
upon their own Minds.

In whatever Situation [a] M<?n can be plac'd, they [will] may find Con-
veniences & Inconveniencies : In whatever Company ; they [will] may
find Persons & Conversations more or less pleasing. At whatever Table,
they [will find] may meet with Meats &* drinks of better and worse Taste,
[things] Dishes better & worse dress'd : In whatever Climate they will find
good and bad Weather ; Under whatever Government, they [will] may
find good and bad Laws, and good and bad Administration of those
Laws. In every Poem or Work of Genius they may see Faults &* Beatifies: '
In every Face they may discover [Beauties] fine Features & Defects,
good & bad Qualities. Under these Circumstances, the two Sorts
of People [I have] above mention'd fix their Attention, those who are
to be happy, on the [convenient] Conveniencies of Things, the pleasant
Parts of Conversation, the well-dress'd Dishes, the Goodness of the
Wines, the [agreeable] fine Weather ; [the] &c. &c. and enjoy all with
Chearfulness. Those who are to be unhappy, think &* speak only of
the contraries. Thence they are continually discontented themselves,
and by their Remarks sour the Pleasures of Society, offend [disgust~\
perso7ially many people, and make themselves [where] every where dis-
agreeable.

If this [different] Turn of Mind was founded in Nature, such unhappy
\_Peopie~] Persons would be the more to be pitied : But as th[at]-? Disposi-
tion to criticise & be disgusted, is perhaps taken up originally by Imitation,
and is unawares grown into a Habit ; [and] which tho' at present strong
may nevertheless be cured when those who have it are convinced of its

1 Erasures in the manuscripts are shown by being placed between [ ]. Inser-
tions are printed in italics.

90 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

bad Effects on their [Happiness] Felicity ; I hope [a] this little Admo-
nition may be of Service to them, — and put them on changing a Habit,
which tho' in the Exercise is [merely] chiefly an Act of Imagination yet
it has serious Consequences in Life : [To] as it brings on real Griefs &>
Misfortunes : For as many \Jiave been] are offended by, &*c. no body well
loves this Sort of People, no one shows them more than the most com-
mon.— The Franklin Papers, Vol.50.

AVERTISSEMENT.

Madame B. Est une Dame fort aimable et qui possede un Talent dis-
tingue pour la Musique ; Elle demeure a Passy ou elle est en Societe
avec Mr. Franklin, ilsavoient dans l'Ete de 1778 Ete passes ensemble
une Journee au Moulin Joly ou ce meme Jour Voltigeoit sur la Riviere
un Essaim de ces petites Mouches que Ton nomme Ephemeres le que le
Peuple appelle de la Manne. Mr. Franklin les examina avec attention
et envoya le lendemain a Mde. B. la Lettre dont voicy la Traduction.

Vous pouvez, ma chere Amie, vous rapellez que, lorsque nous pas-
sames dernierment cette heureuse Journee dans les Jardins delicieux et
la douce Societe du Moulin Joly, je m'arretai dans une des Promenades
que nous fimeset que jelaissai la Compagnie la continuer quelque temps
sans moi.

On nous avoit montre un nombre infini de Cadavres d'une Espece
de Mouche que Ton nomme Ephemere dont on nous dit que toutes les
generations successives etoient nees et mortes dans le meme Jour. II
m'arriva d'en remarquer sur une feuille une Compagnie Vivante qui
faisoit la conversation.

Vous savez que j 'entends tous les Langages des Especes inferieures a la
notre, ma trop grande application a leur Etude est la meilleur Excuse
que je puisse donner da peu de progres que j'ai fait dans votre Langue
charmante ; La Curiosite me fit ecouter les propos de ces petites Crea-
tures, mais la Vivacite propre a leur Nation les faisant parler trois ou
quatre a la fois, Je ne pus tirer presque rien de leurs discours. Je com-
pris cependant par quelque Expressions interrompues que je saisissois
de temps en temps qu'ils disputoient avec Chaleur Sur le merite de
Deux Musiciens Etrangers Tun Cousin et l'autre un Bourdon. lis pas-
soient leur temps dans ces Debats avec l'air de Songer aussi peu a
la brievete de la Vie que S'ils en avoient ete assures pour un mois. Heu-
reux Peuple me dis-je, vous vivez certainement sous un Gouvernement
Sage Equitable et modere, puisqu'aucun grief publie n'excite vos
plaintes et que vous n'avez de Sujet de Contestation que la perfection
ou l'imperfection d'une Musique Etrangere.

Je les quittai pour me tourner vers un Vieillard a Cheveux Blancs qu

1901-1 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 91

Seul Sur une autre feuille Se parloit a lui meme. Son Soliloquem'amusa,
Je l'ai ecrit dans l'Esperance qu'il amusera de meme celle a qui je dois
le plus Sensible des plaisirs, Celui des Charmes de Sa Societe et de
l'harmonie celeste des Sons qui naissent Sous Sa main.

" C'etoit disoit-je l'opinion des Savans philosophes de notre Race
" qui ont vecu et rleuri longtems avant le present age, que ce Vaste
" monde (le Moulin Joly) ne pouroit pas lui meme Subsister plus de Dix
" huit heures, et je pense que cette opinion n'etoit pas Sans fondement,
" puisque par le mouvement apparent du grand Luminaire qui donne la
" Vie a toute la nature et qui de mon terns a d'une maniere Sensible
" considerablement decline vers l'ocean2 qui borne cette Terre, II faut qu'il
" termine Son Cours a cette Epoque, S'eteigne dans les Eaux qui nous
" Environnent Et livre le monde a des glaces et des Tenebres qui
" ameneront necessairement une morte et une destruction universelle,
" J'ai vecu Sept heures dans ces dix huit ; C'est un grand age, ce n'est
" moins de 420 Minutes, Combien peu d'entre nous parviennent aussi
"loin? J'ai vu des generations naitre, fleurir et disparoitre. Mes amis
" presents sont les Enfants et les petits Enfants des amis de majeunesse
" qui helas ! ne Sont plus, Et je dois bientot les Suivre, car par le
" Cours ordinaire de la Nature je ne puis m'attendre qu'oiqu'en bonne
" Sante a vivre Encore plus de 7. a 8. minutes : que me Servent a pre-
" sent tous mes travaux, toutes mes fatigues pour faire Sur cette feuille
" une provision de miellee que je ne puis vivre assez pour consommer ?
" que me Servent les Debats politiques dans lesquels je me suis Engage
" pour l'avantage de mes Compatriotes habitans de ce Buisson, ou mes
"Recherches philosophiques consacrees au bien de notre Espece En
" general ? En politique que peuvent les Lois Sans les Moeurs,8 Le
" cours des Minutes rendra la generation presente des Ephemeres
"aussi corrompue que celle des autres Buissons plus anciens Et par
"consequence aussi malheureuse, Et en Philosophic que nos progres
" sont lents ? helas L'art est long Et la Vie Est courte* mes amis vou-
" droient me consoler par l'idee d'un nom qu'ils disent que je laisserai
" apres moi, lis disent que j'ai assez vecu pour ma gloire Et pour la na-
" ture ; mais que Sert la renommee pour un Ephemere qui n'existe plus ?
" Et l'histoire que deviendra-t-elle lorsqu'a la i8e. heure, le monde lui
"meme, le Moulin Joly tout entier, Sera arrive a Sa fin pour n'etre
" plus qu'un amas de Ruines ?

" Pour moi apres tant de Recherches actives, il ne reste de bien reel
" que la Satisfation d'avoir passe ma Vie dans l'intention d'etre utile,
" la Conversation aimable d'un petit nombre de bonnes Dames Ephe-
" meres Et de temps en temps le doux Sourire Et quelques accords de la
" toujours amiable Brillante. — The Franklin Papers, Vol. jo, No. jga.

2La Riviere de Seine.

3 Quid leges sine moribus ? hor.

* Hipocrate.

92 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

Passy, Nov. 16, 1779.

J [e recus] 'ai Recu les deux Lettres de ma chere Amie, l'une [pour]
pour le Mercredi, l'autre [pour] pour le Sam[m]edi ; c'est aujourd'hui
encore Mercredi. [Mais] Je ne merite pas [d'avoir une pour ce jour],
[d'en] d'en avoir encore, parceque je n'ai pas fait reponse aux [autres]
precedentes. Mais tout indolent, [comme] que je suis, [& averse] et
quelque aversion que faye a ecrire, la Crainte de n'avoir [pas] plus
de vos charmantes Epitres, si je ne contribue [pas] aussi ma part
pour soutenir la Correspondance [m'oblige] me force de prendre
[ma] la plume. Et comme M. Brillon [a] ma mande si obligeamment
qu'il part demain Matin pour vous voir moi, au lieu de passer [le] ce
Mercredi[s] au soir, comme j'ai fait si long terns de ses predecesseurs
du meme nom, en votre [delicieuse Compagnie] douce Societe, Je me
[mis a] [retira dans ma~\ suis mis a mon ecritoire pour le passer [en] a
pens[ant]tr [de] d vous, [en ecrivant a vous], et a vous ecrire & [en
lisant] a lire & reli[sant]re ce que vous m'avez [ecrit a moi] [si elegam-
ment] si delicieusement ecrit.

Je suischarme de votre Definition du Paradis, & de [votre] vos Plans
pour y vivre. J'approve aussi tres fortement la Conclusion que vous
faites, qu'en attendant il faut tirer de ce bas monde tout le bien qu'on
en peut tirer. A mon Avis, [nous c'est bien] il est tres possible pour
nous d'en tirer beaucoup plus de bien que nous n'en [tirons] tirons &
d'en souffrir moins de mal, si nous [voulussions] voulions seulement
prendre garde de ne donner pas trop pour nos s[ou~\ifflets . Car il me
semble, que la plus-part des Malheureux qu'on trouve dans le monde
sont devenus tels par leur ~Neg\\[ss]gence de cette Caution.

Vous demandez ce que je veux dire? Vous aimez les [Contes] His-
toires & vous m'excuse^ai]^^ si je vous en donne une qui me [re qui~]
regarde [de] moi meme. Ouand J'etois un Enfant de 5 on 6 ans, mes
Amis, [sur] un Jour de Fete, remplirent ma petite Poche de [0000] sous.
[J'Iroit] J'allai[t] tout de suite a une Boutique ou on vendoit des Ba-
bioles, [&] mat's etant charme du [la] Son d'un Sifflet que je rencontrois
en chemin dans le mains d'un autre petit garcon je lui volontiers of-
fr[oit] ais & donnai volontiers pour celatout mon Argent. [Ouand je ret]
Revenu chez moi, sifflant par toute la Maison fort [satisfait] content de
mon Achat mais fatiguant les Oreilles de toute la Famille, mes Freres, mes
Soeurs, mes Cousines, entendant [combien j'ai donne] que j'avois tant
[tant] donne tous pour ce mauvais Bruit, [tous ils] me dirent que
c'etoit dix fois plus que la Valeur ; [& ils] alors ils me [fasoit] /irent penser
[du] au Nombre de[s] bonnes choses, que je pouvois acheter avec le
reste [du] de ma Monnoye si j'avois ete plus [sage] prudent & ils me
ridiculi[ssent]<?r^«/ tant de ma Folie, que je pleuroi[t]i- de cette vexa-
tion ; & la Reflexion me donnoit plus de Chagrin, que le sifflet [peut
me donner] d[u]^ plaisir.

1901.] ROSENGARTEX — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. 93

Passy, Nov. 16, 1779.

I received my dear Friend's two Letters, one for Wednesday & one
for Saturday. This is again Wednesday. I do not deserve one for
to day, because I have not answered the former. [But you will] But
indolent as 1 am, and averse to Writing, the Fear of [receiving] having
no more of your [ever] pleasing Epistles, if I do not contribute to the
Correspondence, obliges me to take up my pen. And as M. Brillon
has kindly sent me Word, that he sets out to morrow to see you, instead
of spending this Wednesday evening as I [us'd to do Since these] have
long done its Namesake's, in your delightful Company, I set down to
spend it in thinking of you [and] in writing to you, in reading- over and
over again your Letters.

I am charm'd with your Description of Paradise, & with your Plan of
living there. And I approve much of your Conclusion, that in the
mean time we should draw all the Good we can from this World below.
— In my Opinion we might all [do] draw more good from it than we do
and suffer less Evil, if we [but careful enough] would but take care not
to give too much for our Whistles. For to me it seems that most of the
unhappy people we meet with, are become so by the Neglect of that
[Circumstance] Caution.

You ask, what I mean ? — You [ask what I] love Stories, and will
excuse my telling you [a little] one of myself. When I was a Child of
7 Years old, my Friends [on a] on a holiday [fill'd my] fill'd my little
Pocket with halfpence. I went directly to a Shop where they sold Toys
for Children ; and being- charm'd with the Sound of a Whistle, that I
met by the way m the hands of another Boy, I voluntarily offer'd and
gave all my Money for it. When I came home, whistling all over the
House, much pleased with my Whistle, but disturbing all the Family, my
Brothers, Sisters & Cousins understanding the Bargain I had made,
told me I had given four times as much for it as it was worth ; put me
in mind what Good things I might have bought with the rest of the
Money, and laught at me so much for my folly that I cry'd with Vex-
ation ; and the [Ch Chagrin I suffer'd by it was greater] Reflection [on]
gave me more Chagrin than the Whistle gave me Pleasure.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XL. 166. G. PRINTED JULY 18, 1901.

94 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

[Co] Cet accident fut cependant, [etoit] dans la suite [ut] de quelque
utilite pour moi, l'lmpression restant sur mon Ame ; [tant que quand]
de sorte que lorsgue j' 'etois tente d'acheter quelque chose qui ne m'etoit
pas necessaire, je disois [a] en moimeme : Ne donnois pas trop pour le
Sifflet ; Et j'[ai sauve] cpargnois mon Argent.

Devenant grand Garcon, [&] entrant [dans] le Monde, & observant
les Actions des Hommes, je [pensois] vis que je rencontrois [un] Nom-
bre [des gens'] de gens qui donnoient trop pour le Sifflet.

Quand j'ai vu quelquun, qui, ambitieux [du] de la Faveur de la Cour,
[sacrifiant] co?isumant son terns en [Attendance des] Assiduites aux
[Levees] Levers, son Repos, sa Liberte, sa Vertu & peut-etre ses vrais
Amis, pour obtenir quelque petite Distinction ; J'ai dit [a] en moimeme,
Cet homme donne trop pour son Sifflet. Quand [j'ai] fen ai vu une
autre [entete] [personne] avide [d obtenir] de Popularite [se rendre
populaire] de se rendre populaire & pour cela s' occupant toujours de
Contestations publiques, negligeant ses [propres] Affaires particulieres
& les ruinantpar cette Negligence, [II] [elle] z'/paye, trop ai-je dit, [trop]
pour son Sifflet. — Si j'ai connu un [Miser] Avare, qui renoncoit a toute
[espece] maniere de vivre commodement, a toute leplaisir de fairele bien
aux autres, a toute l'Estime de ses Compatriotes ; & a tous les [joyes]
charmes de l'Amitie, pour avoir un morceau de metal jaune. Pauvre
homme, [je] disois-je, vous donnez trop pour votre Sifflet! — Quand j'ai
rencontre [a] un homme de Plaisir, sacrifiant toute louable perfectionne-
ment [laudable] de son Ame [ou du] &* toute amelioration de son Etat
aux [gratifications] volupte de sens[e] purement corporel[les] [& en les
pursuivant] & detruisant sa Sante dans leur poursuite. Ho)nme trompe,
ai-je dit, vous vous procurez des Femes au lieu des Plaisirs ; vous payez
trop pour votre Sifflet ! — Si [je vois]/V/z ai vu un autre, entete de beaux
Habillements, belles Maisons, belle Fournitures, beaux Equipages, toutes
au-dessus de sa Fortune & [pour lesquelles il fait des] [voir] qiiil ne se
procurait qu en faisant des Dettes & [finit] en allant finir sa Carriere
dans une Prison. Helas, [dira] [dis-je], ai-je dit, II a pay e trop pour son
Sifflet I — Quand j'ai vu une tres belle fille, d'un[e] [disposition] natu-
rel[l] bon[ne] & [douce epouse] doux mariee a un homme feroce &
brutal, qui la maltraite continuellement [Quelle pitie] C est grande Pitia,
ai-j e dit, qu elle [a] ait tant pay c [tant] pour un Sifflet ! — Enfin, j 'ai conclu
que la plus grande partie des Malheurs de[s] [Hommes] 1' Espece
humaine [ont sa derive] [vio] viennent des Estimations fausses qu'on fait
de la Valeur des choses [moyen de qu'on] [oooooob] on donne[s] [oooooo]
trop pour les Sifflets.

Neantmoins je dois avoir je setts que de la Charite pour ces Gens
malheureux quand je considere qu'avec toute cette Sagesse dont je me
vante, il y a certaines choses dans [le] ce bas monde si tentantes ; par
exemple, les Pommes du Roy Jean, lesquelles heureusement ne sont pas
a acheter car [si si ils sont pour] si elles etoient mises a l'enchere,

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN 'S BAGATELLES. 95

This however was afterwards of Use to me, [and] the Impression con-
tinuing on my Mind ; so that often when I was tempted to buy some
unnecessary thing, I said to myself, Don 't give too much for the Whistle,
and I saved my Money.

As I grew up, [and] came into the World, and observed the Actions
of Men, I thought I [saw] met with many who gave too much for the
Whistle. When I saw [a man] one ambitious of Court Favour, sacrificing
his Time, in attendance at Levees, his Repose, his Liberty, his Virtu, and
perhaps his friend, to obtain it. [My] I have said to myself, This Man
gives too much for his Whistle. When I saw another fond of Popu-
larity, constantly employing himself in political Bustles, neglecting his
own Affairs, and ruining [himself] them by that Neglect, [Here] He pays,
says I, too much for his Whistle. If I knew a Miser, who gave up every
kind of comfortable Living, [in order] all the Pleasure of doing good
to others, all the Esteem of his Fellow Citizens, & the [J] Joys of be-
nevolent Friendship, for the sake of accumulating Wealth ; Poor Man,
says I, you pay too much for your Whistle. [If I saw a Prodigal] When
I met with a Man of Pleasure, [giving up] sacrificing every laud-
able Improvement of his Mind or of his Fortune, to mere corporal Satis-
factions, & ruining his Health in their Pursuit. Mistaken Man, says I, you
are providing Pain for yourself instead of Pleasure ; you pay too much
for your Whistle. If I [see] [saw] see one fond of Appearance of fine
CI oaths, ^f/z^ Houses, fine Furniture, fine Equipages, all above his For-
tune, [till] for which he contracts Debts, and ends his Career [in] in a
Prison. Alas, Says I, he has paid too ?michfor his Whistle. — When I
saw a beautiful [Girl] sweet temper' d Girl marr[ying]d to an ugly ill-
natur'd Brute of a Husband : [M] What a Pity, says I, that she should
pay so much for a Whistle / — In short, I conceiv'd that great Part of the
Miseries of Mankind, were brought upon them by the false Estimates
they had made of the Value of things,[and by their giving too much for
the Whistle.

Yet I ought to have Charity for these unhappy People when I con-
sider, that with all this Wisdom of which I am boasting, there are cer-
tain things in the World [ooo] so tempting, for Example, the Apples of
King John, which happily are not to be bought, for if they were to be put
to sale by Auction, I might very easily be [brought] {induced'] led to

96 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. |Mayl7,

je [peux] pourrois etre tres facilement [mene a] porte a me ruiner
par leur [1] 'Achat, & trouver que \ya.vo\&\faurais encore une fois donne
hop \joo~] pour le Sifflet.

Adieu ma tres chere Amie, [& mo] croiez moi to uj ours le votre, bien
sincerement, & avec une Affection [indiminuable] inalterable.

[J'ai perdu vos voisines & les miennes & quand je pense [de] a
vous, je chante pitoyablement

J'ai perdu mon Euridice : rien] — The Frankliti Papers, Vol. 45, Ao.

Je vous ai envoye, ma tres cher fille, par Mr. le Ray, V Avis d ceux qui
veulent passer en Ajnerique, que vous m'avez demande ; & j'ai joint les
Remarques surla Politesse des Sauvages. Avec ce Billet, je vous envoye
plusieurs autres petites choses, dont on a imprime quelques Exemplaires
dans la Maison, seulement pour nos Amis. Je vous demande bien pardon
d'avoir mis parmis les miennes, une de votre facon, qui est certainement
trop joli pour etre placee en telle compagnie. [Je suis] Si par hazard
vous n'avez pas perdu la belle &* la mauvaise jambe, & la Morale des
Echecs, vous avez, avec celles-ci, une Collection complette de toutes
mes Bagatelles qui ont ete imprimees a Passy. — Je suis bien fache que
Madme la Goutte afflige notre cher Ami. Vous scavez qu'elle m'a
donne de bons Conseils autrefois, mais malheureusement ayant trop
de foiblesse pour en profiter, je ne puis mieux faire, il me semble,
que de les envoyer a notre Ami, a qui ils pourront peut-etre etre utiles.
Cette Dame m'a donne tres souvent beaucoup de Chagrin, mais jamais
autant qu'a present qu'elle vous empeche de revenir a Passy. — Je prierai
pour vous & pour notre pauvre Malade, puisque vous le desirez. Mais
si vous etes aimes de Dieu autant que je vous aime, mes Prieres seront
inutiles & superflus. Et tout Heretique que je suis, je ne doute pas
qu'il aime des Catholiques tels que vous.

a Passy, ce 8 Avril 84. — The Frankliti Papers, Vol. 43, Aro. 181.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLINS BAGATELLES. 97

ruin myself in the Purchase, and find that I had once more given too
much for the Whistle.

Adieu, my dearest Friend, and believe me ever yours, very sincerely
and with unalterable Affections.

[I have lost your Neighbours also. And when I think of you, I sing,
I have lost my Euridice, Oh — ] — The Franklin Papers, Vol. 45, No
W9%'

Je vous renvoye, ma tres chere fille, puisque vous voulez absolument
le ravoir le brouillon de votre jolie Fable. [CJ J'avois la Pensee qu'en
vous offrant une plus belle Edition [qu'il] que votre Ouvrage meritoit bien
je pouvois vous gagner de me permettre de retenir 1' Original ; le que je
desirois, parceque j'aime tout [ce] qui vient de votre Main. Et comme
mon Fils est aussi un de vos Admirateurs, j'ai voulu, par le Plaisir de le
lire lui payer [pour] 1 Travail de le bien copier. J'ai fait une faute ; Je le
confesse. Mais comme vous avez eu la Bonte de le pardonner, je ne le
repeterai pas — jusqu'une autre Occasion. Voila la Pratique de presque
tous les Pecheurs !

[Votre] Une des Personnages de votre Fable, viz. la Gout, me paroit
raisonner assez bien, Lexcep] a l'Exception de sa supposition que [les
Femmes] [mon amour d] Maitresses [sont en Partie] ont eu quelque
part en produisant [ma] ce maleureuse Maladie. Je crois, moi, tout le
contraire, & voici comme je raisonne. Ouand j'etois jeune homme, &
[j — tou] que je jouissois plus [qu ce] des [leurs] faveurs de la sexe qu'a
present, je n'avois point de laGoute. [En] Done, si les Dames de Passy
auroient eu plus de cette Espece de Charite Chretienne queje vous [j] ai
si souvent en vaine recommande, je n'aurois pas eu la Goute actuelle-
ment. II me semble que ceciest bonne Logique.

Jesuisbeaucoup mieux ; J'aipeu dedouleur ; maisj erne trouve bien foi-
ble. Jepeux, comme vous voyez, badiner un peu.mais [re] jenepeuxpas
etre reellement gai, [jusque je suis assure] avant que f entendrai que
votre precieuse Sante est retablie.

Je vous envoye mon Dialogue, en esperance que cela pourroit vous
amuser [pour un quart] quelques moments.

Bien de Remerciements pour les tres dernieres Tomes de Montaigne,
que je renvoye.

La Visite de votre toujours aimable Famille hier au soir m'a Faite
beaucozqD de bien ; [sa bout] Comme je les aime tous, de la Grand
Mere &* le Pere. jusque le plus petite enfant. — The Franklin Papers,
Vol. 46, No. 44 {2d ser. of Nos.).

98 R03ENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

Dialogue entre la Goute & M. Franklin.

[corrige et augmente de plusieurs fauttes par un scavant et voue de
nottes critiques par une femme qui n'est point scavante.]

a Minuit le 22. Oct. 1780.

M. F[ranklin]. Eh! Oh! Eh! Mon Dieu ! qu'ai-je fait fait pour
meriter ces Soufrances cruelles ?

La Goute. Beaucoup de choses. Vous avez trop mange, trop bu &
trop [satis/ait la paresse de] [indulge vos jambes en leur indolence]
indulge vos jambes en leur Indolence.

M. F. Qui est-ce qui me parle ?

La G. C'est'moi-meme, La Goute.

M. F. Mon Ennemie en Personne !

La G. Pas votre Ennemie.

M. F. Oui mon Enemie ; car non seulement vous voulez me tuer le
Corps par vos Tourmens, mais vous tachez aussi de detruire ma bonne
Reputation. Vous me representez commeun Gourmand et un Ivrogne.
Et tout le monde qui me connoit, scait qu'on ne m'a jamais accuse
auparavant d'etre un homme qui mangeoit trop, ou buvoit trop.

La G. Le Monde peut juger comme il lui plait, il a toujours beau-
coup de Complaisance pour lui meme, et quelquefois pour ses Amis.
Mais je scais bien moi, que ce qui n'est pas trop boire, ni trop
manger pour un homme qui fait raisonablement d' Exercise, est trop
pour un homme qui n'en fait5 [aucun] point.

M. F. Je prends, — Eh ! Eh ! — autant d'exercise, — Eh ! — que je puis,
Madame la Goute. Vous connoissez mon Etat Sedentaire ; et il me
semble, qu'en consequence vous pourriez, Madame la Goute, m'epargner
un peu, considerant que ce n'est pas tout a fait ma faute.6

La G. Point dutout. Votre Rhetorique & votre Politesse sont egale-
ment perdues. Votre Excuse ne vaut rien. Si votre Etat est sedentaire,

5 lere notte — M. Franklin dit: trop indulge vos jambes en leur indolence :
le corrigeur dit : trop satisfait la paresse de vos jambes — s: indulges n'est pas
Frar^ois ; ce n'est pas la fautte de Mr. Franklin dont le genie est plus expressif
qu'il n'apartient a notre langue ; il faut faire recevoir indulges a l'academie
et ne point rendre la phrase lache par ce=satisfait la paresse de vos jambes:
au moins auroit on pu dire: tropeu d'indulgence pour l'indolence de vos jambes :
cela devasterrait moins=l'original,=:ce qui est important quand on corrige le style
d'unauteur; mais indulges vont mieux que tout ce qu'on mettra a la place;
malheur a qui voudra mettre Franklin en bon Francis, on gacherra comme a
Montagne.

b 2de notte — II est question d'exercisse : Mr. Franklin dit : Est trop pour un
homme qui n'en fait aucun : — on a raye aucun pour mettre point : — je voudrois
S9avoir qu'elle difference il y a entre ne point faire d'exercisse ou n'en faire
aucun.

1901. J R03ENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. 99

vos Amusements, vos Recreations doivent etre acti[ves]/3r. Vous devez
vous promener a Pied ou a Cheval, ou si le Terns vous en empeche
jouer au Billard. Mais examinons votre Cours de vie. Ouand les
Matinees sont longues et que vous avez assez de terns pour promener,
qu'est-ce que vous faites ? Au lieu de gagner de l'Appetit pour votre
dejeuner par un exercise salutaire, Vous vous amusez [en lisant les] a
lire des Livres, [les] des Brochures ou Gazettes dont la plus part [ne
vaudroient] Ji'en valent pas la peine. Vous dejeunez neanmoins large-
ment ; Ouatre Tasses de The a la Creme avec une ou deux grandes Tar-
tines de Pain et de Beurre couvertes de Tranches de Beuf fume ; qui je
crois ne sont pas les choses du monde les plus faciles a digerer. Tout de
suite vous vous placez a votre Bureau, vous y ecrivez ou vous parlez
aux gens qui viennent vous chercher pour [les] affaire[s]. Cela dure
jusqu'a une Heure apres-midi sans le moindre Exercise de Corps. Mais
tout cela je vous le pardonne, parceque [qu'il appartient] cela tient
comme vous dites a votre Etat Sedentaire. Mais apres diner, que
faites vous ? Aulieu de vous promener dans les beaux jardins de vos
Amis [ou] chez lesquels vous avez dine, comme font les Gens senses,
Vous voila etabli — a l'Echiquier jouant aux Echecs, ou on peut vous
trouver deux ou trois Heures. C'est la votre Recreation eternelle ! La
Recreation qui de toutes [les autres] est la moins [propre pour]
[convenable a] propre a un homme Sedentaire;7 parcequ'au lieu d'ac-
celerer le mouvement des fluides, il demande une attention si forte
et si fixe, que la Circulation est retardee & les Secretions internes
empechees. Enveloppe dans les Speculations de ce miserable jeu,
vous detruisez votre Constitution. Que peut on attendre d'ttne telle
facon de vivre [peut on attendre], si non un Corps plein d'humeurs
Stagnantes pretes a se corrompre et un Corps pret a tomber en toutes
sortes de Maladies dangereuses, si moi la Goute, je ne viens pas de terns
en terns a votre Secours pour agiter ces humeurs et les purifier ou dissi-
per ? Si c'etoit dans quelque petite Rue ou Coin de Paris, depourvu de
promenades, que vous pass[eriez]z>£ quelque terns aux Echecs apres
diner, vous pourriez dire cela en Excuse : Mais c'est la meme chose a
Passy, a Auteuil, a Montmartre, a Epinay, a Sanoy ou il y a les plus
beaux jardins & Promenades & belles Dames, l'Air le plus pur, les conver-
sations les plus agreables, les plus instructives, que vous pouvez avoir
tout en vous promenant, mais tous sont negliges, pour cet abominable
jeu d'Echecs. Fi done, M. Franklin"! Mais en continuant mes Instruc-
tions, j'oubliois de vos donner vos corrections. Tenez cet Elancement ;
& celui.

M. F. Oh ! Eh ! Oh ! Ohhh ! — Autant que vous [voulez] vou-

7 ^eme notte — Mr Franklin dit: La Recreation qui de toutes est la moins
propre a un homme sedentaire : on a mis : la moins convenable : le mot propre
etoit plus convenable.

100 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

drez de vos Instructions, Me. La Goute, meme de vos Reproches, mais
de grace pas plus de vos Corrections.

La G. Tout au contraire, je ne vous rabattrois pas [un As.] le quart
d'une. Elles sont pour votre bien. Tenez.

M. F. Oh ! Ehhh ! — Ce n'est pas juste de dire que je ne prends aucun
Exercise, j'en \_z\\fais souvent dans [une] ma voiture, en sortant pour
aller a diner, & en revenant.

La G. C'est de tous les Exercises imaginables le plus leger et le plus
insignifiant que celui qui est donne par le Mouvement d'une voiture
suspendue [par] stir des Ressorts. En observant la Quantite de chaleur
obtenue des differentes Especes de mouvement, on peut former quelque
Jugement de la quantite d' Exercise qui est donnee par chacun. Si, par
Exemple, vous sortez a pied en hiver, avec les Pieds froids, en marchant
une Heure, vous aurez vos Pieds et tout votre Corps bien echauffes.
Si vous montez a Cheval, il faut troter quatre heures avant de trouver le
meme Effet ; Mais si vous vous placez dans une telle voiture, vous pouvez
voyagertouteunejournee etentrervotre derniereAuberge avec vos Pieds
encore froids. — Ne vous flattez done pas qu'en passant une demie heure
dans votre Voiture vous preniez de l'Exercise. Dieu n'a pas donne des
Voitures a Roues a tout le Monde, mais il a donne a chacun deux
Jambes, qui sont des machines infiniment plus commodes et plus ser-
viables ; soyez en reconnoissant et faites usage[s] des votres. Voulez
vous savoir comment elles fontcirculer vos fluides en meme terns [qu'ils]
qu' elles vous transportent d'un lieu a un autre, pensez que quand vous
marchez tout le poids de votre Corps est jette alternativement sur l'une
et l'autre jambe, cela presse avec grande force sur les vaisseaux du
Pied & [se — Contents], refoule ce qu'ils contiennent. Pendant que le
Poids est [protrude] ote de ce Pied et jette sur l'autre, les Vaisseaux ont
le terns de se remplir et par le Retour du Poids [cette protrusion] ce
[repoussement] refoulement est repetee, ainsi la Circulation du Sang est
acceleree en marchant. La Chaleur produite en un certain Espace
de terns est en raison de l'Acceleration ; les Fluides sont battus les
Humeurs attenuees, les Secretions facilities, et tout va bien. Les joues
prennent [une] du Vermeil, et la Santeestetablie. Regardez votre Amie
d'Auteuil, une Femme qui a recu de la Nature plus de Science vraiment
utile, qu'une demi-douzaine ensemble de vous Philosophes pretendus
n'en n'ont tire de tous vos Livres. Quand elle voulut vous faire l'hon-
neur de sa Visite, elle vint a Pied, elle se promene du matin jusqu'au
soir, &> elle laisse toutes les maladies d' Indolence en [Portion] partage
a ses Chevaux. Voila comme elle conserve sa Sante, meme sa Beaute.
Mais vous, quand vous allez a. Auteuil c'est dans la Voiture. Cependant
il n'y a [est] pas plus loin de Passy a. Auteuil que d'Auteuil a Passy.
M. F. Vous m'ennuiez avec tant de Raisonnements.
La G. Je le crois bien. Je me tais, et je continue mon office, tenez
cet Elancement et [cecy] celui-ci.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 101

M. F. Oh ! Ohh ! — Continuez de parler je vous prie.

La G. Non. J'ai un nombre d'Elancements a vous donner cette
Nuit, et vous aurez le reste demain.

M. F. Mon Dieu, La Fievre ! — Je me perds. Eh ! Eh ! N'y at'il
Personne qui puisse prendre cette peine pour moi.

La G. Demandez cela a vos Chevaux. lis ont pris la peine de
marcher pour vous.

M. F. Comment pouvez vous etre si cruelle de me tourmenter tant
pour Rien.

La G. Pas pour Rien. J'ai ici une Liste de tous vos Peches, contre
votre Sante bien distinctement ecrite, & je peux vous rendre Raison de
tous les Coups que je vous donne.

M. F. Lisez la, done.

LaG. C'est trop long a lire. Je vous en donnerai le[s] Montant[s].

M. F. Faites le. Je suis tout attention.

La G. Souvenez vous combien de fois vous vous etez propose de
vous promener le matin (Prochain] suivant dans le Bois de Boulogne,
dans le Jardin de La Muette ou dans le votre ; et que vous avez manque
de parole ; alleguant quelquefois que le terns etoit trop froid d'autrefois
qu'il etoit trop chaud, trop venteux, trop humide, ou trop quelqu'autre
chose, quand en verite, il n'y avoit rien de trop qui empechoit. excepte
votre trop de Paresse.

M. F. Je confesse que cela peut arriver quelquefois, peut etre pen-
dant un An dix fois.

La G. Votre Confession est bien imparfaite, le vrai Montant est cent
quatrevingt dix neuf.

M. F. Est'il possible?

La G. Oui ; c'est possible, parceque c'est unfait. Vous pouvez rester
assure de la justesse de mon Compte. — Vous connoissez les Jardins de
M. Brillon, comme ils sont bons a [promener] [la promenade] promener?
Vous connoissez le bel Escalier de 150. Degres, qui mene de la Ter-
rasse en haut, jusqu'a la Plaine en bas. Vous avez visite deux fois par
semaine dans les apres midi, cette aimable Famille, C'est une Maxime
de votre Invention, qu'on peut avoir autant d'Exercise en montant et de-
scendant un Mile en Escalier, qu'en marchant dix sur une plaine. Quelle
belle Occasion [que] vous avez eue de prendre tous les deux Exercises
ensemble. En avez vous profite ? et combien de fois ?

3 4eme notle — En parlant de jardins Mr. Franklin dit — Co/?ime ils sont bons a
promener ; on a mis : comme ils sont bons a la promenade — il me semble que
des jardins peuvent etre bons a pro?nener, puisqu'on juge qu'il sont bons a la
promenade. II y auroit encore plusieurs nottes a faire ; mais comme elles ser-
vient toutes du meme genre ; en voila assez pour demontrer que le Francois de
Mr. Franklin est souvent aussi bon,toujours plus concpis que celui du scavant qui le
corrige; et — que les mots de sa creation pourrient servir a enrichir notre largue.

102 ROSENGARTEN" — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. |Mayl7,

M. F. Je ne peux pas bien repondre a cette question.

La G. Je repondrai done pour vous, pas une fois.

M. F. Pas une fois !

La G. Pas une fois. Pendant tout le bel Ete passe, vous y etez
arrive a six heures. Vous y avez trouve cette charmante femme et ses
beaux Enfans, & ses Amis, prets a vous accompagner dans ces Prome-
nades, [&] et de vous amuser avec leurs agreables Conversations. Et
qu'avez vous fait ? Vous vous etez assis sur la Terrasse, vouz avez loue
la belle Vue, regarde la Beaute des Jardins en bas ; mais vous n'avez
pas bouge un Pas pour descendre, y vous promener. Au contraire
vous avez demande du The et l'Echiquier. Et vous voila colle a votre
Siege jusqu'a neuf Heures. Et cela apres avoir joue peut etre deux
Heures ou vous avez dine. Alors aulieu de retourner chez vous a Pied,
[qui peut] ce qui pourr ait vous remuer un peu, vous prenez votre
Voiture. Quelle Sottise de croire qu'avec tout ce dereglement, on
peut se conserver en Sante, sans moi.

M. F. A cette heure je suis convaincu de la Justesse de cette Re-
marque du Bon Homme Richard, que nos Dettes et nos peches sont
toujours [plus] plus grands qu'on ne pense.

La G. C'est comme [ca,] cela que vous autres Philosophes avez
toujours les Maximes [du Sage] des Sages dans votre Bouche, pendant
que votre Conduite est comme celle des Ignorans.

M. F. Mais faites vous un de mes Crimes de ce que que je retourne
en Voiture de chez Me. Brillon.

La G. Oui assurement, car vous quiavez ete [ooo] assis toute la
journee, Vous ne pouvez pas dire que vous etez fatigue du travail du
Jour. Vous n'avez pas besoin done d'etre soulage par une Voiture.

M. F. Que voulez vous done que je fasse de ma Voiture?

La G. Brulez la, si vous voulez. Alors vous en tirez au moins pour
une fois de la chaleur. Ou si cette Proposition ne vous plait pas, je
vous en donnerai une autre. Regardez les Pauvres Paysans qui tra-
vaillent la terre dans les Vignes et les Champs autour des Villages de
Passy, Auteuil, Chaillot, &c. Vous pouvez tous les jours, parmi ces
bonnes creatures, trouver quatre ou cinq vieilles Femmes et vieux
Hommes, courbes et peut etre estropies sous le poids des Annees etpar
un travail trop fort et continuel, qui apres une longue Journee de
Fatigue ont a marcher peut etre un ou deux Miles pour trouver leurs
Chaumieres. Ordonnez a votre Cocher de les prendre et de les placer
chez eux. Voila une bonne Oeuvre ! qui fera du bien [pour] a votre
Ame ; et si en meme terns vous retournez de votre Visite chez les Bril-
lons a Pied, cela sera bon pour votre Corps.

M. F. Ah ! comme vous etes ennuyeuse !

La G. Allons done a notre Metier, il faut souvenir que je suis votre
Medecin. Tenez.

M. F. Ohhh !— Quel Diable de Medecin !

1901.] R03ENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. 103

La G. Vous etes un Ingrat de me dire cela. N'est-ce pas moi qui
en qualite de votre Medecin vous [a] at sauve de la Paralysie, de l'Hy-
dropisie et de l'Apoplexie, dont l'une ou l'autre vous auroient tue il y a
long terns si je ne les en avois empechees.

M. F. Je le confesse. Et je vous remercie pour ce[la] qui est
passe. Mais de Grace quittez moi, pour jamais. Car il me semble qu'on
aimeroit mieux mourir que d'etre gueri si doloureusement. Souvenez
vous quej'aiaussi ete votre ami. Je n'ai jamais loue de combattre
contre vous, ni les Medecins, ni les Charlatans d'aucune Espece, si
done vous ne me quittez pas, vous serez aussi accusable d' Ingratitude.

La G. Je ne pense pas que je vous doive grande Obligation de cela.
Je me moque des Charlatans, ils peuvent vous tuer, mais ils ne peuvent
pas me nuire. Et quand aux vrais Medecins, ils sont enfin convaincu
de cette verite, que la Goute n'est pas une Maladie, mais un veritable
Remede, & qu'il ne faut pas guerir un Remede. Revenons a notre
Affaire. Tenez.

M. F. Oh de grace quittez moi, et je vous promets fidelement que
desormais je ne jouerai plus aux Echecs [et je ferai bon Usage de l'exer-
cise] que je ferai de V Exercise journellement et que je vivrai sobrement.

La G. Je vous connois bien, vous etes un beau Prometteur. Mais
apres quelques mois de bonne Sante, vous commencerez a aller votre
ancien train. Vos belles Promesses seront oubliees comme on oublie
les formes de Nuages de la derniere Annee. Allons done, finissons notre
Compte. Apres cela je vous quiterai ; mais soyez assure que je vous revi-
siterai en [Saisonj ferns &* lieu. Car e'est pour votre bien, et je suis, vous
scavez, votre bonne Amie. — The Fra?ikliti Papers, Vol. jo, No. j6.

Extracts from One Hundred and Fifteen Letters Between
Madame Brillon and Dr. Franklin.

ce samedi 18. 9bre, '80.
II y auroit bien quelques petites choses a redire a votre logique que
vous assurez si bonne mon cher papa — Quand j'etois jeune homme
distes vous, et que je jouissois plus des faveurs du sexe qu'a present, je
n'avois point de goutte : Done [mon] on pourroit repondre a cela — quand
jemesuisjettepar lafenetreje ne me suispascasselajambe: Do?ic ; vous
pouries avoir la goutte sans l'avoir merite, e*t vous pouries l'ayant a ce
que je crois bien merite ne l'a point avoir ; si ce dernier raisonnement
n'est pas si brillant que les autres, il est clair est sur : ce qui n'est n'y
clair n'y sur, ce sont les raisonnements des phillosophes qui veulent que
tout ce qui arrive dans le monde soit necessaire au [mou] mouvement
general de la machine universale : je crois que la machine n'en iroit n'y
mieux n'y plus mal, si vous n'aviez pas la goutte, et si j etois a jamais quitte
de mes meaux de nerfs ; je ne vois pas quelle facillite ces petits incidents
de plus ou de moins peuvent donner aux voues qui tournent ce bas

104 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

monde a tort et a travers et je scais que ma petite machine en va bien
plus mal : ce que je scais fort bien encore ; c'est que la douleur devient
quelquefois maitresse de la raison, et que la seule patience peut venir a
bout de les deux chicanieres ; j'en ai done le plus que je puis, et vous
conseille d'en faire autant mon ami ; lorsque les frimats ont attristes la
terre, un beau soleil nous les faire oubliers : nous sommes au milieu des
frimats, il faut patiement attendre ce beau soleil, et en l'attendant nous
distraire dans les moments ou la foiblesse et la douleur nous laissent en
repos ; voila mon cher papa ma logique a moi : | :

Votre dialogue m'a beaucoup amuse, mais votre corrigeur de fran^ois
a gaste votre besogne ; croyes moi, laisse vos ouvrages tels qu'ils sont,
faittes des mots qui diront des choses et mocques vous des grammairiens
qui par purete affoiblissent toutes vos phrases : si j'avois la teste asses
forte je ferois une diatribe terrible contre ceux qui osent vous retoucher.
Fut ce l'abbe de la roche, mon voisin veillard &c &c &c : je veux
m'amuser a faire des nottes sur votre besogne et sur la leurs, [vous] et vous
verres que c'est vous qui aures raison adieu mon bon papa, mon gros
mari vous portera ma lettre, il est bien heureux de pouvoir vous aller
voir, pour moi : il ne me reste que la faculte d'aimer mes amis, vous ne
douttes surement pas que je ne m'en acquitte de mon mieux pour vous,
jusqu'a la charite chetienne c'est a dire votre charite chretienne exclu-
sivement : \ : — The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. j.

ce deux decembre.

Vottre lettre mon aimable papa m'a fait un sensible plaisir, mais si
vous voules m'en faire un plus grand restes en France jusqu'au moment
ou vous verres ma sixieme generation, je ne vous demande que quinze
ou seize ans, ma petite fille sera mariable de bonne heure, elle est belle
et forte : je goutte un nouveau sentiment mon bon papa auqu'el mon
coeur se livre avec satisfaction, il est si doux d'aimer ! je n'ai jamais
con^u comment il existoit des estres asses ennemis d'eux mesme pour
repousser l'amitie ; il y a des ingrats, dira t'on ; eh bien Ton est trompe,
cela est un peu dur quelquefois, mais on ne Test pas toujours, et de se
sentir incapable de le rendre donne un contentement de soi mesme qui
consolle de la trahison :

Ma petite nourice est charmante et fraiche comme la rose du matin,
l'enfant les premiers jours a eu de la peine a se faire a teter un sein
ferme et done le bout etoit mignon et court, mais la patience, le courage
de la mere l'ont emporte, tout va bien, et rien n'est plus interessant que
ce tableau, une jeune et jolie personne allaitant un superbe enfant, le
pere occupe sans cesse de ce spectacle et joignant ses soins a ceux de sa
femme, mes yeux se mouillent sans cesse et mon coeur jouit mon aima-
ble papa, vous sentes si bien le prix de tout ce qui tient a la belle et
bonne nature que je vous devois ces details, ma fille me charge de ses
remercimens et complimens pour vous, ma Cadette, mes hommes vous

1931.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 105

presentent leurs civilites, et moi mon ami je vous prie de croire que mon
amitie et mon existance seront toujours un pour vous :

Press Copy of Franklin's Answer.

Je vous felicite tres cordialement, ma tres chere amie, de l'heureux
Accouchement de votre Fille. Puisse l'Enfante etre ainsi bonne &
ainsi aimable que sa mere, sa grandemere, sa grandegrandemere, &c.
Je me souviens d'avoir un jour rencontre chez vous quatre de vos
Generations, quand vos Enfants etoient tres jeunes ; que j'ai dit alors
que j'esperoit vivre a voir la cinquieme ; Voici mon Souhait prophetique
accompli. Je fais des Voeux actuellement pour la Prosperite continuelle
de toute la bonne Famille. Avez vous des nouvelles de notre bon
Evesque ? Ou est il ? Comment se porte t-il ? Je vous embrasse forte-
ment. — B. F.

ce 29 Novbre, 84.

— The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. 7.

ce 4 mars a paris.
Je vous dois mil remercimens mon bon papa de votre joli billet et de
votre lettre aux auteurs du journal de paris; mais je vous en devres
deux mil, si vous y joignes l'avis a ceux qui veulent passer en amerique,
j'esperois aller vous le demander aujourd'hui et m'etablir pour six ou
sept mois a passy mais mon pauvre mari a la goutte aux deux jambes, et
la guerison de cette mauditte goutte peut seule nous rendre notre liberte ;
pries pour lui mon bon papa tout heretique que vous estes, j'ai plus de
foi en vos prieres qu'en toutes celles de nos dervishes ; adieu mon ami
aimes moi bien et comptes que de toutes celles qui vous ont aimes et
vous aiment aucunes ne vous aime [nt] autant que moi : — The Franklin
Papers, Vol. 4.3, No. 18.

ce 13. octobre a La thuillerie.
Comment estes vous mon bon papa ? jamais il ne m'en a tant coutte
de m'eloigner de vous, chaques soirs il me semble que vous series bien
aise de me voir, et chaques soirs je pense a vous ; lundi si j'irai vous
retrouver, j'espere qu'alors vous series bien sur vos jambes et que le
the du mercredi samedi et celui du dimanche matin reprendront tout
leur lustre je vous mennerai la bonne evesque, mon gros mari vous fera
rire, nos enfants riront ensemble le grand voisin persiflera, les abbes la
roche et morelet mangeront tout le beure, Mde grand son aimable niece
et Mr grand ne nuirront pas a la societe, le pere pagin jouera dieu
d'amour sur le violon, moi la marche au piano, vous petits oiseaux sur
rharmonica, oh mon ami voyons dans l'avenir de belles et bonnes
jambes pour vous, et ne pensons plus a la mauvaise qui vous a tant
persecute ; apres le mal on jouit mieux du bien, la vie est semee de Tun

106 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

et de l'autre qu'elle varient sans cesse, ce qu'elle ne peut empecher

'est re egalle, uniforme, c'est ma tendresse pour vous, que les terns, les

lieux, les evenemens n'altereront jamais :

ma mere et toute ma famille se rapellent a votre souvenir :

j'ai eu de vos nouvelles par le voisin, mais il m'en faut absolument de

vous : — The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. jj.

ce mardi 16 a La thuillerie.

Je vous assure mon bon papa que je mettrai toute mon attention a ne
pas trop donner flour les sifflets ; s'ils n'ont guerre couttes a ma bourse,
ils ont couttes chers a mon coeur et votre lettre me prouve bien plus
encore que mon experience et mes reflections, que j'ai sou vent payes
bien chers de mauvais sifflets ; j'ai cru par exemple que lorsque j'aimois
on devoit m'aimer, mesurant Fame des autres a la mienne ; j'airarement
trouves la valeur de ce que je donnois, ce qui j'appelle trop payer pour
le sifflet ; j'ai cru ce que les gents disoient, parcequ'ils le disoient ; et que
je n'imaginois pas qu'on pii dire une chose lorsqu'on pensoit le contraire ;
c'est de tous les sifflets celui qui m'a le plus coutte — je ne flnirois pas si
je faisois l'enumeration de ce qu'il m'en coutte en sottises et en sifflets ;
ce qui me consolle c'est que si j'ai ete dupe, je n'en ai jamais fait ; j'ai
desire le bien j'ai aime franchement et n'en veut point a mes semblables
d'estre mechants : Le mediant doit estre plaint, il ne peut etre heureux !
en mettant a part l'imagination et les erreurs qu'elle nous presentent
sans cesse, en nous en rapportant a la phillosophie et a la raison, il
n'existe qu'un seul moyen a l'homme d'estre heureux : qu'il soit bon

comment estre bon ? en n'agissant jamais que d'apres

son coeur — en se demandant toujours avant de faire une action si elle
est juste — en choissisant bien des amis en respectant les loix, les usages
du pays qu'on habitte ; en tachant de voir juste dans tous les points
possibles, de se depouiller de tous prejuges, de toutes preventions, sans
heurter pour cela l'oppinion des autres ; en sachant s'occuper utillement
dans son etat, en en remplissant les devoirs ; en faisant enfin ce qu'a
toujours fait mon bon papa, qui n'a trop paye le sifflet qu'etant tout
enfant et qui depuis ce terns a plaint tous ceux qui les payoient au dela
de leur valeur :

de samedi en huit mon bon papa, je vous donnerai un peu de
musique, quelques parties d'echecs, et du the ; je compte revenir le
jeudi vingt cinq de ce mois pour disner : vous dirais je que j'aurai bien
du plaisir a vous revoir ! non ! j'aime mieux vous le laisser deviner — la
seule chose que je veuille vous dire sur cet article, c'est que vous pouves
croire que personne au monde ne vous est plus sincerement attache que
moi, et que vous pouves m'aimer en consequence sans craindre de trop
donner pour le sifflet :

Mr Brillon a bien ri des sifflets : nous trouvons que ce que vous

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 107

appeles votre mauvais franc^is, donne souvent du picquant a votre nar-
ration, par la construction de certaines phrases, et par les mots que vous
inventes : mr Brillon, mes enfants, ma mere, mon frere vous presentent
leurs hommages et amities ; nous faisons tous avec votre permission mil
compliments a mr votre fils : — The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43 K No. 34.

ce 1 1 x bre a nice.
Mon cher papa le voisin vous remettra ce petit mot ; scaves vous
pourqu'oi je ne vous ecris qu'un petit mot bien petit c'est que je vous
boude — oui monsieur papa je vous boude : comment ! vous prenes des
armees entieres en amerique, vous burgoinises cornwallis, vous prenes
canons, vaisseaux, munitions, hommes, cheveaux & & vous prenes tout
et de tout, et la gasette seule l'apprend a vos amis qui se grisent en
buvant a votre sante, a celle de Wasington de l'independance, du roy
de france, du marquis de la fayette, de Mr de Rochambault, chalelux
& & tandis que vous ne leurs donnes pas signe de vie ; vous deves
cependant estre un bon vivant a present, quoique cela vous manque
rarement, vous estes surement rajeuni de 20 ans par cette bonne
nouvelle qui doit nous amener une paix durable a la suitte d'une
guerre glorieuse — je vous boude done et vous bouderai jusqu'a ce que
j'aye de vos nouvelles ; en attendant cependant comme je ne veux pas
la mort du pecheur je vous ferai une marche triomphalle, je vous
l'envoyerai, vous ecrirai, et vous aimerai mesme de tout mon coeur : | :

Postscript by M. Brillon.

Moy qui ne vous boudes point, je vous fais mon compliment bien
sincere mon cher Papa et vous embresses des deux cotes bien cordiale-
ment, aussi le petit fils que je ne puis separc de vous.

Franklin's Answer.

a Passy, ce 25 Decr, '81.
Vous me boudes, ma chere Amie, que je n'avois pas vous envoy e
[un expres pour vous avertir de] tout de suite V histoire de notre
grande Victoire. Je suis bien sensible de la Magnitude de notre Avantage,
possibles bonnes et de ses Consequences ; [probables possibles,] mais je
ne triomphe pas. Scachant que la Guerre est plein de [Evenements]
Variete & d'Incertitudes ; dans la mawvaise Fortune j'espere la bonne ;
& dans la bonne je crains la mauvaise. Ainsi je joue a ce Jeu avec
presque la meme Egalite [de 1'] Ame que [vous que] vousm'avez vu [je]
jouer aux Echecs. Vous scavez que je ne renonce jamais a une Partie
avant qu'il est finie, esperant toujours de gagner, ou au moins d'avoir un
Pat & je me g[u]arde, quand j'ai bonne Partie, contre la Presomption,
qui est souvent tres nuisible, & toujours tres dangereuse. Et [si

108 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

j'avois] quand j 'ai de Presomption je tache de le [cacher] cacher, pour
eviter la Honte si la Fortune change. Vous voyez pourquoi j'ai dit si
peu de cette Affaire, & que j'ai seulement remarque, que rien ne pouvait
me faire parfaitement heureux ; en certain Circonstances.

Comme vous avez toujours evite de faire des connoissances nom-
breuses, vous ne pouvez pas imaginer le Quantite de Gens qui s'inte-
ressent de votre Bienetre. Je [trouve] rencontre toujours quelques uns en
toutes les [Compagnies] Societies, en toutes les Parties de Paris & a Ver-
sailles, qui me demandent de vos Nouvelles, de votre Sante, a bout que
vous etablirez votre Sante, que vous vivrez long te?ns ameliorez votre
constitution que vos nerfs seront fortifies, & ceux qui m'aiment disent
quelques mots pour me consoler de Votre Absence : tous parlent de
vous avec Respect plusieurs avec affection & meme avec Admiration.
Cela est Musique pour mes Oreilles & plusque compense [la] ma perte
des Noels charmantes, que la Saison me fait souvenir.

Je passe souvent devant la Maison. Elle me paroit desolee. Autre-
fois j'ai brise le Commandement en la Convoitant, avec la Femme [& les
Enfants] de mon [bon] Voisin. A cette heure jene [la] leconvoite plus.
Ainsi je suis moins Pecheur. Mais par Rapport a la Femme, je trouve
toujours [cette Espece de] ces Commandements [being] bien incom-
modes, & je suis fache qu'on s* est avis e [a] de les faire. Si [vous] dans
vos voyages vous vous trouvez chez le Saint Pere, demandez de lui de les
rapeller, comme etant donnees seulement aux Juifs, & trop genantes pour
les bons Chretiens.

Voila arrive le Jour de la Naissance du Dauphin du Ciel, & jusqu'a
present nous n'av/ons eu la moindre Apparence d'Hyver. J'ai dine
aujourdhuy a Chaillot les Portes & Fenetres ouvertes comme en Ete &
J'ai dit a moi-meme, je ne crois pas qu'on a plus beaux temps a Nice, [&
j'etois pret a chanter] &* j 'elois firet a chanter.

Helas ! pourquoi chercher [si loin] sur l'onde la Bonheur qu'on trouvoit
[chez soi] au port. Mais j'espere que tout sera pour le mieux.

Quoique j'ai dit que je ne triomphe pas, je serai bien aise d'avoir la
Marche que vous avez la bonte de me promettre. Mais je crois que je
ne l'entendrai bien jouee avant votre retour.

J'ai lu la petite Memoire de votre Ami de Marseilles. [II est] Elle est
plein d' Intelligence & de bon Sens. Je la communiquerai ou elle peut
avoir quelque bonne Effet.

Dites quelques millions de bonnes choses pour moi [n] a chacun &
chacune de votre heureuse [Compag] Societe. — The Franklin Papers,
Vol. 43, No. 44.

ce dimanche 26.

Voici mon bon papa des nottes sur votre charmant dialogue, j'ai
voulu prouver que vous disies mieux que tout autre, mesme dans une

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 109

langue que vous ne s^avez qu'imparfaittement : quelques puristes pour-
roient nous chicaner, parceque ces especes d'animeaux pesent les mots
a l'alembic d'une froide erudition ; moi qui ne les pesent, n'y ne les
comparent ; animal femrnelle que 1' instinct du sentiment guide comme
vous me paroisses vous enoncer plus energiquement plus fortement
qu'un gramairien, ma sensibilize juge pour vous, contre tous les
scavants passes, presents, et futurs : adieu mon ami, je pourrois peut
estre avec mon instinct faire de longues dissertations pour appuyer
mon opinion et peut estre mes raisonnements, ne seroient pas plus
deraisonnables que ceux de la pluparts de nos admirables, illustres ;
— Encyclopedistes, Economistes, moralistes, journalistes, theologiens,
athees, materialistes et Scavants en tous les istes possibles ? Mais il n'y
a pour moi qu'une chose importante a vous prouver ; c'est que personne
au monde ne vous aime plus tendrement et d'une maniere plus vrai
que moi : | :

je vous demande mon ami une copie du dialogue que je vous renvoye,
vos ouvrages en tout genre me sont pretieux, et je n'oublie pas la
promesse que vous m'aves faittes de me donner vos oeuvres imprimees
que j'aurois deja s'il ne m'etoit plus doux de les tenirs de vous : | :

ce samedi 25.
J'envoye scavoir de vos nouvelles mon bon papa; les miermes sont
meilleures mais je suis encore loin du but: je comptois vous envoyer
mes nottes ; des amis ont pris le terns que je vous reservois en venant
causer avec moi ; ils ne m'ont point empecher de penser a vous et de
vous aimer, nulle puissance n'en viendroit a bout! mais je n'ai pu vous
ecrire : adieu mon bon ami, a nous deux nous ne ferions pas deux instru-
ments a bonne et mauvaises jambes, car j'ai bien peur que nos quatres
n'en valent pas une mediocre. — The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. 77.

Exercise in French, N. 5.

Letter to Me B., transcribed and corrected by her (in Franklin's

handwriting).

Depuis que vous m'aves assure que nous nous rencontrons rencon-
trerons et que nous nous reconnoitrons en paradis, j'ai pense continu-
ellement sur l'arrangement de nos affaires dans ce pays la ; car j ai
grand grande confiance en vos assurances, et je crois implicitement ce
que vous croyes :

Vraisemblablement plus que de 40 annees couleroient coideront apres
mon arrivee la, avant que vous me suiveres suivies : je crains, un
peu, que dans la course d'une d'un si longue long temps, vous pouves
ne puissies m'oublier. c'est pourqu'oi j'ai eu la pensee de vous pro-
poser de me donner votre parole d'nonneur, de ne pas renouveller
la votre contrat avec Mr B.— je vous donnent au donnerai en

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XL. 166. H. PRINTED JULY 22, 1901.

110 BOSENGABTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

mesme temps le mien la mienne de vous attendre mais ce monsieur
est si bon, si genereux envers nous — il vous aime — et nous lui — si bien
— que je ne puis [pas] penser [de] a cette proposition, sans quelque[s]
[scrupules de] scrupule[s] de conscience — cependantl'idee d'une
Eternite dans laquelle je ne serai pas plus favorise que d'estre permis
cT avoir permission de baiser vos mains, ou vos joues quelquefois, et que
de passer deux ou trois heures dans votre douce societe les soirees des
mercredis et samedis, c'est effroyable : enfin je ne puis pas faire cette
proposition, mais comme (avec tous ceux qui vous connoissent) je sou-
haitte de vous voir heureuse en toutes choses, nous pouvons agreer de
n'en plus parler a present et de la laisser a vous, vous laisserla liberie (Ten
decider, quand nous [tous] nous rencontrerons tous : la, d'en determiner
comme vous jugeres le meilleur pour [la] vostre felicite et pour les notres.
determines comme vous voudres, je sens que je vous aimera aimerai
eternellement — si vous me rejetteres rejettes, peut estre je m'addres-
serai in addresser aije a mde D'hardancourt, et qui il a qui il plaira
[peut estre a elle] de faire menage avec moi ; alors je passerai mes
heures domestiques agreablement avec elle ; et je serai plus a portee de
vous voir, j'aurai asses de terns dans ces 40 annees la.de pratiquer
sur L'Armonica, et peut estre je jouerai asses bien pour estre digne
d'accompagner votre forte piano, nous aurons de terns en terns de petits
concerts : le bon pere pagin sera de la partie, votre voisin et sa chere
famille [mr jupin] mT de chaumont, mr B, mr jourdon, mr grammont, md*
du tartre, la petite mere, et d'autres amis choisis seroient seront notre
auditoire, et les cheres bonnes filles accompagnees par quelques autres
jeunes anges de qui vous m'aves deja donne les portraits, chanteroient
chanteront avec nous le alleluia, nous mangerons ensemble des pommes
de paradis roties avec du beure et de la muscade ; et nous aurons pitie
de ceux qui ne sont seront pas morts :

Notes by Franklin.

More than 40 years — Plus de (not que) 40 annees.
To think of a thing — Penser a (not de) une chose.
To be permitted — D'avoir Permission (not d'etre permis).
Perhaps I shall address myself — Peutetre m'addresserai-je (not je
m'addresserai). — The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. 87.

Bravo, Bravissimo, la lettre pour mr de parseval ; il n'y a rien a cor-
riger, et mr franklinet ne me l'a envoye que par exces d'amour propre ;
mr de parseval demeure rue ste anne, mr franklin le verra ce soir chez
mr de floissac ; adieu, avant qu'il soit nuit nous nous verrons en atten-
dant pourtant j'embrasse mon papa : et je salue le petit fils. — The Frank-
lin Papers, Vol. 43, No. gS.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIX'S BAGATELLES. Ill

Plaidoyer pour Madame

Brillon de Joury

francaise native de Paris demeurant

ordinairement a Passy de present a Nice

Contre Monsieur
Benjamin Franklin
americain ne a Boston ci devant
academicien, phisicien, Logicien & & &ca
aujourdhui Ambassadeur en France des
Provinces unies de L'amerique resident
a Passy.

C'est avec regret que Le Sanctuaire de la Justice S'ouvre et que
cette deesse ecoute des plaintes portees contre un homme celebre,
que ses ennemis memes ont respecte comme le plus sage, et le
plus juste des philosophes de son Siecle ; Sa Partie adverse meme
Longtems abusee sur son merite, n'osoit reclamer une dette qu'elle
croyait d'autant plus sacree qu'elle regardait comme inutile La Sig-
nature de Monseigneur Benjamin Franklin, et que sa parole lui pa-
raissait plus sure que tous les contrats : aujourdhuy Lesee dans tous
ses droits, opprimee sous le poids de L'injustice, elle craindrait peut etre
encore de ternir la reputation de L'homme qui La trompe de la maniere
La plus outrageante, si la Societe n'etait interessee a devoiler un crime
d'autant plus atroce, et dangereux a Son repos, qu'il est commit par un
homme en place dont L'etat & la reputation semble lui assurer L'im-
punite.

O Justice, 6 deese image du dieu, qui regit L'univers, qui devoile les
actions Les plus cachees pour recompenser la vertu ignoree, et punir Le
vice orgueilleux qui leve sa tete altiere se croyant a L'abri de la
Foudre, Justice, je t'implore en Faveur de la Dame Brillon, pese dans
tes balances redoutables les conventions reciproques de L'ambassa-
deur, et de la Femme qu'il abusa d'une maniere cruelle, ne te laisses
seduire ni par L'eloquence Sublime de l'ameriquain coupable, ni par
sa Science dangereuse, ni par sa reputation que la renommee s'est
enorgueillie d'etendre d'un pole a L'autre, plus le coupable est grand,
plus il cause L'admiration des deux hemispheres, plus ta gloire s'ac-
croitra, deesse, en proportionant La punition a L'orTense en Laissant
tomber ton tonnere sur celui qu'on assure avoir enchaine La Foudre,
comme il entraina tous Les Cceurs.

Faits.

En 1776 Messire Benjamin Franklin fit une societe d'amitie conjointe-
ment avec La dame Brillon, par La quelle ils se promirent reciproque-
ment de se voir souvent Lorsqu'ils seroient a portee de le faire sans pre-
judicier a Leurs affaires reciproques.

2° de s'ecrire Lorsqu'ds seroient separes.

112 ROSENGARTEN— FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

3° de repondre exactement a. toutes les lettres ecrittes par L'un ou par
L'autre.

4° de n'alleguer aucunes raisons pour se dispenser des conventions
cy dessus enoncees.

En 178 1 Madame Brillon obligee de faire un long Voyage pour cause
de Sante, prit conge de Monsieur Benjamin Franklin avec une veritable
douleur, il parut touche de son depart Lui rapella Leurs conventions,
Lui ecrivit a sa premiere Station en lui faisant de nouveaux Serments ;
Madame Brillon croyant d'apres cette premiere demarche que sa dette
etait assuree, ecrivit souvent a L'ambassadeur, il repondit d'abord,
ensuitte Les reponses S'eloignerent, ensuitte il ne fit plus aucunes re-
ponses aux Lettres de Madame Brillon, et n'en fit meme Ou'une tres
courte au placet Le plus touchant que cette dame et sa famille Lui ad-
dresserent dans leur detresse, La Dame Brillon apprit dans ce tems par
Monsieur Le Veillard dont le temoignage peut faire foi, que ce n'etoit
pas fautte de tems de la part du dit Benjamin puisqu'il avoit le Loisir
de courtiser au moins deux Jolies femmes par jour dans ses moments de
disette ; elle pria Monsieur Le Veillard de lui rappeller ce qu'il lui de-
voit et de L'engager a suspendre ses galanteries un quart d'heure tous
Les quinze jours et payer petit a. petit Les arerages du Fonds qu'il doit
a Madame Brillon, Le dit Benjamin s'avoua coupable, mais ne paya
rien ; La Dame Brillon poussee a bout par La recidive des torts de son
adversaire s'est determinee a se pourvoir devant vous A ces Causes re-
quiert La Suppliante que le dit Messire Benjamin Franklin soit con-
damne enverselle a tous depens, dommages, et interets qu'il vous plaira
fixer relativement aux Faits exposes.

Nous : oui me D'orengo, pour la dame Brillon, et Maitre Condu
nomme d'office pour Messire Franklin ; Le quel nous a demande du
tems pour avoir des instructions de sa partie, leur avons donne acte de
leurs dires et requisitions, ce faisant avons accorde un moi de delay a La
partie de Me Condu, et cependant attendu que les plaintes faittes par la
partie d'orengo nous paraissent infiniment justes et Equitables, con-
damnons provisoirement Le dit Franklin a. ecrire dans Les vingt
quatre heures de la significations du present arret une premiere Lettre
Longue, ou il demandera de L'indulgence pour ses fautes passees, et six
Lettres plus courtes (Les sujets a. son choix) et pour les quelles lui ac-
cordons six mois depens reserves.

A Nice Le 20 Mars 1782. Signes Le Comte de Marie premier pre-
sident, Le Comte trinquiery de St. Antonin 2e president, Langosco, d*
Oresti, Reynardy, reyberti, roubiony, Bataglini, maccarani, Leotardy,
Caravadosy, Senateurs. Collatione Conforme a l'original.

Crespeaux de Piscatory Greffrez.

— The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. 116.

Voici, ma tres cher Amie, une de mes Plaisanteriesserieuses, ou sourdes,
que je vous envoie, esperant qu'elle pourra peutetre vous amuser un peu.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 113

Au quel cas, vous me recompenserez en me donnant, je n'ose dire un
Baiser, car les votres sont trop precieux, & vous en etes trop chiche ;
mais vous me jouerez un Noel & l'excellent Marche des Insurgents.—

B. F.
Passy, March 31, 84.

To Madame Brillon.
The Franklin Papers, Vol. 45, No. 180.

Miscellaneous Letters.

May the 6th, 1781.

Your dear delightful letter made me most exceedingly happy ; par-
ticularly your account of yourself as it proves that you are in good
spirits & pleased with your present situation : your dialogue with the
Gout is written with your own cheerful pleasantry & la belle et la mau-
vaise jambe recalls to my mind those happy hours we once past in your
society where we were never amused without learning some useful
truth, & where I first acquired a taste pour la conversation badinante et
reflechie.

It is long since I have written to my ever valued friend, but the diffi-
culty I find in conveying my letters safe to Passy is the only motive
for my silence, strange that I should be under the necessity of con-
cealing from the world, a correspondence which it is the pride & glory
of my heart to maintain. Etc. — Unsigned.

From Miss G. Shipley.

The Franklin Papers, Vol. 22, No. 8.

Madrid, 9th July, 1784.
Dear Sir :

The little works you gave me will soon appear in a

Spanish Dress. If they lose by the change of costume I can assure
you that it will not be the fault of the Translator who wishes to preserve
the true sense spirit & simplicity of the Original. Etc.
Your Exc. y* Obliged & Most Humble

Serv*

Wm. Carmichael.
The Franklin Papers, Vol. 32, No. 51.

Muy Sr mio. He recibido la collection de obras miscelanias pu-
blicadas por VS junto con su apreciable Carta deo. de Junio anterior, y
la advertencia a los emigrantes a los Estados unidos de America : todo
por mano de mi amigo el Sr. Carmichael. Etc.

su atento servor

El Conde de Campomanes
Madrid, 26 de Julio de 1784.
The Franklin Papers, Vol. 32, No. 63.

114 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

Dover, Saturday 28, Augst, 1784.
Dear & Hond : Sir

After a very disagreeable Passage, which lasted from 8 last Night to
8 this Morning, we arrived here safe. I was sick the whole Passage — I
think more so than in either going or returning from America. Mais
comme en toutes Choses, " il faut toujours regarder la Belle Jambe" —
I flatter myself with the Notion that it will prove a Crise salutaire, as
Mesmers stiles it ; — & which you Doctors have decided as fatale, or
very near it. Etc.
With the sincerest affection and Gratitude, I am ever, Hond Sir,

Your dutiful Grandson

W. T. Franklin.
The Franklin Papers, Vol. 32, No. 93.

London, 12. Oct. 1784.
Dear & Hond Sir :

I gave Mrs Sargent several pieces of your Writing,

who was infinitely pleased with them, & thinks the Dialogue with
Made la Goute, ought to be publish'd for the Benefit of Mankind. Etc.
Your most dutiful & affect0 Grandson

W. T. Franklin.
The Franklin Papers, Vol. 32, No. 133.

Accept my thanks for the pieces you sent me. every-
thing written by you is valuable to me. I have lately had the good
fortune to meet with a pretty good likeness of you in profile, done at
Paris.

With every sentiment of gratitude & respect,
I have the honor to be

Most Dear Sir
Your Obliged & affectionate Humble Serv:

Amelia Barry.
Pisa, 10th Decr, 1784.
The Fra7iklin Papers, Vol. 32, No. 202.

Chilbolton, Nov1 13th, 1786.
I have particularly to thank you for " The art of pro-

curing pleasant Dreams " indeed it flatter'd me exceedingly that you
should employ so much of your precious time in complying with my
request, but where do you read that Methusalah slept in the open air ?
I have searched the Bible in vain to find it. Etc.

Affectionately yours,

C. L. Shipley.
The Franklin Papers, Vol. 34, No. 167.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 115

Count sarsfield hoped to receive to-day the collection of some of
those little pieces which mr. franklin had promised to him & which he
had forgot yesterday.

he cannot help writing again about them to mr. franklin, he is so much
the more impatient of receiving them that he is very near his departure for
the Hague he desires mr. franklin never to forget his most sincere and
devoted attachment.

friday ye 5th at night.

The Franklin Papers, Vol. 43, No. 232.

Anecdote.

The intended speech for the opening of the first Session of the present
Parliament viz. Nov1 29, 1774.

My Lords and Gentlemen :

It gives me much concern that I am obliged at the opening of this
Parliament to inform you that none of the measures wch I adopted upon
the advice of my late Pari'* in respect to the disturbances of my Ameri-
can colonies have produced those salutary effects, \vch relying upon the
supposed wisdom of their deliberations I had been induced to expect.
I therefore sent that Pari'1 apacking rather abruptly, & have called you
in their place to pick a little advice out of your wise heads upon some
matters of the greatest weight & importance relating to a sort of Crusade
that I have upon my hands. I must needs tell you that the business if
you choose to undertake it for me will be a seven or ten years job at
least. You must know then that my ministers have put me upon a pro-
ject to undertake the reduction of the whole continent of North America
to unconditional submission. They wd have persuaded me to coax you
into this project by representing it to you as a matter very easily to be
done in a twinkling, and to make you believe that my subjects in
America whom you have always hitherto considered as brave men are
no better than a wretched pack of cowardly run a ways, & that 500 men
with whips wd make them all dance to the tune of Yankey Doodle ; but
I wd tell you no such thing because I am very sure if you meddle with
it that you will find it a very different sort of business.

Now Gentlemen of the House of Commons I give you this fair
notice for yourselves & your Constituents. If you undertake this job,
it will cost you at the least farthing a good round sum of 40 or 50
millions ; 40 or 50 thousands of your Constituents will get knocked on
the head and then you are to consider what the rest of you will be
gainers by the bargain even if you succeed. The trade of a ruined &
desolated Country is always inconsiderable, its revenues trifling ; the
expence of subjecting & retaining it in subjection certain & inevitable.
On the other side shd you prove unsuccessful^ shd that connexion wch we
wish most ardently to maintain be dissolved, shd my ministers exhaust

116 ROSEN GARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

your treasures & waste the blood of your Countrymen in vain will they
not deliver you weak & defenceless to your natural enemies.

You must know this is not the first time that the Serpent has been
whispering into my ear, Tax America. Cost what it will, make them your
heavers of wood & drawers of water. Let them feel that your little
finger is thicker than the loins of all your ancestors. But I was wiser
than all that, I sent to Ld Rockingham & the advice that he gave me
was this, not to burn my fingers in the business, that it was ten to one
against our making any hand of it at all, that they were not worth
shearing & at best that we shd raise a cursed outcry & get but little
wool. I shall remember his last advice to me as long as I live. Speak
good words to them and they will be thy servants for ever.

And now my Lords and Gentlemen

I have stated the whole matter fairly & squarely before you. It is

your own business, and if you are not content as you are, look to the

rest for yourselves. But if I were to give you a word of advice it

should be to remind you of the Italian epitaph upon a poor fool that

kill'd himself with quacking

Stava ben, fior star meglio, sto qui.

that is to say. I was well, I would be better, I took Physick and died.

Unsigned.

Marked on the reverse side of the last sheet :

D. Hartley.

October 3, '86.

The Franklin Papers, Vol. 44, No. 12.

My dearest sir :

I am sure I shall tell you something which you will have no pleasure
in repeating again, when I inform you that Ld Chatham is very ill
indeed. Alarming symptoms have appeared, and no likelyhood of his
getting rid of them, as he grows weaker every day. This intelligence
is fresh from Hayes, where he now is. As I am afraid this great man
is dying, I think it proper to give you what I recollected in his short
speech on the 7th of April ; for short it was, and appeared as the mere
throwing down of the gauntlet ; reserving himself wholly for reply to
the Duke of Richmond. He said, he

" Was ill, but glad he was not in his grave when he heard of giving
independence. The counsel dastardly and pusillanimous. Was there
no middle way ? Could not be said, while country ruined by unretracted
error. Was not then for making a rod to whip our own backs.

" Would never put his hands to the back of bonds for signing away
America ; or call princes to the Committee. America their birthright :
it was once here : under a prince of house of Brunswick, how came it
gone ? Feared there was something rotten near the throne ; yet did not
mean ministers places.

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN 's BAGATELLES. 117

" Our case bad enough, but wished he could see daylight in the propo-
sition. France had taken our trade our fairest flower, and it was
saying to France ; insult us, take all we have, but don't make war
with us. Did not indeed know the means [had such as we had, we
must use them] : but if we must die, would die decently. Had stood
irruptions of Danes and of Normans, of Armada & Scotch rebels.
Would not then extinguish and put out the glories of that throne (point-
ing to it).

" Knew he should be favorably interpreted : — whatever else he was
thought, should be thought sincere."

These are all the expressions that have occurred to me ; and if a
variation was observed by others, I have inserted it. I suppose you
know that the debate-writers for the newspapers are seldom very exact :
Indeed they are low people, hear indistinctly, and know neither the
history of men, parties, or opiniofis ; and therefore are always blunder-
ing. As to the order of sentences it cannot be expected that I should
preserve it, but I have reported as faithfully as I could. His voice was
often low and did not then reach the bar. The Duke of Richmond
(who by the by is greatly improved, and will make a remarkable figure
in this country, having much English stuff in him, and though not a
soaring mind, yet very capable of business and detail, which he will
conduct with industry, honor & courage), the Duke of Richmond I say,
spoke pretty well in reply, but it was rather commonplace, and what had
chiefly fallen from him in former debates. There was a little harshness
& sternness in it, which he cannot always keep under even to his
domestics, but on the whole it was neither bitter nor formidable. I had
observed Lord Chatham shifting his crutch from one hand into the
other once or twice, but did not observe that he made any exertion to
get any thing out of his pocket, which they tell me was the case (feeling
for a handkerchief with a tug ;) but on a sudden he disappeared, and
was carried out of the house without sense, and like a corpse ; and did
not recover for almost an hour. He looked very ill at coming in at first ;
but did not speak so feebly as on the 30th of May, 1777, when he told

Ld S to be prepared for the worst, for he did not know what might

happen. In July or August last he fell off his horse in a fit, but recov-
ered so as to go through much business in the beginning of the sessions.
I think about fifteen or twenty voices cried out after the bustle was over,
go on, go on; at which I was hurt; and they told me the Duke of
Richmond spoke of being obliged to attend his militia ; which is pos-
sible enough. When Ld Chatham was told by Dr Addington, that the
Rockinghams said, the Duke of Richmond had killed him: "Another
time," said Lord Chatham, sternly and firmly.

April 8th : Ld Shelburne came to the house and resumed the debate ;
and made a prodigious impression upon the Duke of Richmond ; who

118 R03ENGARTEN— FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

really spoke his heart in the compliments he paid ; and certainly it
was a prodigious speech. Some trick and play there was in it ; or as
the Duke of R. called them " the honest arts of eloquence, for they
were honest, he said;" but on the whole a monstrous deal of compre-
hension, reading, and real solid eloquence; too rapid and sudden how-
ever to be always neat and without expletives. I shall trouble you
with none of it except what is material to you as an American and
negotiator, and to save him from mis-interpretation, which has been more
ignorantly than industriously used, though some of the latter kind has
taken place in the abuse brought against him.

"Man creature of regulation ; is what his government makes him.
A declaration of independence would acquit America of thinking as
English men ; would make separate interests, competition and hatred.
Already asked for Canada, Florida and Scotia ; and then to follow
fishery and islands. Much property lost by it to individuals. A vast
weapon put into hands of congress ; soon make minority into majority.
Would now give it for nothing ; for nothing said in return to the offer,
but that they won't thank you for it. Not a child's play with diadems,
to toss away a diadem, and hope to have it back again improved.
Many of congress-men wished to serve their community ; those of
elevated minds would wish (as they ought) to have elevated stations.
Was sure, however, the union would be again ; and the name of English-
men last, when that of France was rotten. France meant to dupe one and
hurt both. Now thirteen republics ; republics peaceful : would pay their
first quotas easily, as in the scrip, but third and fourth payments would
drag heavily. Prince Maurice built a citadel at Groningen to inforce
payment of quotas. (There he said something about an agrarian law
being as natural to a republic, as entails to a monarchy ; but I forget the
application.)

" Wished none of the commissioners sent : if sent, sent with view to be
refused. Ought to do like bungling physicians : after trying many things,
try nothing ; see what nature would do, nature enough in this case.
Leave them alone : they will soon find what they have lost, and in two
or three years be for sending commissioners here.

"As to France & Spain most all despair: England had her same
people, same private wealth, if properly taken care of and confidence
to draw it forth from its hoardings. If we grown old, France grown old
too. France & Spain vulnerable.

" Though lords despond, those who know frivolousness of French
won't despond, not women even, who do know it. France had great
individuals, so had falling Rome; but nation refined in nothing but in
the art of making court : This the view of all.

" Rupture with France not instant ; long seen ; why then surprised ;
why not so before ? Had low spirits at times himself; men in despond-

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 119

ence he knew had not right judgments. We must appeal to the public ;
call out religion and freedom ; give men something to fight for ; (The
present a war of slavery) and follow a directing public.

" In 1672 Holland in a worse state ; & offered to submit to Lewis, and
only Amsterdam firm. De Witz, like all other great men failed in not
knowing the extent of folly ; never thought Charles would let them
go ; yet Charles did. But still De Witz's maxim was, no country ought
ever to give up one point of justice or reason, but- oppose it from first.
De Witz not only said, but did ; visited the fleet, made infinite exer-
tions, and was torn in pieces repeating the ode

" Justum and tenacem propositi etc.

" Not true that Philip and Elizabeth accomodated to each other. As
fast as one assisted Holland, the other assisted Ireland ; and Armada
was forced to delay, because Walsingham, Gresham & Sutton borrowed
Genoese bank money that was to arm it. Here was stock-jobbing, and
yet cost only 40,000. Wished these times produced a Walsingham, and
merchants like Gresham. Yet still some spirit to his knowledge and did
not speak of mountains and mice.

" If this point given up, should be ashamed of London, still more of
abroad ; believed should retire to the country. If danger followed him,
would do as a traveller would, who found himself at a tavern where a
company of gentlemen were attacked by ruffians ; without interest,
would take his share.

" But am asked a question : Must we fight all three ? Will answer
distinctly ; think need only fight two of them ; but if necessary, yes,
fight the three.

" On the whole, wished not to be replied to on the spot ; begged them
(the Buckinghams) to take time, and weigh. He knew their worth.
His opinions not court opinions : but respected their unspotted charac-
ters and hoped their good intentions would not aid the little cunning of
others to ruin the country. Should unite against ministers : Not to reap
seed of their sowing, but have reaping of seed of their own sowing.

Then followed a great variety of other matters relative to ministry
and their conduct.

He spoke two hours, besides a reply ; and was not flat for a moment.
In his beginnings he is often flat, for 5 or 6 minutes, though wonderfully
improved.

He explained the expression of Lord Chatham's not knowing the
means. But I wonder the Duke of R. did not talk of the instance of
irruptions by Danes and Normans, as contrary to the case to be proved.
Indeed the Danes were finally repelled and Norman line compromised,
and in each case the Kings were obliged to reside in their conquests ;
but the instances certainly very awkward.

No news that I can communicate. The King and Queen will be at

120 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

Portsmouth on Friday. The Irish bills of course will not pass, ministry
not being with them. Govr. Johnstone had great hopes at going out,
but they have just heard here that America is not much inclined to ne-
gotiation, they say. I think they tell us W. Hartley makes the 20th am-
bassador you have had. I am very glad the first time I saw my friend,
that I had no connections ; and the second time that I scarcely shewed
an inclination to hear what, if I had been sent by my connections, I
ought to have heard.

I think if Lord Chatham had remained well, that a change of minis-
ters would not have been distant ; for they know that he minds measures
more than men, and rather has a turn to take care of national grandeur
than national liberty, farther than as the latter assists the former ; all
which is in a great degree true. Under him therefore they thought they
could pension their creatures with sinecure places, leaving him the
general direction.

Upon a conversation this morning with Col. B., I find that absentees
will at first be just as safe as inhabitants, personal care and exertion ex-
cepted, and therefore content myself with getting a letter to our gover-
nor, strongly desiring him to recommend our property to protection of
the conqueror, which recommendation he knows by experience will be
attended to. But as I wish to have two securities where I think them
possible, I shall beg the favor of you to get the same thing mentioned to
the parties concerned on your side, if you think it proper ; but as you
may not think it proper, to make the refusal easy and to prevent im-
proper communication being expected I hope you will never mention to
me in any way, the part you may take. Our parish is that of St. James :
I have a brother named Charles on the spot. As to our connections,
they are rank whig and American. I know you have nobleness enough
to excuse this application ; and consider it as not made wholly on my
part, but for the family. I am as ever, my dearest sir, your most devoted,
affectionate and grateful

Dr. P. & Dr. Pe.
have had a correspondence
upon the latter' s metaphysical
writings, which will probably be
soon published, unless the distraction of the times
should withdraw attention to such subjects

I have had some papers for the Duke De [Piece torn out of the paper.]
by me, but they are still in their old state, and I
have not had leisure to prepare them for him. —

April 28, 1778.

I dare say you have many such voluminous correspondents as my-
self: but you see how my pen runs to you. — The Frankfai Papers, Vol.
9, No. 93.

1901.] R03ENGARTES — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 121

Franklin's Bagatelles.

The American Philosophical Society is the owner of seventy-six
folio volumes of the papers of Benjamin Franklin. Franklin by his
will left all his books, manuscripts and papers to his grandson,
William Temple Franklin. Bigelow, in his Life of Franklin, prints
the will (Vol. 3, p. 476) and (p. 466) a letter from William
Temple Franklin, dated Philadelphia, May 22, 1790, to M. Le
Veillard, of Paris, the intimate friend of Franklin, advising him
of his grandfather's bequest. Later Temple Franklin returned to
Europe, living in London and Paris, and dying in London in
1823, and by his will leaving to his friend, Charles Fox, of Philadel-
phia, all the Franklin papers in this country. These papers had
been for many years stored in the barn at Mr. Fox's country seat
at Champlost, near Philadelphia. His son presented them to the
Philosophical Society some sixty years ago, and here they have been
kept ever since.

Many of them were bound up in a pretty rough way, each
volume prefaced with a rough alphabetical reference list ; many of
them were left in the original packages, bundles with little other
than a crude chronological order, until quite recently our librarian,
Dr. Hays, had them mounted and bound and lettered. Little sys-
tematic use has been made of them, but now it is proposed to
calendar them, and to print these calendars, as the Lee, Weedon
and Greene papers of this Society have been printed by the Society,
so that students may know what they contain, and be able to refer
to them directly or through the very competent staff of the Library of
this Society. To their aid is due the examination of them for
traces of the " Bagatelles," written by Franklin and printed on his
press at Passy, and I submit these rough notes as showing the
variety, extent and importance of this collection. William Temple
Franklin printed in the fifth volume of his grandfather's works
(second edition, London: Colburn, 1819), in the second volume
of the Posthumous and Other Writings, under the head of " Baga-
telles " (Sec. 3, pp. 216 to 298), the following headnote : "The
letters, essays, etc., contained in this section were chiefly written
by Dr. Franklin for the amusement of his intimate society in Lon-
don and Paris, and were by himself actually collected in a small
portfolio, endorsed as above. Several of the pieces were either
originally written in French, or afterwards translated by him into
that language by way of exercise." Then follow :

122 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN 'S BAGATELLES. LMay 17,

i. The Levee.

2. Proposed New Version of the Bible.

3. Apologue (written, says a footnote, at the period of and in
allusion to the claims of the American Royalists on the British
Government).

4. To Miss Georgianna Shipley, dated London, September 26,
1772, with an epitaph on her American squirrel.

5. The Art of Procuring Pleasant Dreams.

6. The Ephemera, an Emblem of Human Life (written in 1778,
to Mme. Brillon, of Passy).

7. The Whistle (to Mme. Brillon, Passy, November 10, 1779).

8. The Petition of the Left Hand.

9. The Handsome and Deformed Leg.

10. Morals of Chess.

11. Conte (with a translation), a Tale.

12. Dialogue between Franklin and the Gout (dated midnight,
October 22, 1780).

13. To Mme. Helvetius, at Auteuil.

14. A Madame Helvetius (in French, with a translation into
English).

15. Tres humble Requete Presentee a Madame Helvetius par ses
Chats (with translation).

16. A M. L'Abbe de la Roch, a Auteuil (with translation).

17. A M. L'Abbe Morellet, Passy (with translation).

In Vol. 1, p. 410, of The Memoirs of the Life and Writings of
Franklin, Philadelphia, 181 8, published by William Duane, is the
following from the Introduction to the Life and Works, by his grand-
son, William Temple Franklin : " Notwithstanding Dr. Franklin's
various and important occupations, he occasionally amused himself
in composing and printing, by means of a small set of types and
a press he had in his house, several of his light essays, ' Baga-
telles,' or jeux d'esprit, written chiefly for the amusement of his
intimate friends." Among these were the supplement to the
Boston Chronicle of March 17, 1782, which is reprinted ; Franklin,
in his letter dated Passy, July 7, 1782, enclosed a copy to his friend
Mr. Hutton in London. Clearly Franklin took care that his
political satires should be read far beyond the circle of his friends
in Paris, and they were spread broadcast in the newspapers.

Ford, in the Introduction to his Franklin Bibliography, says :
i( Sent in 1776 by the Congress to France, his pen was soon at

1901.] R03EXGARTEX — FRAXKLIX'S BAGATELLES. 123

work, not merely on the routine addresses, memorials and letters
intended to persuade the French Government or inform that at
home, but in satires on the English methods of conducting the war,
use of the Indians, Hessians, etc.; in exposing the financial straits
and impending ruin of that country, and. in urging the advantage
of loans to America ; while there is good authority for ascribing to
him the partial editing of a periodical which was intended to
influence the French people in favor of the American cause, and
prepare them for the treaties of amity and alliance to which Frank-
lin eventually set his name. It was during his nine years' service
in France that he also wrote most of what have been since known
as the ' Bagatelles ' — little essays on many subjects, composed
for the amusement of ' la societe choisie de Franklin.' They were
written in his happiest vein, fifteen or twenty copies printed on his
private press at his home in Passy for the little circle for whom
they were intended." A little later Mr. Ford says : " The writings
of Franklin will never be complete. His known or recognizable
periodicals and contributions to periodicals, not in the two great
collections of his writings [no doubt Mr. Ford refers to Sparks and
Bigelow], would still only be a portion, though a large one, of what
he wrote."

Now if so industrious a collector as Mr. Ford thus writes of
Franklin's "Bagatelles," it must be that he thought research
as to their number and time of printing was exhausted. Yet
the American Philosophical Society, founded by Franklin and
his associates of the Junto, is to-day in the possession of the largest
collection of his papers, and we are naturally interested in trying
to answer these questions : When and where did Franklin write
his " Bagatelles " ? How many copies of each did he print, and what
has become of them ? It is customary to evade answering such
inquiries by saying that Franklin was careless as to his papers, yet
the large collection, over seventy great folio volumes, of Franklin
Papers in the Library of the Philosophical Society, shows that he
at least knew the value of the letters addressed to him, and in this
collection they are preserved. Then, too, it is customary to charge
William Temple Franklin with indifference to his grandfather's
memory and fame, yet Mr. Stevens rescued from oblivion and
destruction a great mass of papers, now the property of the United
States, and carefully preserved in the Department of State.

Prof. McMaster, in the fifth volume of his history, pp. 294-297,

124 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. |May 17,

gives a graphic account of the bitter feud over William Temple
Franklin, and his tardy publication of the works of his illustrious
grandfather: " Shortly after Franklin's papers, under his will and
after his death in 1790, came into the possession of William Temple
Franklin, the latter announced the publication, called for those that
were scattered in other hands, and yet allowed twenty-seven years
to pass before he fulfilled his promise. Meanwhile bookmakers,
reviewers and newspaper critics, weary at the delay, abused him
roundly. In those days if anything went wrong in our country,
and the reason was not easy to find, it was customary to ascribe the
evil to the action of Great Britain. Why the promised edition of
Franklin's writings was not forthcoming, though a decade and more
had passed since, his death, was unaccountable. It must therefore
be due to the malignity of Great Britain, to whom Temple Frank-
lin was now openly accused of having sold himself. The charge
was first made by the National Intelligence)', a Jeffersonian news-
paper published in Washington. The public, said the editor, is
tired with waiting for the appearance of Dr. Franklin's works.
Something is wrong. An ugly rumor is afloat that the great man's
papers will never be published. It is time for his descendants to
explain. No explanation was made, whereupon the National Intel-
ligencer returned to the charge in 1804. Silence, said the editor,
had given the charge increased weight. More than eight years ago
assurances were given repeatedly that an edition was to appear at
the same time in Europe and America. Why has it not appeared ?
Some say because Mr. Temple Franklin sold his copyright to a
London bookseller, who in turn sold it for a much greater sum to
the British Government, in order that the papers might be sup-
pressed. This plain statement seems to have had some effect, for
the next year William Duane, editor of the Aurora, and husband
of the widow of Benjamin Franklin Bache, advertised for subscrip-
tions to a three-volume edition of Franklin's works ; but even this
dragged on for thirteen years, when, instead of three, six volumes
had been issued. The first volume appeared in 1808 ; the last in
181 8. The charge of suppressing once started in this country
crossed the Atlantic, and in 1806 appeared in the preface to a
three-volume edition of Franklin's writings, edited by his old friend,
Benjamin Vaughan, at London, the preface dated April 7, 1806.
When, says Vaughan, Temple Franklin thought his manuscript
ready for the press, he offered it to the London printers, but his

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN 's BAGATELLES. 125

terms were too high. The printers demurred, and nothing more
has been heard of the offer. * The reason is plain : The pro-
prietor, it seems, has found a bidder of a different description in
some emissary of Government, whose object is to withhold the
manuscripts from the world, not to benefit it by their publication,
and they were either passed into other hands or the person to
whom they were bequeathed received a remuneration for sup-
pressing them.' The Edinburgh Review (July, 1806) sifted, denied
and pronounced the accusation foolish. But it again crossed the
Atlantic, and was once more set afloat by the A?nerican Citizen, a
newspaper published in New York. ' William Temple Franklin,'
said the writer, ' without shame, without remorse, mean and
mercenary, has sold the sacred deposit committed to his care by
Dr. Franklin to the British Government. Franklin's works are
lost to the world forever.' Idle as the story was, it would not
down, but was next taken up by a Paris journal called The Argus, or
London Review (March 28, 1807), in which it is quite likely the
slander for the first time reached the eyes of Temple Franklin. He
promptly branded the charge as false, the editor accepted his state-
ment as final, the London Chronicle republished it, and through
this channel the denial made its way back to the United States,
where respectable journals reprinted it and respectable men went
on disbelieving it, till Franklin began to issue his volumes in 181 7.
Even then there were some who remained unconvinced, and as late
as 1829 it was reiterated by the publication of Jefferson's Anas.
Such delay in the case of most men would have been fatal to the
success of the book, but nothing could dim the popular interest in
Franklin the world over. Since his death in 1790 there had been
published twenty-eight editions of such of his writings as could
be collected, thirty-three editions of his life in English and thir-
teen in French, some twenty editions of Father Abraham' s Speech
and The Way to Wealth, besides innumerable reprints of his
famous tracts and pamphlets. The writings of no other American
were so scattered over Europe. Save Irving and Cooper, no other
American writer had yet approached him in fame, even in Eng-
land."

Thus many of Franklin's own writings were preserved by
William Temple Franklin and printed in his editions of Franklin's
works, and after many years of oblivion, they were rescued by Mr.
Stevens and sold by him to the Government of the United States.

PROC AMER. PHILOS. S0C. XL. 166. I. PRINTED JULY 23, 1901.

126 EOSENGAETEN — FEANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

In that collection there are the original manuscripts of two of the
"Bagatelles;" there are others in the American Philosophical
Society, reproduced in the earlier pages of this paper. With these
exceptions, nothing is known of the fate of the original manuscripts
of the others of this interesting series of Franklin's papers.

Sparks prints in the second volume of his works of Franklin seven-
teen of them, the first of them, The Levee, with a note by William
Temple Franklin: "This was one of several articles written by
Franklin for the amusement of his friends, and found in a port-
folio endorsed ' Bagatelles.' "

Bigelow prints, in Vol. 6 of his works of Franklin, The Ephemera,
an Emblem of Human Life, addressed to Mme. Brillon ; The
Whistle, addressed to Mme. Brillon, and others of these " Baga-
telles." There is an original draft of part of the second, in Frank-
lin's handwriting, in Vol. 50 of the Franklin Papers in the Philo-
sophical Society's collection.

Ford, in his Bibliography, says: "Of the ' Bagatelles ' printed
by Franklin on the press which he set up in his house at Passy, only
one, so far as I can learn, No. 345 [the fictitious supplement to the
Boston Chronicle~], has been preserved, and so my authority for
giving such editions of The Ephemera, The Whistle, the Dialogue
between Franklin and the Gout, and Advice to Those Who Would
Remove to America, is derived from the statement of the editor of
The Way to Wealth, Paris, 1795."

Mr. Ford's best contribution is his long list of reproductions
of these "Bagatelles," e. g., The Whistle, in Burlington in
1792, at Paris in 1795, Newcastle, 1810 and 1818 ; Paris, 1831.
As to his statement that only one original copy of any of the
"Bagatelles" is known, it may be said that the large and little
known collection of the Philosophical Society has the printed
originals of La Belle et la Mauvaise Jambe, Passy, 1779, one °f
the "Bagatelles," and of the supplement to the Boston Chron-
icle, in two editions, one with, the other without the John Paul
Jones letter. This is the famous skit in which there is a pre-
tended proclamation by the British offering rewards for scalps
of whites; it is an answer to a similar production issued in
England, only with the parts reversed ; it had a great vogue,
and was reproduced throughout Europe and America, just as
was Franklin's pretended letter of the Elector of Hesse-Cassel.
"Undoubtedly these were both prepared with a view of influ-

1901.] ROSEXGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 127

encing contemporary European opinion in favor of the American
colonies in their struggle for independence, and both were copied
in the innumerable newspapers and news-letters issued in Holland
and Brussels and throughout Europe.

Parton, in his Franklin, says, at p. 235 of Vol. 2 : "To promote
the loan ordered by Congress, Franklin wrote an ingenious piece,
which he caused to be translated into Dutch, French, Spanish and
Italian, and sent to the moneyed capitals of Europe;" and again,
another "money article he wrote at this time, entitled 'A Cate-
chism Relative to the English National Debt.' " " Another piece
of Franklin's fun bears date at this time, ' A Dialogue between
Britain, France, Spain, Holland, Saxony and America.' " Parton
also says : "It was for Mme. Brillon that he wrote the letter with
the story of paying too dear for The Whistle and his amusing
piece upon The Ephemera, which was copied and recopied so often
in Paris that it became as well known as though published. The
Petition of the Left Hand, The Handsome and Deformed Leg,
Morals of Chess, Dialogue between Franklin and the Gout, and
other witty effusions of this period were written for the amusement
of the circle that met twice a week at Mme. Brillon' s. These
pieces were probably composed in English by Franklin and
translated into French by some member of the company." Parton
says: " In his house at Passy Franklin had a small printing press
and fonts of type, with which he printed copies of the ' Baga-
telles.'"

Ford, in his Many-sided Franklin (p. 218), says : " In his own
home he (Franklin) set up a press and types, all of which he or
his servants cast." In Bigelow's Works, Vol. 6, p. 474, there is a
letter from Franklin of October 29, 1779, t0 Fizeaux and Grand,
saying " eight boxes of printing characters are sent from London
to your care for me," and directing that they be insured for ^"ioo,
via Rouen. Ford says: "These printing materials Franklin
brought with him to America, on his return from France, and
used them to establish his grandson, B. F. Bache, in business as a
printer." Bigelow, in his Life of Franklin, Vol. 3, pp. 375^ and
c, prints Franklin's certificate, dated Philadelphia, February 25,
1786, that "the printing types with which he furnished Mr.
Francis Child, contained in fifteen boxes, marked B. F., Nos. 9,
10, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 32, 33, 38, 53, 54, 59> 6o> were made
in my house at Passy, by my servants, for my use, and were never

128 EOSENGAETEN — FEANKLI2TS BAGATELLES. [May 17,

the property of any European letter founder, manufactuier or mer-
chant whatsoever." Bigelow also gives at the same place a trans-
lation of a letter from Mine. Helvetius to Franklin, dated July,
1787, and the original from the Franklin Papers in the American
Philosophical Society. In the collection in Washington, the
remains of that of William Temple Franklin, rescued by Stevens
from oblivion, are the two manuscript "Bagatelles" on Per-
fumes and on Marriage ; these were reprinted by Stevens in
handsome style in London in 1881, copies on vellum were also
produced. Henry Stevens fondly imagined that his copy of the
supplement to the Boston Chronicle was unique, but the collection
of the Philosophical Society shows that both Stevens and Ford
were ignorant of the extent of the Franklin papers preserved here,
now in process of careful examination, and likely to add to the
material for a better knowledge of Franklin's literary activity.

Even Mr. Ford's exhaustive Bibliography, as the author admits,
does not give us all that Franklin wrote and printed, nor all of the
numerous republications. Franklin himself, it is said, corrected
the proofs of Vaughan's edition of his works, printed in London in
1779, but after that date he wrote and printed many of his cleverest
skits. In a book published in Paris in 1818, Correspondence
Secrete, Franklin, in a letter to Mrs. Thompson, dated Paris,
February 8, 1777, speaks of " Ces Bagatelles," so it must have
been even then a favorite word with him. In the same volume
there is a note to the "Bagatelle," Visite aux Cha?nps Ely see,
addressed to Mme. Helvetius: " Cette lettrea ete ecrite en francais
par Franklin. >'

The extent of Franklin's knowledge of how to speak and
write French accurately has frequently been discussed, and he
certainly availed himself of a good deal of license in his pretended
Letter from the Elector of Hesse-Cassel, although of course
the joke was a good deal heightened by pretending that that German
Prince was no better master of the French language than Franklin.
It is of this skit that Franklin wrote, on May 1, 1777, to John
Winthrop (the Professor of Natural History in Harvard): "I
send enclosed one of the many satires that have appeared on
this occasion " — i. e., the conduct of those Princes of Germany
who have sold the blood of their people to Great Britain to
be used in opposing the Americans in their effort to achieve
their independence. It is a curious coincidence that in this

1901.] ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 129

satire Franklin makes the Count de Schaumburg (his pseudonym
for the hereditary Prince of Hesse) write to Baron HohendorfT,
commanding the Hessian troops in America, and that among the
letters addressed to Franklin, and preserved in the large collection
of his papers in the Philosophical Society, is one dated Feb-
ruary 25, 1778 (No. 130, Vol. 8), from C. M. Hillegas, at York
Town, introducing Baron de HoltzendorfT, and later one from
Baron HoltzendorfT, dated Paris, September 11, 1779, asking for
an interview.

It is a good answer to the charge that Franklin was careless
as to his papers, that he preserved apparently everything addressed
to him and everybody wrote to him. This collection is now
being carefully indexed, so that hereafter there may be still more
thorough knowledge of Franklin's busy life.

Stevens, in his pamphlet on his collection sold to the United
States Government, says that Franklin's essays were printed in a
pirated edition by Buisson in Paris in 1791, and in London in
1 793 by Parsons in one volume, and by Robinson in two, both
from the French of Buisson, which was itself a translation from
Franklin's originals. It is hard to find out what became of these.
Were they used by Castera in his edition of Franklin's writings,
published by Buisson in Paris in 1797, or did they share the fate
of the originals used, it is charged, by William Temple Franklin
as " printer's copy" for his edition, published in London in
181 7, in an 8vo edition in six volumes, and a quarto edition in
three volumes, and by Duane in Philadelphia in 18 18 in six
volumes 8vo ? Both Temple Franklin and Duane must have had
access to the originals, and yet what survived of the Temple
Franklin collection, which passed through Stevens to the library
of the State Department at Washington, contains only two manu-
script ''Bagatelles," although Stevens, in his pamphlet descrip-
tion, says his collection contains original manuscripts by Franklin,
his essays, miscellaneous writings, squibs, bagatelles, etc.; but
Stevens was mistaken in supposing that his was a unique copy of
the pretended supplement to the Boston Chronicle, and he ignored
or was ignorant of the copies of Franklin's "Bagatelles" in New
York and Philadelphia. Still it remains a mystery yet unsolved as
to what became of most of the originals, or. of the few copies
printed on Franklin's Passy press. Even if only enough, ten or a
dozen, were all that he printed for his friends there, it seems un-

130 ROSENGARTEN — FKANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

likely that he would have destroyed the originals, or that his friends
would have destroyed the printed copies, even then rare enough to
be precious.

The republication throughout Europe and America of his
political squibs was clearly part of Franklin's constant and suc-
cessful effort to enlist allies for America, and to increase the
hostility to England in France and Spain, in Holland and Ger-
many, and in England itself. It is a question whether Franklin
included in his "Bagatelles" the political squibs which he fired
with such telling effect among the enemies of his country, and
with such success in making friends for it. His experience in fill-
ing his newspaper and his almanac with clever jeux d'esprit stood
him in good stead in Paris, and he reproduced many of them for
the amusement of his French friends, who were ready to accept
with delight everything that he printed. It would be of interest to
discover somewhere a complete list of his "Bagatelles," and to
learn in what succession they were written, and how many were
printed, to whom they were given, and what has become of them.

The collection of the Franklin Papers in the Philosophical Society
contains original "Bagatelles" in Franklin's handwriting, and
translations apparently by M. Brillon, "un savant," and by Mme.
Brillon, who calls herself " une femme qui n'est point savante."
Then, too, it has innumerable letters from Mme. Brillon and her
family, with many discussions over Franklin's French and over the
translations. One letter declines a proposal by William Temple
Franklin for the hand of one of the Brillon daughters, and next to
it is the notice of the wedding of Mdlle. Brillon. The cor-
respondence of Franklin and Mme. Brillon is characteristic alike
of the writers and of the time in which they lived, and it shows
how readily Franklin took his part in the life of Paris of his day.
Sparks was too serious to care for these pleasing trifles, and too
solemn to print even Washington's familiar phrases or Franklin's
light and incautious wit; later historical students have censured
Sparks for his endeavor to give to the great men of our history a
sort of classical pose, as if they were not mortals with average
human failings. He had access apparently to much material that
he did not print, as being below his high standard of historical
dignity. Nowadays we are only too anxious to get at these great
men as they were in everyday life, and to rescue from oblivion all
they said and wrote, even Franklin's most risky and unrestrained

1901.] ROSENGAKTEN — FRANKLIX's BAGATELLES. 131

license with his ready pen. Bigelow has labored hard to restore
Franklin's Autobiography as he wrote it, and not as it was printed
with corrections from the hand of Temple Franklin and his co-
laborers in editing it. Ford and McMaster and Fisher have
endeavored to set before their readers the real Franklin, and Parton
dwells affectionately on his life in Paris, where he was the centre of
a group of admirers, who carried their flattery to a point that
shocked his sober-minded colleagues.

It was characteristic of Franklin that he used his position as a man
of science and as a man of letters to advance the interests of his coun-
try, to forward its cause, and to cement that alliance which secured
for the American colonies the vast resources of the French Govern-
ment, its army, its navy, and its representatives, Lafayette, Rocham-
beau and the many other gallant soldiers and sailors, who both by
their deeds and by their writings helped to make the young republic
known abroad, and to bring here many of those who have contributed
its best elements to our population. The friends of Franklin in Paris
included Voltaire, Hume, Turgot, Marmontel, d'Holbach, Le Roy,
the Abbes Morellet and La Roche ; all these are mentioned in the
letter to the last printed in Vol. 5, p. 283, of the edition of his
works, London, 1819. Then Mme. Helvetius, Mme. Brillon and
a number of other clever women belonged to the little knot of his
intimate friends for whom these "Bagatelles" were written. In
the voluminous collection of Franklin's Papers in the Library of the
American Philosophical Society are evidences of the care with
which he preserved his papers. These show the pains he took to
have his " Bagatelles " translated into French good enough to
withstand the criticism of his French friends, while he no doubt
sought in this way to improve his own knowledge and mastery of
the French language, so that he could both write and speak it.
Thus in Vol. 45, No. 149^2, is a draft of a letter, on the right in
English, on the left in French, but the latter corrected in red ink
in another hand than that of the first draft of the translation ; it
is dated Passy, November 16, 1779^ and is The Story of the Whistle,
which has passed into the popular use of all reading people of all
countries. Under date of April 8, 1784 (Vol. 45, No. 181) is a letter
to Mme, Brillon, enclosing copies of "Bagatelles," and his cor-
respondence with her is largely preserved in one of these seventy
bulky volumes. Another "Bagatelle," The Ephemera, in Vol. 50,
No. 39#, is in two manuscript versions in French, perhaps by M.

132 ROSENGARTEN — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. [May 17,

and Mme. Brillon ; these were apparently carefully studied by
Franklin, who noted the variances and chose carefully the version
printed at his own press, and afterwards by his grandson, Temple
Franklin, in what may be called the authoritative edition of his
works. Some of them were printed in Vaughan's London edition
of his writings, of which he is said to have corrected the proofs.
Some of them were printed in the editions of his writings issued
in Paris soon after his death. All of them (with the exception of
the two still preserved in manuscript in Washington, and printed
by Stevens in London and reprinted in Paris) are in Sparks and
Bigelow's editions, and a long list of reproductions fills a good
many entries in Ford's Franklin Bibliography.

In his True Benjamin Franklin, p. 155, Mr. Fisher says : " He has
himself told us of the source of one of his best short essays, The
Ephemera, a beautiful little allegory, which he wrote to please Mme.
Brillon in Paris. In a letter to William Carmichael, of June 1 7, 1 780
(Bigelow's Life of Franklin, Vol. 2, p. 509), he describes the circum-
stances under which it was written, and says that " the thought was
partly taken from a little piece of some unknown writer, which I met
with fifty years since in a newspaper." And at p. 327 Mr. Fisher
says : " For Mme. Brillon Franklin wrote some of his most famous
essays, The Morals of Chess, The Dialogue between Franklin and
the Gout, The Story of the Whistle, The Handsome and De-
formed Leg, and the Petition of the Left Hand," and he again
refers to the letter to Carmichael, in which Franklin writes : " En-
closed I send you the little piece you desire [The Ephemera]. To
understand it rightly, you should be acquainted with some few
circumstances. The person to whom it was addressed is Madame
Brillon, a lady of most respectable character and pleasing conver-
sation, mistress of an amiable family in this neighborhood, with
which I spend an evening twice in every week. She has, among
other elegant accomplishments, that of an excellent musician, and
with her daughter, who sings prettily, and some friends who play,
she kindly entertains me and my grandson with little concerts, a
cup of tea, and a game of chess. I call this my opera ; fori rarely
go to the opera in Paris. The Moulin Joli is a little island in the
Seine, about two leagues hence, part of the country seat of another
friend, where we visit every summer, and spend a day in the
pleasing society of the ingenious, learned and very polite persons
who inhabit it. At the time when the letter was written, all con-

1901.] R03ENGARTEN — FRANKLIN' S BAGATELLES. 133

versations at Paris were filled with disputes about the music of
Gluck and Picini, a German and an Italian musician, who divided
the town into violent parties. A friend of this lady having ob-
tained a copy of it, under a promise not to give another, did not
observe that promise ; so that many have been taken, and it is
become as public as such a thing can well be that is not printed ;
but I could not dream of its being heard of at Madrid [where
Carmichael was Secretary to the American Legation while Mr. Jay
was Minister there]. The thought was partly taken from a little
piece of some unknown writer, which I met with fifty years since
in a newspaper, and which the sight of The Ephemera brought to
my recollection."

It is eminently proper that the Franklin Papers should be
cared for in the Society of which he was the founder and the
first President, and with which his name is so indissolubly con-
nected ; it is the duty of this Society to see that these papers
be put into a good condition, that they may be freely used by
students. Unluckily, when this gift was made to the Society there
were few men who knew how to make the best use of it. The late
Mr. Trego, then the Librarian, had this vast and heterogeneous mass
of original papers, including an infinite number of letters addressed to
Franklin and many important papers belonging to the various phases
of his long and active and varied career in science, in local and colo-
nial and national and international affairs, roughly mounted and still
more roughly bound in an indefinite and vague sort of chronological
order. In the course of years access was so carelessly given that some
autograph hunters have ruthlessly cut out signatures and thus de-
faced valuable original papers. A rough index precedes some of the
volumes, but many of them are largely made up of papers that are
only described by general headings. Later volumes of papers, long
unbound and found merely tied up in the original packages — no
doubt by Temple Franklin or Bache or Duane, for some of the fre-
quent removals from Passy to Philadelphia and then from pillar to
post, until they finally reached a safe haven of rest in the Library of
the Philosophical Society — have been carefully mounted, well ordered
and arranged, and bound in a creditable way, so that these are now
perfectly accessible and safe for use, under the watchful eye of the
present custodian, the Librarian, to whose intelligent care this
Society is indebted for the order and preservation of many of the
important original papers in our archives. Under his direction,

134 ROSENGARTEN— FRANKLIN's BAGATELLES. [May 17,

too, the work of indexing these papers is being carried on, and a
printed Calendar will, it is hoped, soon make them available for
students and others engaged in historical research ; and his assistants,
who are expert copyists, will supply perfect transcripts. To their
careful handiwork is due the transcription of those of Franklin's
" Bagatelles," found in manuscript in his papers, here reproduced
as part of this paper. They show the infinite care and the exhaust-
less industry with which he prepared these papers, as though he
anticipated the respect with which to-day everything relating to
him is regarded in the country that is so proud of his fame.

The original manuscripts show that Franklin's " Bagatelles " were
no inconsidered trifles, but were carefully written in his own good
English, were carefully translated into French by competent hands,
and that in more than one version, then carefully compared, and
the one chosen for printing carefully revised ; and' this studious
and loving care, although hidden from the general eye, no doubt
gave them that admirable form which has made them so popular,
and has commended them to readers of all nationalities from
Franklin's day to our own. It is certainly interesting through
these old papers to see just how he worked and wrote and gave a
final form to these his lightest writings. These papers show that
Franklin, in his letter of April 8, 1784, written at Passy to Mme.
Brillon, says that The Advice to Those Who Wish to go to America,
Remarks on the Politeness of Savages, The Handsome and Deformed
Leg and The Morals of Chess, with those he then sent — no doubt
The Ephemera, The Story of the Whistle, The Dialogue between
Franklin and the Gout — make a complete collection of all his
" Bagatelles " printed at Passy. If that be so, what authority had
Temple Franklin for the seventeen papers printed by him under
the title of "Bagatelles," other than his statement that they were
" found in a portfolio, endorsed ' Bagatelles?' " Yet who was better
able to speak with authority than Temple Franklin, grandson,
literary fellow-worker and testamentary owner?

1901.] ROSENGARTEN" — FRANKLIN'S BAGATELLES. 135

APPENDIX.
Franklin Papers in The American Philosophical Society.

Vols. 1-39— Letters to Dr. Franklin— 1735-90.
Vols. 40-43 — " " " " without date.

Vol. 44 " " " " anonymous and without date.

Vol. 45— Drafts and copies of letters from Dr. Franklin— 1738-89.

Vol. 46— Letters from Dr. Franklin to his wife— 1755-74.

Vols. 47-48— Letters to various persons — 1710-91.

Vol. 49 — Papers on subjects of science and politics.

Vol. 50 — Papers by Dr. Franklin on various subjects.

Vol. 51 — Poetry and verses.

Vol. 52 — Miscellaneous papers — 1670-1769.

Georgia papers — 1768-75.
Vols. 53-55 — Miscellaneous papers — 1770-88.

Vol. 56 " " without date.

Vol. 57 — Memorials, petitions, etc.
Unnumbered Vol. — Fragments and torn letters.
" " — Scraps, memorials, etc.

" — Franklin papers : in France — Letters from Franklin.
'« " " " " " — Letters to Franklin.

«« ■• '« " " " — Invitations, cards.

<« " " " " " — Court, marriage, funeral and

meeting notices, invitations.
• • " " " " " — Oaths of allegiance, paroles, bonds

of privateers, passports.
•• " " «« " " — Letters from Franklin — Letters to

Franklin — Miscellaneous.
<« " " " " •' — Promissory notes, public loans

and accounts.

■ • " " " " " — Applications for appointments in

army and navy.

" " " •« ■« " — Diplomatic, naval matters, mili-

tary stores, indemnity.

<• " " " " " — Prisoners' assistance, to raise

troops, for civil appointments,
to settle in America, miscella-
neous.

■ • •■ » " " " — Household and personal accounts.

■ < •• «< " " " — Miscellaneous letters in German.
.. " " " " England — Notices, invitations, visiting

cards, notes, business cards.
" Wills, powers of attorney, indentures, bonds,
agreements, notes, memoranda,bills,i728-68.
" «« " " Bills 1769-88, drafts, accounts, cheques, memo-

randa, bills of lading, public accounts.
Certified acts of Congress, 1776-80.
Several volumes of miscellaneous account-books.

Eight volumes of letters to William Temple Franklin : Vols. 1-7, I775~9° < Vo1- 8,
without date.

Magellanic Premium.

FOUNDED IN 1 786, BY

JOHN HYACINTH DE MAGELLAN,
of London.

19Q1.
The American Philosophical Society,

Held at Philadelphia, for Promoting Useful Knowledge

ANNOUNCES THAT IN

DECEMBER, 1901,

IT WILL AWARD ITS

MAGELLANIC GOLD MEDAL

to the author of the best discovery, or most useful invention, relating to Navi-
gation, Astronomy, or Natural Philosophy (mere natural history
only excepted) under the following conditions :

i. The candidate shall, on or before November i, 1901 deliver, free
of postage or other charges, his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President of the American Philosophical Society, No.
104 South Fifth Street, Philadelphia, U. S. A., and shall distinguish his
performance by some motto, device, or other signature. With his dis-
covery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a sealed letter
containing the same motto, device, or signature, and subscribed with the
real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be
admitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. A full account of the crowned subject shall be published by the
Society, as soon as maybe after the adjudication, either in a separate
publication, or in the next succeeding volume of their Transactions, or
in both.

6. The premium shall consist of an oval plate of solid standard gold
of the value of ten guineas, suitably inscribed, with the seal of the Society
annexed to the medal by a ribbon.

All correspondence in relation hereto should be addressed
To the Secretaries of the

American Philosophical Society,

No. 104 South Fifth Street,

PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

American Philosophical Society

Held at Philadelphia,
For Promoting Useful Knowledge.

Vol. XX, Nezv Series. Part I, ^to, pp. 62, with 3 Plates.

Lately Published.

CONTENTS.

Art. I. — The History of the Pelycosauria, with a Descrip-
tion of the Genus Dimetrodon Cope. By G.
Baur and E. C. Case.

Part II. 4to, pp. 1 7 y, with 5 Plates.
Just Published.

CONTENTS.

Art. II. — The Chronological Distribution of the Elasmo-
branchs. By O. P. Hay.

Art. III. — Results of Observation with the Zenith Telescope
of the Sayre Observatory from January 19, 1894,
to August 19, 1895. By Charles L. Doolittle.

Art. IV.— A Study of the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells
of Metazoa. By Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr.,
Ph.D.

SUBSCRIPTION— FIVE DOLLARS PER VOLUME.

SEPARATE PARTS ARE NOT SOLD.

Address THE LIBRARIAN OF THE

American Philosophical Society,

No. 104 South Fifth Street,

Philadelphia, U. S. A.

H^H^

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN" PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING ISEFl'L KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XL. December, 1901. No. 167.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Stated 'Meeting, September 26 137

Stated Meeting, October 4 . . , 138

The Gundungurra Language. By R. H. Mathews 140

Notes on Pure Circulating Decimals. By C. A. M. Fennell 148

Slated Meeting, Octobtr 18 .' 159

Stated Meeting, November 1 160

Record of Borings in the Sulphur Spring Valley, Arizona, and of
Agricultural Experiments in the same locality. By James
Douglas 161

Stated Meeting, November 15 165

Stated Meeting, December 6 165

Explanation of the Supposed Signals from Mars of December 7 and

8, 1900. By Percival Lowell 166

Stated Meeting, December 20 176

Obituary Notices of Members Deceased :

Frederick Fraley, LL.D., President of the Society. By C.

Stuart Patterson i

Frederick Augustus Genth. By George F. Barker x

Index to Volume XL xxiii

List of Members i

philadelphia :

The American Philosophical Society,

104 South Fifth Street.

1901.

It is requested that all correspondence be addressed

To the Secretaries of the

AMEBIC AJN" PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
104 South Fifth Street,

Philadelphia, U. S. A,

Members will please communicate to the Secretaries any
inaccuracy in name or address as given on the wrapper of this
number.

It is requested that the receipt of this number of the
Proceedings be acknowledged to the Secretaries.

Members who have not as yet sent their photographs to the
Society will confer a favor by so doing ; cabinet size preferred.

FE8 24 1302

Sept. 26, 1901.] MINUTES. 137

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOB PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XL. December, 1901. No. 107.

Special Meeting, September £6, 1901.

Vice-President Barker in the Chair.

Present, 36 members.

A special meeting was held at noon to take action upon
the death of the Hon. Frederick Fraley, LL.D., President of
the Society.

The Secretaries announced the death, on Monday, Septem-
ber 23, 1901, in the ninety-eighth year of his age, of the
Hon. Frederick Fraley, the President of the Society.

Vice-President Barker made some remarks on the loss sus-
tained by the Society in the death of its President.

Prof. Albert H. Smyth offered the following minute and
resolution :

In the death of Frederick Fraley, on the 23d of September, 1901,
the American Philosophical Society has lost its President, who had
held his office since January 2, 1880.

Under the instant sense of bereavement it is not easy to record
our appreciation of his superb stability of character and of his
life-long devotion to duty.

He was elected to this Society July 15, 1842, and for fifty-nine
years took a deep and fervid interest in its welfare and progress.
He was faithful in every duty and adequate in every trial. He
presided over the deliberations of the Society with wisdom and
dignity and judgment and grace. His tact was unerring and his

PROC. AMER, PHILOS. SOC. XL. 167. J. PRINTED DEC. 16. 1901.

138 MINUTES. [Oct. 4,

patience unfailing. Simplicity and truthfulness were natural to
him. All his impulses were generous and good.

He had an intuitive sense of the obligation of noble living, and
he passed through the vicissitudes of human experience calmly and
bravely, without fever and without fear.

In philosophy he had broad vision and ample equipment, and he
sympathized quickly and cordially with the march of thought. In
politics he illustrated the scope and fidelity of republican citizen-
ship.

In his social relations he exercised a peculiar personal influence.
He was distinguished by the repose of his manners, his cheerful
temperament, and his eager, joyous, sanguine vitality. He sur-
rounded himself with cheerfulness. His friendship was never idly
given, but those who knew him well loved him dearly, for in sun-
shine or in storm he was alike steadfast and true.

He has gone from us in extreme old age — the labor of his life
well done — in the full possession to the last of his lucid perception
and dauntless cheer, and he leaves us the precious memory of a
tranquil and beautiful character and the priceless possession of a
high and rare example of noble living.

Resolved, That the Chair appoint a member of the Society to
prepare an eulogium of Mr. Frederick Fraley.

The minute and resolution were seconded with eulogistic
remarks by Messrs. Philip 0. Garrett, Joel Cook, Hampton
L. Carson, William V. McKean and Harold Goodwin, and
were unanimously adopted.

The meeting was then adjourned by the prssiding officer.

Stated Meeting, October ^, 1901.

Vice-President Sellers in the Chair.

Present, 10 members.

Letters were read as follows :

From Prof. Schiaparelli, of Milan; Thomas Willing Balch,
Amos P. Brown, Dana C. Munro and Mazyck Eavenel. of

3901.] MINUTES. 139

Philadelphia, accepting membership, and from Hon. J. B.
McPherson, of this city, declining membership.

From the Corporation of Yale University, inviting the
Society to be represented at the celebration of the 200th
anniversary of the founding of Yale College, and on motion
Dr. G. F. Barker was chosen to represent the Societ}\

From the Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, in Nurnberg,
inviting the Society to be represented at the 100th anniver-
sary of the founding of the Society.

From the municipality of Verona, Italy, acknowledging
the receipt of the portraits of the Scaligers, recently sent by
the Society.

A letter from a Committee of the Anthropological Section
of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science, asking the Society to appoint a representative to
the General Committee of the International Congress of
Americanists, and on motion the presiding officer was author-
ized to appoint such representative.

A letter from the Acaclemia Degli Agliati in Koverto,
inviting the Society to be represented at a commemorative
conference of the Acadenry, to be held on the 2d of June past.

A letter from the late President, Frederick Fraley, dated
May 29, appointing as a Committee to arrange for a general
meeting of the Society — Prof. George F. Barker, Prof. E. G.
Conklin, Prof. C. E. Doolittle, Prof. William B. Scott and
Prof. W. P. Wilson.

A list of donations to the Library was laid upon the table
and the thanks of the Society ordered therefor.

The following deaths of members were announced :

Albin Weisbach, February 26, 1901, Freiberg, Germany.

Thomas C. Clarke, June 15, 1901, New York.

Benjamin Chew Tilghman, July 3, 1901, Philadelphia.

Joseph Le Conte, July 6, 1901, Berkeley, Cal.

Herbert B. Adams, July 30, 1901, Baltimore, Md.

Charles A. Schott, July 31, 1901, Washington, D. C.

Jacob D. Cox, August 4, 1901, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Adolph Nordenskjold, August 12, 1901, Stockholm, Sweden.

140 MATHEWS — THE GUNDUXGURRA LANGUAGE. [Oct. 4,

William Ludlow, U.S.A., August 30, 1901, Washington.
Waldron Shapleigh, August 30, 1901, Philadelphia.
Pascual de Guyangos, October 4, 1897, London, Eng.
Papers were read as follows :

" On Friedrich Nietzsche," by A. Radcliffe Grote.
u On the Gundungurra Language," by R. H. Mathews.
' "Notes on Pure Circulating Decimals," by C. M. Fennell.
The Society was adjourned by the presiding officer.

THE GUNDUNGURRA LANGUAGE.

BY R. H, MATHEWS, L.S.
{Read October 4, 1901.)

The Dhar'rook and Gun'dungur'ra tribes respectively occupied
the country from the mouth of the Hawkesbury river to Mount
Victoria, and thence southerly to Berrima and Goulburn, New
South Wales. On the south and southeast they were joined by the
Thurrawal, whose language has the same structure, although differ-
ing in vocabulary.

Besides the verbs and pronouns, many of the nouns, adjectives,
prepositions and adverbs are subject to inflection for number and
person. Similar inflections have, to some extent, been observed in
certain islands of the Pacific Ocean, but have not hitherto been
reported in Australia. I have also discovered two forms of the
dual and plural of the first personal pronoun, a specialty which has
likewise been found in Polynesian and North American dialects.
Traces of a double dual were noticed by Mr. Threlkeld at Lake
Macquarie, New South Wales, and traces of a double plural by Mr.
Tuckfield in the Geelong tribe ; but the prevalence of both forms
of the dual and plural in different parts of speech in any Austra-
lian language has, up to the present, escaped observation.

Orthography.

Nineteen letters of the English alphabet are sounded, comprising
fourteen consonants — b, d, g, h, j, k, 1, m, n, p, r, t, w, y — and five
vowels — a, e, i, o, u. Every word is spelled phonetically, the letters

1901.] MATHEWS — THE GUXDUNGURRA LANGUAGE. 141

having the same value as in English, with the following qualifica-
tions :

Unmarked vowels have the usual short sound.

Vowels having the long sound are distinguished by the follow-
ing marks :

a as in fate I as in pie oo as in moon

a as in father 6 as in pole ee as in feel

ou as in loud

It is frequently difficult to distinguish between the short or un-
marked sound of a and that of u. A. thick or dull sound of i is
occasionally met with, which closely approaches the short sound of
u or a.

G is hard in every instance.

R has a rough trilled sound, as in hurrah !

Ng at the beginning of a word, as ngee = yes, has a peculiar
sound, which can be got very closely by putting oo before it, as
oong-ee', and articulating it quickly as one syllable. At the end
of a word or syllable it has substantially the sound of ng in our
word sing.

The sound of the Spanish n is frequent, both at the beginning
or end of a syllable.

Y, followed by a vowel, is attached to several consonants, as in
dya, dyee, tyoo, etc., and is pronounced therewith in one syllable,
the initial sound of the d or other consonant being retained. Y
at the beginning of a word or syllable has its usual consonant
value.

Dh is pronounced nearly as th in " that " with a slight sound of
the d preceding it.

Nh has nearly the sound of th in " that " with an initial sound
of the n.

The final h is guttural, resembling ch in the German word
"joch."

T is interchangeable with d, p with b, and g with k in most
words where these letters are employed.

A sound resembling j is frequently given by the natives, which
can be represented by dy or ty ; thus, dya or tya has very
nearly the same sound as ja.

In all cases where there is a double consonant, each letter is dis-
tinctly enunciated.

142 MATHEWS — THE GUXDUXGURRA LANGUAGE. [Oct. 4,

W always commences a syllable or word and has its ordinary
consonant sound in all cases.

At the end of a syllable or word, ty is sounded as one letter;
thus, in beety-bal-lee-man, it is disappearing, the syllable beety
can be obtained by commencing to say "beet-ye," and stopping
short without articulating the final e, but including the sound of
the y in conjunction with the t — the two letters being pronounced
together as one.

Articles.

The equivalents of the English articles, "a" and "the," do
not occur in this language.

Nouns.
Number. — Nouns have the singular, dual and plural :

(i) Singular .... A man Murrin

Dual A pair of men Murrinboolallee

Plural Several men Murrindyargang

(2) Singular .... A kangaroo Booroo

Dual A pair of kangaroos Booroolallee

Plural Several kangaroos Boorooyargang

It will be observed that the dual and plural suffixes vary slightly
in form, according to the termination of the noun.

Gender. — Mur'rin, a man; bul'lan, a woman; boobal, a boy;
mullunga, a girl; goodha, a child of either sex; warrambal, a
young man. Another name for a man is boual ; a married man is
kunbeelang ; a married woman is boualillang. Generally the males
of animals are distinguished by the addition of goomban, and the
females by dhoorook. The males of certain animals have a name
which distinguishes them without stating the sex ; thus, the male of
wallee, the opossum, is known as jerrawul, while the female is wallee
dhoorook. Goola, the native bear, has burrandang for the male
and goola dhoorook for the female. A few animals have a distinc-
tive word for the female as well as for the male ; thus, the female of
the wallaroo is bawa, and the male goondarwa. Others again have
the suffix koual for the male, and noual for the female. The words
for " male " and "female" are inflected for number like other
adjectives.

Case. — There are two forms of the nominative, the first naming
the subject at rest; as, Boual ngabooroman, the man sleeps. The

1901.]

MATHEWS — THE GUNDUNGURRA LANGUAGE,

143

second shows that the subject is doing some act; thus, mirreegangga
wallee burraran, the dog an opossum bit. Mirreegang is a dog in
the first nominative.

The possessive case takes a suffix both to the possessor and that
which is possessed :

Murringoo warrangangoong, a man's boomerang.

Mirreegangoo goodhawoong, a dog's puppy.

Bullangoo goodhayarroong, a woman's children.

Booroongoo dhoombirgoong, a kangaroo's tail.

Any object over which one can exercise ownership can be con-
jugated by possessive suffixes for number and person :

Singular.

Dual

f

First Person .
Second Person
Third Person ,

First Person . .

i Second Person
[_ Third Person ,

First Person ,

Plural. \

Second Person
(__ Third Person .

, My boomerang
Thy boomerang
His boomerang

Our boomerang, incl.
Our boomerang, excl.
Your boomerang
Their boomerang

Our boomerang, incl.
Our boomerang, excl.
Your boomerang
Their boomeransr

Warrangandya
Warranganyee
Warrangangoong

Warrangangulla
Warrangangullang
Warranganboola
Warranganboolangoo

Warranganyinnang
Warranganyillung
Warranganyoorung
Warrangandyunnung

The accusative does not differ from the nominative. There are
a few forms of nouns for the dative and oblative, but these cases
are frequently shown by modifications of the verb ; as, I carried to
him, he carried from me. They are also indicated by the pro-
nouns ; as, with me, to me.

Pronouns.

Pronouns are inflected for number, person and case. There are
two forms of the dual and plural in the first person. The following
table shows the nominative and possessive cases :

Singular.

Dual .

< Thou
I He

f We, incl.
I We, excl.
1 Ye
Thev

Goolangga

Goolanjee

Dhannooladhoo

Goolanga
Goolangaloong
Goolamboo
Dhannooboola

Mine Goolanggooya

Thine Goolanyingoo

His Dhannoogoolangoo

Ours, incl. Goolangalla

Ours, excl. Goolangaloong

Yours Goolambooloong

Theirs Dhannooboolangoo

U4:

MATHEWS — THE GUNDUXGURRA LANGUAGE. [Oct. 4,

Plural .

j We, incl.

J We, excl.

i Ye

I They

Goolanyan
Goolanyilla
Goolambanoo
Dhannoojimmalang

Ours, incl. Goolanyannung

Ours, excl. Goolanyillungoon

Yours Goolanthooroong

Theirs Goolangandyoolang

These possessives admit of variations to include two or several
articles and in other ways. There are also forms of the pronouns
signifying, with me, with thee, and so on as follows :

Singula?'.

Dual

( First Person. .
< Second Person
( Third Person .

I First Person .

I Second Person
1 Third Person .

r

Plural. . -|

I
I

First Person . ,

Second Person
Third Person .

. With me
. With thee
. With him

f With us, incl.
I With us, excl.
. . With ye
. With them

With us, incl.

With us, excl.
. With ye
. With them

Goolangngooreea

Goolangooroonyee

Goolangooroong

Goolangooroongulla
G Dolangooroongullung
Goolangoorooloong
Goolangooroolangoo

Goolangooroonunnung
Goolangooroonullungoo
Goolangooroonooroong
Goolangooroodyunnung

There are other modifications of the pronouns to meet different
forms of expression. The demonstratives and interrogatives are
inflected for number and person like the rest.

Adjectives.

Adjectives take the same dual and plural numbers as the nouns
with which they are used :

( i ) Barri buggarabang

Barriwoolallee buggarabangoolallee
Barridyargang buggarabangargang

(2) Bullan yeddung

Bullanboollee yeddungboolallee
Bullandhar yeddungdyargang

A wallaby, large

A couple of wallabies, both large

Several wallabies, all large

A woman pretty

A couple of pretty women

Several pretty women

Comparison is effected by saying, This is heavy — that is heavy ;
this is smooth — that is not ; this is sharp — that is very sharp.

When used predicatively, as yooroang or yoorwang, he is strong,
an adjective can be conjugated through all the tenses and moods
of an intransitive verb :

1901-]

MATHEWS — THE GUNDUNGURRA LANGUAGE.

145

Singular.

Dual. .

First Person . .
Second Person
Third Person .

Plural. . \

Present Tense.

. I am strong
, Thou art strong
, He is strong

First Person .

We are strong, incl.

We are strong, excl.
] Second Person . Ye are strong
i Third Person . . They are strong

First Person

f We are strong, incl.
( We are strong, excl.
Second Person . Ye are strong
1 Third Person . . They are strong

Yooroangga or Yoorwangga

Yooroandyee

Yooroang

Yooroanga
Yooroangaloong
Yooroangboo
Yooroangboola

Yooroanyun
Yooroanyulla
Yooroanthoo
Yooroanjimmalang

The past and future tenses are not given, owing to want of space.

Verbs.

Verbs have the singular, dual and plural numbers, the usual per-
sons and tenses, and three principal moods, viz., indicative, im-
perative and conditional. The verb-stem and a contraction of the
pronoun are incorporated, and the word thus formed is used in the
conjugation.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense,

First Person ... I throw (throw I)
I Second Person . Thou throwest
Third Person . .He throws

Dual

First Person . .

Second Person
Third Person .

r

Plural . \
I
I

Singular.

First Person . .

Second Person
Third Person .

First Person . .
Second Person
Third Person .

j We throw, incl.
i We throw, excl.
. Ye throw
. They throw

We throw, incl.

We throw.^excl.
. Ye throw
. They throw

Past Tense.

. I threw (threw I)
. Thou threwest
. He threw

Yerreemangga

Yerreemandyee

Yerreeman

Yerreemang'a
Yerreemangaloong
Yerreemanboo
Yerreemanboola

Yerreemanyan
Yerreemanyalla
Yerreemanthoo
Yerreemandyoolung

Yerreering'ga
Yerreerindyee
Yerreering

146

MATHEWS — THE GUNDUNGURRA LANGUAGE.

[Oct. 4,

r

Dual .

Singula)

Plural

First Person .

\ Second Person
I Third Person .

We threw, incl.
We threw, excl.
Ye threw
They threw

First Person .

Plural . \

f We threw, incl.
I We threw, excl.
Second Person . Ye threw
i Third Person . . They threw

I

First Person . .
Second Person
Third Person .

First Person . .

Dual . . \

Second Person
I Third Person .

First Person . .

) Second Person
Third Person .

Future Tense.

. I will throw

. Thou wilt throw

. He will throw

f We will throw, incl.
I We will throw, excl.
. Ye will throw
. They will throw

f We will throw, incl.
I We will throw, excl.
. Ye will throw
. They will throw

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Singular

Dual . .
Plural .

Second Person
Second Person
Second Person

. Throw thou
. Throw ye
. Throw ve

Yerreering'a
Yerreeringaloong
Yerreeringboo
Yerreeringboola

Yerreeooranyan
Yerreeooranyulla
Yerreeooranthoo
Yerreeooradyoolung

Yerreeningga
Yerrenindyee
Yerreenin

Yerreening'a
Yerreeningaloong
Yerreenimboo
Yerreenimboola

Yerreeninyan
Yerreeninyulla
Yerreemunanthoo
Yerreemunadyoolung

Yer'-ree
Yer'-ree-ou'
Yer' -ree-a-nhoor'

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Perhaps I will throw Yerreeningga

booramboonda

If a negative meaning be required, it is effected by means of an
infix, mooga, between the verb-stem and the abbreviated pronoun.
One example in the first person singular in each tense will exhibit
the negative form of the verb :

I am not throwing
I did not throw
I will not throw

Yerreemoogamangga

Yerreemoogaringga

Yerreemooganingga

This negative infix can be applied in the same manner to all the
persons of the three tenses.

There are numerous modifications of the verbal suffixes to con-
vey variations of meaning ; as, " I threw at him," " He threw at

1901.]

MATHEWS— TUE GUXDUXGURRA LANGUAGE.

147

me," etc., which can be conjugated for number and person. Case
can also be indicated in this way, as already stated in dealing with
the nouns.

Verbs have no passive voice. If a native desires to state that a
fish was swallowed by a pelican, he would say, " A pelican swal-
lowed a fish."

Prepositions.

Some prepositions can be used separately, as dhooreegoong, be-
tween ; warroo, around ; willinga, behind, and several others,
thus : Dhooreegoong ngullawoolee, between trees two or between
two trees ; gunbee warroo, the fire around or around the fire.

A prepositional meaning is often obtained by a verb; thus,
instead of having a word for st up " or "down," a native will say,
Boomaningga, up I will go ; wooraramuningga, down I will go.
Many of the prepositions admit of conjugation for number and
person, as in the following example :

Singular.

r

Dual . . \

r

Plural . <{

I

First Person . .
Second Person
Third Person .

First Person . .

Second Person
Third Person .

First Person . .

Second Person
Third Person .

. Behind me
. Behind thee
. Behind him

f Behind us, incl.
i Behind us, excl.
. Behind ye
. Behind them

Behind us, incl.
Behind us, excl.
Behind ye
Behind them

Willingia

Willinganyee

Willingawoong

Willingangulla
Willingangullung
Willing angawooloong
Willingangawoolangoo

Willinganyanung
Willinganyanungoo
Willinganthooroong
Willingadyanung

Adverbs.

Space will not permit of a list of adverbs any further than to
illustrate how some of them can be conjugated :

Singular.

First Person . . Wrhere go I
Second Person . Where goest thou
Third Person . . Where goes he

r

First Person

Dual . . -{

I
I

f Where go we, incl.

I Whiere go we, excl.
Second Person . Where go ye
Third Person . . Where go they

Xgoondeeneea

Ngoondeeneenee

Ngoondeeneeoong

Ngoondeeneenga
Ngoondeeneengool ung
Ngoondeeneewoo
Xgoondeeneewoola

148 FEXNELL — PURE CIECULATING DECIMALS. [Oct. 4,

f p. p J Where go we, incl. Ngoondeeneennun

. Where go we, excl. Ngoondeeneefiulla
j Second Person . Where go ye Ngoondeeneenoo

Third Person . . Where go they Ngoondeeneeyoolung

Adverbial meanings are sometimes conveyed by means of verbs,
as beetyballeemafi, he (or it) goes out of sight. Conjunctions
and interjections are few and unimportant.

NOTES ON PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS.

BY C. A. M. FENXELL, CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAND.

{Read October 4, 1901.)

§ 1. The following properties of cyclic periods of decimals are
supplementary to those discussed by Prof. Glaisher in the Proceed-
ings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, October 28, 1878,
Vol. Ill, Part v.

§ 2. The following letters, definitions and theorem are taken
from p. 185 of Prof. Glaisher' s paper. The periods that arise

p p ...

from the series of fractions — , - being a vulgar fraction in its

H
lowest terms, and p having all values less than q (which is prime

to 10), are called the periods of the denominator q, or, more

simply, the periods of q. Theorem: the denominator ^(a),

which includes all the above values of p, has a certain number

(?i) of periods, each containing the same number (a) of digits, n

and a being connected by the relation, na = (f(q).

§3. (i) The first inquiry relates to the distribution of the several
digits, 0, 9, 3, 6, 1, 8, 2, 7, 4, 5, over the n periods of a digits
which constitute Prof. Glaisher' s ?>(</). In this particular a
difference emerges between 0, 9, 3, 6, and the rest of the digits,
the observalion of which may prove important to the theory of
numbers.

Of course there must always be as many 9s as 0s, 3s as 6s, Is
as 8s, etc., but as verified up to *<jt there are the same number,
say m, of each of the six digits, 1, 8, 2, 7, 4, 5, m being a posi-
tive integer.

E.g., in the single period of }, viz., .142857, each of the six

1901.J FENNELL — PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. 149

occurs once, and the same with the six periods of ?, viz., .i, .2,
.4, .o, .7, .8. In the 5 periods of n, viz., .09, .i.8, .27, .36,
. 45, every digit occurs once.

(ii) As might be expected, when an or <p(q) is an exact mul-
tiple of 10, each of the 10 digits occurs an equal number of times.
In other words, if an or <p(q) = 10m, then each digit occurs in
times.

(iii) Prof. Glaisher writes: "Among .... results which are
illustrated by Mr. Goodwyn's tables .... of less importance
may be noticed the following : If q be a prime ending with one,
viz., = 10??i + 1, then each of the digits 0, 1, 2 . . . . 9 occurs
m times in the 10m digits which form the periods of q. " This is a
partial statement included under the statement in my immediately
preceding paragraph and only embracing the cases in which an or
<?(q) = q — 1 =10 m.

It seems a safe inference that my more general statement and
its place in the methodical distribution of digits in the periods of
q, which is based on the forms both of q and of an or <?(q), were
not known when Prof. Glaisher wrote as above, and I have reason
for believing that they have not been discovered since, or at any
rate published since.

(iv) The said methodical distribution of the several digits, so
far as traced at present, comprises at least seventeen distinct
divisions of cases which fall into five groups, A, B, . . . . E.

The results have been verified for all values of q from 3 to 401
inclusive, and for sundry higher values, e.g., 419, 423, 487, 507,
603 and 621.

(v)
A 1. If an or <p(q) = 10m, then for all values of q each of
the digits 0, 1, 2, .... 9 occurs m times in the
period or periods of q.
f 2. If an or <p(q) — 10m + 2 and q = either 10/? + 1 or 10,3

+ 7, then 0, 9 occur m + 1
times each, and the other digits
m times each. [But for q =
B 357 (em = 192), 0, 9, 3, 6

occur 18 times (»i — 1) each,
and the other digits 20 times
(m+1)].

150 FENNELL — PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. [Oct. 4,

B

D

C i

f 3. If an or <p(q) = 10m + 2 and q = 10/9+3 or 10/9 -f 9,

then 3, 6 occur m + 1 times
and the other digits m times

[ each.

f 4. Tf a?i or c?(a) = 10m + 4 and g = 10,9 + 1, then 0, 9, 3,

6 occur m + 1 times each
and the other digits m times
each.

5. If an or <p(q) = 10m + 4 and 5 = 10/5 4- 3, then 0, 9,

3, 6 occur m + 1 times each,
and the other six digits m
times each.

6. If, however, q is a multiple

of 3, then 3, 6 occur m + 2
times each, and the other
digits m times each.

7. If an or <p(q) = 10m + 4 and 10/9 + 7 or 10,9 + 9, then

0, 9 occur m times each, 3, 6

m — 1 times each and the

i other digits m + 1 times each.

: 8. If an or ?(o) = 10»i + 6 and q = 10,9 + 1 or 10/9 + 3,

or 10,9 + 9, then 0, 9 occur
m + 1 times each, 3, 6 m + 2
times each and the other
digits m times each.

9. If an ox w(q) = 10m + 6 and 3 = 10/9 + 7, then 0, 9,

3, 6 occur m times each, and
the other digits m + 1 times
each.

10. But if q == 10/9 + 7 = 35 or

(10* + 3H then 3, 6 occur
>?i — 1 times each, and the
other digits m + 1 times each.

11. If an or <p(q) = 10m 6 and 3= 10/5+9 = (10^+3)'2,

then 0, 9, 3, 6 occur m times
each, and the other digits
m + 1 times each.

1901.] FENXELL— PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. 151

12. But in other cases either 0, 9

occur m + 1 times each, 3, 6
m + 2 times each, and the
D i other digits m times each;

| 13. or 0, 9 occur m — 1 times

each, and the other digits

[ wi + 1 times each.

; 14. If aw or p(g) = lOwi + 8 and q = 10/3 +1 or 10,5 + 3,

then 0, 9, 3, 6 occur m + 2
times each, and the other
digits m times each.

15. If an or c(q) = 10m + 8 and ^ = 10/3 + 7, then 3, 6

occur ?ra times each, and the
other digits m + 1 times each.

16. If an or <p(q) = 10m + 8 and o = 10/5 + 9, then 0, 9

occur m times each, and the
other digits m + 1 times each.

17. But if q = 10/3 + 9 = 115+1

{e.g., 89, 199 or 419), then
3, 6 occur m — 4 times, and
the other digits m + 2 times
each, or some other excep-
tional distribution is found.

(vi) The total number of values of q up to 401 is 1G0.

A 1. Includes 18 primes (counting 401) and 22 multiples or
powers of primes.

B 2. No primes; 15 cases with q = 10,3 + 1, only 3 cases with
q =z 10,3 + 7, and the exceptional case q = 357 = 3x
7 X 17. Beyond 401, q = 507 is regular. But the
limits of the invesiigation do not present sufficient data for
sound inference as to the cases where q = 10/5 + 7.

B 3. Includes q = 243 and 20 primes with 3 for the unit digit
and 2 with 9 for the unit digit, namely 49 = V and
289 = 172, the next number being 81 9=7X9X1 3.

C 4. One case, q = 81.

C 5. One case, q = 343.

C 6. One case, q = 273.

C 7. Five cases, q = 147, and 4 cases, q = 10,5 -f 9.

I

152

FENNELL — PUKE CIRCULATING DECIMALS.

[Oct. 4,

D 8. Nine cases.

D 9. Twenty-three cases.

D 10. Eight cases, 57, 87, 177, 237, 247, 267, 327, 387.

D 11. Two cases, q = 32 and q = 131

D 12. Three cases, q = 119 and q = 259, q = 329.

D 13. One case, 9 = 399.

E 14. Five cases, q = 273, q = 343, q = 133, q = 203, q = 353.

E 15. One case, 5 = 27.

E 16. Sixteen cases.

E 17. Two cases, q = 89, q = 199.

There is then a strong prima facie case in favor of a regular classi-
fication of the numerical distribution of the digits in various cases
of <p(q), but not a sufficient number of cases at present investi-
gated for a complete and certain induction, which would moreover
demand an explanation of the causes which lead to the observed
results. A complete investigation would probably supply eight or
ten more divisions of cases, as C 4, C 5, C 6, D 13, E 15, E 17
are probably susceptible of subdivision, and under B 2 the case
q = 357 may be the lowest case of a distinct division.

The possibility of occasional exceptions must be frankly ad-
mitted, at any rate for the present.

EXAMPLES.

(vii) For q = 34 = 81, <p(q) = 54, a = 9, n = 6, the periods

are

0lz345v>79 containing all the digits except 8.

.987654326
.624691358
.975308641
.649382716
.950617283

1.
7.
2.
5.
4.

Therefore obviously 0, 9, 3, 6 occur 6 times each and the other six
digits 5 times each.

For q = 3 X 11 = 33, <p(q) = 20, a = 2, n — 10, the periods
are .03, .06, .12, .15, .24, .39, .48, .57, .69, .78, in which
every digit occurs twice.

For q = 31, <p(q) = q — 1 = 30, a — 15, n = 2, the periods
are .632258064516129 and

1901.] FENNELL — PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. 153

.967741935483876, in which every digit occurs 3 times, each
pair of complements of 9 contributing 3 digits to each period.

§ 4. The phenomena noted and illustrated in the following para-
graphs can be doubtless fully classified and explained by special-
ists in the theory of numbers :

(i) If when q is prime its period is divisible into sections, each
of which contains an equal number of digits— the number being
greater than 1 — the sum of the sections arranged in column
amounts to 10d — 1 or a multiple of 10rf — 1, where d is the num-
ber of digits in each section, and the sum of the numerators
corresponding to the periods which begin with the several sections
is q or a multiple of q.

E.g., for the period of 31, a = 15 and n = 2, and written in
column of 5 sections of 3 digits each the period of tt is

.032
258
064
516

129 = 999;
and in column of 3 sections of 5 digits each is

.03225
' 80645

16129 = 99999;
while the five enumerators answering to the sections of 3 digits
are 1, 8, 2, 16, 4 = 31, and those answering to the sections of 5
digits are 1, 25, 5 = 31.

For the period of 7, which js .i42857 (for which figures see
§ 6), 14 + 28 + 57 = 99; 85 + 71 + 42 = 198; while 142 + 857
= 999. In the latter case the first half and the second half of
the period are complementary. This is an instance of the simplest
and most obvious case of the sum of sections of a period being
= 10d — 1, and this case must occur, whether q be prime or not,
whenever a complementary remainder occurs in the division of p
by q. This particular case of complementary halves of a period is
not brought under a general theorem relating to sections of periods
by Prof. Glaisher.

This property of sections of a period containing an equal number
of digits each depends upon the property of the corresponding
numerators, viz., that their sum is equal to q or a multiple of q ;

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XL. 167. K. PRINTED FEB. 8, 1902.

154 FENNELL — PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. [Oct. 4,

for it is obvious that the sum of the sections is equal to the sum of
the whole periods which begin with the respective sections.
E.g., for the period of ft .696 774 193 548 387

.774 193 548 387 096
.i93 548 387 096 774
.548 387 096 774 193
.387 096 774 193 548

1.998 998 998 998 998 =.9X2
+ + + +

1111

(ii) If q be the product of primes or powers of primes or be a
power of a prime, then the summation of sections in some instances
gives results similar to those obtained when q is a prime. For in-
stance, the period of ft = jj^j = .610989, where the first half and
the second half of the period are complementary and .01 + 09 +
89 = 99. In other instances, however, variations occur, the gen-
eral nature of which is to be understood from the inspection of a
few examples.

For the periods of 21, viz., .647619 and .952386 (ft = .695238),
.047 + 619 = 666, 952 + 380 = 1332 = 4 X 333. The two sums
together = 2X 999. But .04 + 76 + 19 = 99; 95 + 23 + 80
— 198 = 2 X 99. As in some cases in which 3 is a factor of q,

TYl

the sections when added give 0 (10d — 1), so when 9 is a factor

17b

of q they sometimes give (10d — 1). E.g., for 117, 008 +

o

547 = 555, but 00 + 85 + 47 = 132 = 4 X 33, .99 + 14 + 52
— 165 = 5 X 33.

For the period of 49 :

Cor

responding numerators.

.620408...

1

.163265...

8

.306122...

15

.448979...

22

.591836...

29

.734693...

36

.877551...

43

3. i42854 == . i42857 X 22 154 = 7 X 22

+
3... = .142857 x 22

1901.] FENNELL — PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. 155

To generalize, if a period has a number of digits which is a
multiple of the number (/) of digits in the period of a factor

(r) of q, tben sections of kf digits when added give —(10*/ — 1).

For the period of 221 (= 13 X 17), a = 48, n = 4 (i.e., two
pairs of complementary periods). The period of tV is .076923.
Sections of 6 digits. Corresponding remainders or numerators.
.604524... 1st— 1= 0X13 + 1

.886877... 7th— 196 = 15 X 13 + 1

.828054... 13th — 183 = 14 X 13 + 1

.298642... 19th— 66 = 5x13 + 1

.533936... 25th — 118= 9X134-1

.651583... 31st — 144 = 11 X 13 + 1

.710407... 37th — 157 = 12 X 13 + 1

.239819... 43d— 53= 4x134-1

4.i53842 = 54 X .076923 918 = 54 x 17

+ "
4... 54 x. 076923

Similarly —

the 2d, 8th... 44th numerators are of the form ± m 13 + 10
andjthe 3d, 9th... 45th " " " " ± m 13 + 100

and the 4th, 10th... 46th " " " " ±ml3 + 116

andfcso on/

The halves of the period of zh = tt (1024 — 1), and the quar-
ters = H (1012 — 1), while the thirds = if (1016 — 1) and the
numerators corresponding to the thirds =12 X 13. The sixths
= 2(108 — 1). The other periods yield analogous results. Note
that m = 0 in the form of the first 6 numerators, and that the
minus sign only occurs for some values of q. Analysis of this kind
can be applied generally.

The following partial exhibition of the relations to each other
and to 7 and 47 of the remainders of the period of yr~ = j^g may
perhaps prove suggestive. There is one period of 6 digits to 7
and one period of 46 digits to 47, and two periods of 138 digits
(the halves being complementary) to 329.

ti o

GO

— 1

zo

.CO

t~~

co

CO

CD

^

o"

^

iO

CO

CO

CO

b-

!>•

CO

OS

o

O

os

CO

t-~

Oi

o

CO

CO

Oi

©

OS

o

t^

CO

CO

co

iO

^H

t^

co*

00

-I— 1

oo

1—1

CO

t^

»o

Th

"#

o

OS

o

1—1

GO

"*

IO

GO

1— 1

t^

CO

GO

1—1

OS

o

O

-f

t^

CO

o

as

iO

^

t^

CO

t^

CO

»o

^

o

OS*

os

o

GO

T— 1

CO

CO

GO

1— t

:d

co

iO

Tf

I>-

CO

as

©

y-^

GO

iO

^t"

1— 1

GO

o

OS

iO

yj*

IO

tH

T— 1

od

TH

GO

CO

1— (

I>-

CO

t^

CI

CO

CO

CO

co

T— I

GO

IO

-!<

Os

o

CO

co

o

OS

CO

CO

o

Oi

•o

as

X

X

t>

r-

II

O

II

T-H

o

1

i—;
1

o

1— 1

j

r-t
1

1

•-o

1

1

1

-I-

T

M

K

M

X

X

X

X

i-

r-

1-

{-

o o

T-l O

CO Q CO C5 LO t-i CO

W ^ CD li f) O)

t-l CO rH

C?

CO i> IO OS

(N Ot i— I

X X X x

i*- r~ t~ t-

1-1 O

o
c

p; O IO

■i— l CO
CO co

I II I III' I

own

1> "* Tfi CD

X X X X

t- i> t- t-

II II II II

b* 00 rH ^

CO CO IO oo
CM

OJ 00

CO CO

X X

o

o o

X X X X
t~ b- i> i>

_ 00 Oi

g !b w w n co co

X X X x X

l> t- i> 1> t-

^ t-i "* CD

00 rt* CO lO

X X X X

i> £- t- r~

oocoocodioHfocDir&Srr^w
th ,_i co th h w oj ^ <v i ir7lT7l

o i— ( U5 1— i
W h o «

. T-l CO

WCffiffilOWCCM^OCT^^CjCDMffiOMocDQO
(NW(M(MCOlO'<},»0!>1,,5lCW M 1* r- IO CO CO N

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

ii ii ii it ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii h r ii ii ii ii ii ii ii

OOWOmc35iOHCOO^NQOHHioiOOHiCH05^ii5

HOHWHOTjIiMiMmiOCDCOlO00® iO I> <£> CO H^ GO CO

rH H W H rH CO CO CO CO r"?rHl, l7,,,CI?c<]pH<?;i

OOCOOCOC^lOT-COCO^t-COT-iTHtoiOO
HOTHfO^CDTjiO!«W3>OoCOLOa)CO io

CO i-H

- CO Oi Ot o*

+ + .+ + + + + + 4- + + + + + + + +

^IOCOOOOOO-^tHO^CC^Ct-iOOJOoJ
Oi CO H t-h th tH CO CO t-< N ri v

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

CO IO
CQ CI

II II II II II H Ii II II II II l| II
THOOCOOCOCilOT-iCOcc>t^i>.

nC^^^nCDlWCNiOiOCO
r-< n CO th H « w (>j OJ

+ + + + + + + ++ + + + +
Q0Trii^"^Hl0'*li^00G0rfiTHOC0

CO TH "^ T-l T-l -—I T-|

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

T-l

O O CO O CO Oi

th O r-l CO rH CO

i— ' th co t-i

+

++++++

l^

CO IO T J^ 00 00

Oi ^ tH t-

X

X X X X X X

l>

i^ r~ i> i> r>. r^

+

CI

CO

X

^3

.2

Or- 1 CO H(O^W9!OiCOMiO(100
rH . rH CO H rH W N W N rH ,-«

t-I , CO CM rH OJ OJ rH CO

00 M f M^OOOOOJOHOQOOfflfflTtiiOQOOOlCHoiOCtlio

XXX xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

O CO OS rH o
CO rH CO rH

H M rt

00 CO to OJ -r rH

LO CO O ^ X

X X X X I. *j7

II II II <* 01

co j> j^

1C O CO

CO *o O
t>. IO 00

XXX
j> t- r^

to

lO

o

■-

i

•

CO

1

03

1

OS

CD

— <

T

X

X

:<

r>

t-

'-

CS i> lo

^ X «

OJ

0!

I I

lO "5 ?
(> tp h

X

co ob co

I> <M Oi

N H N

o

i-i CO

X i i

O lO O

CN O x

XXX
l~ 1^ 1-

b: l-

I I I

X X

■a t- i>

XXX

CO US 00

i i 7

00 o to O

X X

lO CO CO

XXX

rH m r- 1 OS l^-

t-- -.r oi -r x

rH W C*l ^

I I I I I

1^ Ol CO Ol lO

— i— i r» i~- -r

X X X X X

s

CO X Oi

OS CS r-

01 Ol

I I I I I

Ol H * * 00

00 CM O t- 00

X X X X X

CO

a

aa

o io

rH (M

ft

CO "C 1~ — !
rl '" * TJ
01 £

a

CO

a;
ft

•l-H

e

ft

'a

B

00

i>

<B

-Hn: CO

iOOt>"3C3b00l>C©^'-lC5>,*lOC<]
(MlO05<MCO»Ct>C0CDr-l^I>0ia)

(M H W N N NH W H H oq

in

OS

33

-r

00

I-

X

O

o

2 co

8 I
.2 ©

ft rH

g x

o t>-

O tHH

00 00 00 <m
(M (M CO rH

■^H lO — '

t^ CO oj

rH CO

+ + +

LO OS "^

XXX

t- i^ «>

os

Oi OJ

+ +

LO CO

X X

00 CO
~l OS
rH CM

t~- 00

00 OS o

OS rH CS
OJ rH

+ + +

OS CO t-h

CO CO

XXX

t- t~ i>

+

+

DO

03

£1

00 '"' ™

o^> iO 25

+ + +

lO rH «0

rH rH ^

xxx

J> t- »

lo
co

rH
+
OS

X

O r-<

iO J^

rH

+ +

o oj

OJ rH

X X

CO CM

CO

OS }> LO

^ oo oj

« rH «

+ + + + +

LO cm
X X

OJ OS "^

CO

XXX
i> i> t*

—

l-H

S3

a

2

00

i/T-rHCO (O^NOOHHlOlOO

"* Ol Zl LO '0 CO CO LO 00 CD LO

rH ^* OJ CM OJ — ' r-.

+++ +++++++++

CO H 5 COrr — rHQOC<jOLO-^H
CO ^ COi-HCOOJ W CO w

xxx xxxxxxxxx

o o ^

rH O T_1

+ + ct

X x x

t- t^ i>

OCOOSLO-HCOCOi>t-
CO •-. CO "^ OJ ^> '^ LO CO
n CO H rH OJ OJ OJ CJ

++++++++4

THOJCOOOOOOCOrHO

T-t ^ CO H CO T-I

xxxxxxxxx

rH O O CO O CO OS

rH O rn CO — CO

rH r-l CO r-l

+ + + + + + +

r- lo rH -?■> lo os o>

C? CC OJ CM rH .

X X X X X X X

i> i> c- r^ j> t- t-

+
oo
CM

X

T-t

o

rH

O

^H

CO
rH

l-H

+ 4

4-

CM

9D

^H

LO

CO

X

X

X

X

X

i-

l>

t-

t^

b-

"tf

«*

-r

Tj*

II

O

o

1-4

+

CO

X

i>

158 FENNELL— PURE CIRCULATING DECIMALS. [Oct. 4.

§ 5. No explanation is here proposed of the following curions
property of periods for which q is prime and a = q — 1, and is
also divisible by 4; so that its universality is not deduced or
assumed.

Let a section of m digits of a period be represented by G ( 1 , 2, 3. . .
??i),and G(4. . .m)represent part of the section from the 4th digit to the
??ith or last digit, and G (1.. . [m — 6] ) represent part of the section
from the first to the (m — 6th)digit, and G (#. . . [m — y\ ) represent
a middle portion of the section from the #th digit to the (m — ?/)th

digit. Let A(l...i=i), B <L.X=±), C (l...*=i), D

(1...^— t — ), be the four sections of the period of ■- in order.

Arrange A (1...X—T — ) followed by C (1...— -r — ) over

B (1...^-— — ), followed by D (1...^-— — ), making two ranks of

digits, and add; then the sum E (1...^— - — ) will contain in order

^—^ — of the digits of the period. If, however, q — 1 be a multiple

of 10, E (1...^-^ — ) [will contain only — ^ 2 of the said

digits.

EXAMPLES.

For tV 05889411 For h 03448274137931

23527647 58620689655172

29417058 62068963793103

For -h 016393442622950180327868852459
819672131147540983606557377049

836065573770491163934426229508

As this property is not shared by periods of q when n does not
= 1, it cannot be altogether due to the halves of the periods being
complementary. It appears to be due to the arrangement of all the
periods of q under one cycle of digits. .

1901.] MINUTES. 159

§ 6. It is noteworthy that the only completely cyclic number is
142857.

For 142857 X2 = 285714
X 3 = 428571
X4 —571428
X5 =714285
X 6 = 857142
X lm — m (106— 1).
Hence, to multiply 142857 by any number, 1m + n (where
n = 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6), we have only to divide the multi-
plier by 7, thus finding m and n, prefix m to 142857 X n and then
subtract m.

Thus to find (142857)2

7)142857

20408 — 1
20408122449 == (142857)2.
Also, 2915446064142857 —2915446064 =
2915443148696793 = (142857)3

Stated Meeting, October 18, 1901.
Vice-President Wistar in the Chair.

Present, 9 members.

Mr. Thomas Willing Balch. a newly elected member, was
presented to the Chair, and took his seat in the Society.

The list of donations to the Library was laid on the table
and thanks were ordered to be returned for them.

With reference to one of the donations, Dr. Hays called
attention to a statement contained in Mr. William Eleroy
Curtis's True Thomas Jefferson, just published, that this Soci-
ety possessed Jefferson's " original draft " of the Declaration
of Independence, with all the corrections. He thought it
important that this statement should not remain uncorrected,
as it might lead to considerable disappointment. The copy

160 MINUTES. [Nov. 1,

in Jefferson's handwriting possessed by this Society is one of
several made by Jefferson between the 4th and 10th of July,
1776, to send to friends, that they might compare the Declar-
ation as originally framed and reported by the Committee
with the document as amended and passed by the Congress,
and " judge whether it is better or worse for the critics," as
he expressed it in his letter of July 8, 1776, sending the copy
in question to Richard Henry Lee, from whose grandson this
Society received it. A history by Dr. Hays of this copy is
printed in Vol. xxxvii of the Society's Proceedings.
The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

Stated Meeting, November 1, 1901.

Vice-President Barker in the Chair.

Present, 20 members.

Dr. Mazyck Eavenel, a newly elected member, was pre-
sented to the Chair, and took his seat in the Society.

A letter was read from the Societe" Nationale des Sciences
Naturelles et Matkematiques de Cherbourg, announcing that
it would celebrate its fiftieth anniversary on December 30,
1901, and the Secretaries were instructed to send a congratu-
latory address to the Society.

The list of donations to the Library were laid on the table,
and thanks were ordered for them.

Mr. James Douglas presented a ' ' Record of Borings in the
Sulphur Spring Valley, Arizona, and of Agricultural Experi-
ments in the Same Locality."

Pi of. George F. Barker, delegate to the 200th anniversary
celebration of Yale University, presented a report with a
medal struck in honor of the anniversary.

Prof. Albeit H. Smyth, delegate to the 450th anniversary
celebration of the University of Glasgow, presented a report.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

1901.] DOUGLAS — RECORD OF BORINGS. . . 161

RECORD OF BORINGS IN THE SULPHUR SPRING VAL-
LEY, ARIZONA, AND OF AGRICULTURAL EXPERI-
MENTS IN THE SAME LOCALITY.

BY JAMES DOUGLAS.

(Read November 1, 1901.)

The Copper Queen Consolidated Mining Company has since
1880 worked extensive copper deposits in what are probably car-
boniferous limestones, lying on the eastern flank of the Mule Pass
Mountains, in Cochise county, Arizona, within a few miles of the
Mexican boundary and 5700 feet above the sea. The geology of
the region east of the Mule Pass Mountains renders it probable that
there are Jura-Triassic strata lying unconformably over the carbon-
iferous limestones, and that within the Jura-Triassic there may occur
coal. Where coal occurs in Northern Sonora, to the south of the
great Sulphur Spring Valley, and in Arizona, to the north of that
valley, the beds are so shattered by intrusive rocks as to detract
largely from their commercial value. But beneath the broad Sul-
phur Spring Valley we considered it possible that there might be
undisturbed coal beds of sufficient extent to warrant their exploita-
tion. With the object of determining this, the Copper Queen
Company drove a diamond drill hole in the trough of the valley.
The attempt was abandoned before solid rock was reached. The-
diamond drill penetrated the alluvium, as shown by the following
record of borings, for 765 feet without reaching solid rock. The
record is interesting as showing the extent of erosion and the
depth to which the valleys are filled by detritus in the arid
region.

At the same time, the Copper Queen Company, being anxious to
develop every possible industry in connection with their mines,
and as a feeder of their railroad, instituted some systematic agricul-
tural experiments on a tract of land lying in the trough of the same
Sulphur Spring Valley. The valley extends in a general north-and-
south direction for about one hundred and twenty miles, and, with
very gradually sloping sides, has an average width of about twenty
miles. It is surrounded to the north, east and west by high arid
mountain ranges, on which the average annual rainfall is ten inches.
While a certain pr.oporlion of this moisture escapes by evaporation,
the larger portion sinks through the porous soils and collects as a

102

DOUGLAS — RECORD OF BORINGS.

[Nov. I,

GRAVEL&CLAY

QUICKSAND.

MUTE CLAY.

RED CLAY.

BROWN CLAY.

RED CLA Y.

BROWN CLAY.

subterranean reservoir in the basin-shaped valley, which has a very
gentle fall to the south, and therefore discharges some of its water
contents, by the subterranean stream of the Agua
Prieta, into the headwaters of the Yaqui river.
The water in abundance is struck at from nine to
thirty feet below the surface almost anywhere in
the trough of the valley ; and experiments ex-
tending over three years showed that ten acres of
fruit trees can be irrigated by twenty-foot wind-
mills, provided adequate reservoirs are provided.
If, therefore, a valuable product, such as fine
fruits, could be raised under the climatic condi-
tions prevailing, the question of power for arti-
ficial irrigation may be regarded as solved. The
attempt, however, to cultivate semi-tropical fruits
failed, principally through the extraordinary vari-
ations of temperature.

During the term of the experiment a ther-
mometrical record was kept on the ranch, which
is printed below in parallel columns with a record
for the same period kept at Bisbee. This mining
town is situated in a deep ravine in the Mule Pass
Mountains, which flank the Sulphur Spring Valley
on the west, 1200 feet above the level of the val-
ley, but where, despite the higher altitude, the
diurnal variations in the annual experiments are
less than in the valley itself. These great sandy
valleys in the Southwest, covered at best with a
scanty growth of mesquite, and during the greater
part of the year by scorched grass, permit of such
rapid radiation through the cloudless heavens,
that the burning heat of the day falls, immediately
the sun sets, to a temperature which is sensibly
chilling, and which therefore has a seriously
detrimental influence on delicate vegetation.
Were these vast valleys simultaneously cultivated
and clothed with verdure, this climatic obstacle
to agriculture would be reduced, as is the case
in the Salt River Valley, where an area of large
enough extent is under cultivation to almost relieve the rancher

M

+35\

GRAVEL&CLAY
SAND ROCK.

GRAVEL.

CRAVEUCLAY.

tw

480'<

RED CLAYS SAND

RED CLAY

ize

7653JE

SECTION — DIAMOND
DRILL HOLE INTHESUL-
PHUK SPRING VALLEY,
ARIZONA.

1901.] DOUGLAS — RECORD OF BORINGS. 1 63

from the risk of spring frosts. In the fruit culture experiments
made the extreme cold occasionally registered in January did not
seem to injure even such delicate trees as the almond, due doubtless
to the absolute aridity of the soil and the air. But the trees broke
into bloom in February, and the fruit was fully formed when April
frosts destroyed it year after year. The terrific midday heat of
summer days would also cause a plant apparently healthy in the
morning to wither and die before evening, although the root was
thoroughly irrigated.

The result of our experiments led us to believe that these broad
valleys, which originate in Southern New Mexico and Arizona and
stretch into Northern Mexico, though arid at the surface, have at
comparatively shallow depths a subterranean water supply sufficient
to irrigate their very large areas of very rich land ; that the winds
are sufficiently strong and constant to raise the water to the surface,
through the agency of windmills, for the irrigation of fruit trees on
farms large enough to occupy the energies of single ranchers ; that
the climatic conditions are the principal hindrances to the success
of that branch of agriculture ; but that if cooperative efforts were
made to cultivate very large tracts, these climatic conditions would
be so modified as to render the cultivation of these vast tracts possi-
ble and profitable.

164

DOUGLAS — RECORD OF BORINGS.

[Nov. 1,

Maximum and Minimum Temperatures,

taken in the Sulphur Spring Valley, at 4500 feet above sea level,
and at Bisbee, at 5700 feet above sea level, both localities being in
the same latitude and twenty miles apart.

Temperature in Sulphur Spring
Valley.

Average.

Temperature at Bisbee.

Average.

2 P.M.

1891

Max.

Min.

Max. Min.

2 P.M.

— \
Min.

Max. Min

March

72.9

33-i

91

16.

63-

39-5

76.

25.

April

83-4

36.2

98

24.

72.9

46.1

S3-

36.

May-

88.7

43-2

96

34-

77-4

S2.6

84.

41.

June

98.7

51.8

109

40.

85-9

60.4

96.

48.

July

103. 1

63.1

107

55-

91.2

68.3

98.

62.

Aug.

94-3

61.

105

56.

83.

68.4

97

60.

Sept.

94.4

52.6

102

. 38.

84.2

60.3

91.

5o.

Oct.

84-5

41.4

9i

3°-

79.6

49.6

97-

42.

Nov.

72.3

29.4

83

19.

70.3

44-7

80.

34-

Dec.

57-2

15-4

74

1.

54-6

31.6

70.

IS-

1892

Jan.

61.4

21.6

74

6.

58.5

34-7

74-

20.

Feb.

65<8

29.7

80

19.

56.7

36.2

70.

21.

March

68.8

30.6

87

20.

62.3

40.4

77-

32.

April

78.

33-4

9i

19.

7i.5

48.2

84.

32.

May

88.

39-6

97

28.

78.3

53-

92.

40.

June

96.5

47.1

105

29.

88.8

61.2

99.

45-

July

97-3

60.6

102

50.

89-5

67.4

96.

62.

Aug.

95-4

56.3

102

47-

85-8

64-3

96.

58.

Sept.

91-3

46.5

99

34-

86.2

61.9

94.

56.

Oct.

80.7

36.

9i

22.

72.3

49-3

86.

30-

Nov.

69.

3°-7

78.

24.

66.5

42.5

75-

36.

Dec.

58.1

20.9

75

6.

56.1

36.9

72.

21.

Average diurnal maximum
minimum

Difference. .....

Diurnal Variation.

. . . 92.6 j Average diurnal maximum . .
. . . 28.4 minimum . .

64.2

Difference.

85.8
39-3

46.5

1901-J MINUTES. 165

Stated Meeting, November 15, 1901.
Vice-President Sellees in the Chair.
Present, 16 members.

Dr. Simon Flexner, a newly elected member, was presented
to the Chair, and took his seat in the Society.

A letter was read from the Secretary of the " Delegation
ponr l'adoption d'nne Langue Anxiliaire Internationale,"
inviting the Society to participate in its work and appoint
a collaborator.

A list of donations to the Library was laid on the table,
and thanks were ordered for them.

Prof. George F. Barker made some remarks on " The
Monatomic Gases of the Atmosphere," and exhibited tubes
of Neon, Krypton and Xenon, prepared by Prof. Dewar, of
the Royal Institution.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

Stated Meeting, December 6, 1001.

Vice-President Barker in the Chair.

Present, 23 members.

"j

The Librarian laid upon the table the list of donations to
the Library and thanks were ordered therefor.

Dr. George F. Barker read a memoir of the late Prof. F. A.
Genth.

The death of the following members was announced : —

Dr. John Curwen, at Warren, Pa., July 2, 1901.

Dr. W F. Norris, at Philadelphia, November 18, 1901.

Mr. Thomas Meehan, at Philadelphia, November 19, 1901.

16b' LOWELL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. [Dec. 6,

Mr. Percival Lowell, of Flagstaff, Arizona, read a paper on
' ' Explanation of the Supposed Signals from Mars of Decem-
ber 7 and 8, 1900."

The following annual reports were read : —

The report of the Treasurer.

The report of the Curators.

The report of the Hall Committee.

The report of the Publication Committee.

The report of the Library Committee.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officer.

EXPLANATION OF THE SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM
MARS OF DECEMBER 7 AND 8, 1900.

BY PERCIVAL LOWELL.

{Head December 6, 1901.)

1. On a certain morning in December, 1900, paragraphs appeared
in the papers throughout the United States with the startling an-
nouncement that Mars had been signaling the Earth the night
before. Lights, it was reported, had suddenly shone out upon the
surface of the planet, lasted for a time and then vanished. What
the signals meant was not so forthcoming. Vividness of headline
made up for meagreness of news.

Interest was not confined to the United States. Reportorial
inquisitiveness was as rife in the Old World as in the New, and
Europe was behind America in the receipt of the message only the
time necessary for its transmittal.

2. To broaden one's horizon is a good thing; and to broaden it
beyond the bounds where horizon itself disappears, a still better
one. But the broadening is apt to come not in a way we expect,
and to prove the more broadening for that reason. I hope, there-
fore, not seriously to lessen interest in the phenomena by saying
that they were certainly not what they were popularly taken to be,
and were with equal certainty much which was not supposed and is
quite as interesting.

The innocent cause of the misrepresentation was a dispatch sent

1901.] LOWELL— SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. 167

from Flagstaff to the writer and communicated by him through the
usual channels to the astronomical world. The signaling part of
it was a tale added by journalistic ingenuity at the time that profes-
sion became possessed of the subject. The original dispatch read :

"Projection observed last night over Icarium Mare, lasting seventy minutes."

(Signed) " Douglass."

3. Projections in the case of one heavenly body, the Moon, are not
unfamiliar objects. On almost any night when that body shows a
terminator, that is a sunset or sunrise edge, a keen eye can detect
one or more of them along it without telescopic aid. With Mars
the phenomenon is much less common and, though many such
projections have in the last few years been seen upon the planet, the
sight is one of some rarity.

4. In the case of the Moon it is possible to find out the cause of
the projections. By magnification through a telescope the little knob
that breaks the otherwise uniform boundary of light and shade is
seen to resolve itself into the tip of a mountain peak or the summit
of a crater wall, which catches the light while the lower ground at
its foot is plunged in shadow, and so seems to project beyond the
rest of the disk. With Mars no such forthright determination of
the problem is possible. For no magnification we can apply is
potent enough to disclose of itself the character of the country.
We are, therefore, obliged to reason upon what we see.

5. Taking lunar analogies for guide, it was generally inferred that
the martian projections too were due to mountain peaks. From
which of course it followed, or as one may say preceded, that there
were mountains on Mars. But the Flagstaff observations of 1894
showed that, on general principles, this was very improbable. The
study of the surface markings led the writer to a general theory
about the character of the planet, in which mountains not only found
no place but to which they were decidedly opposed. At the same
time that the theory suggested itself, but independent of it, Mr.
Douglass observed several projections, and conceived and published
another explanation for them, and this one proved consonant with
what the theory demanded, to wit : that, instead of being due to
mountains upon the planet's surface, they were due to clouds floating
in the planet's air. He showed that the observations were thus
much better explained ; in fact, that his observations coui<! hardly
be accounted for with probability on the mountain hypotl'esis at all

163 LOWELL— SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. [Dec. 6,

6. The opposition of 1894 was very prolific of projections, over
four hundred being seen at Flagstaff in the course of nine months.
The next opposition was not so good ; while in that which has just
passed, that of 1 900-1, only two were detected. It was these two
which gave rise to the notion of signals from the planet.

Now the variability in the number seen at different oppositions
should have materially shaken faith in the mountain explanation.
Mountains are permanent affairs, and if they be high enough to
catch tha light and show as protuberances at one time they should
do the like at another. The change in the inclination of the disk
would not materially alter their visibility. But it is one of the
humorous anomalies about human nature that general reasoning
affects minds so little when applied to unfamiliar matters, while in
familiar ones it is the guiding principle of life.

7. Argument from the two projections of the last opposition is,
on the other hand, particular. Although they were but two in
number, testimony in the case is very much to the point. Indeed,
their isolated character helps to make their cogency the clearer.

On December 7, at i6h. 15m. S. M. T., Mr. Douglass suddenly
noticed a projection on the terminator of the planet, a little to the
north of the Sabaeus Sinus. The phase loss at the time was 36°.4.
As he continued to watch it the projection increased. The distance
of its tip from the edge of the terminator passed successively
through the values y/3, 1, 1^3 and 1% of a thread; the thread used
being the stationary spider's thread of the micrometer. Meanwhile
he was busy taking the position angle of the tangent to the termi-
nator, at the point directly under it, at intervals of a few minutes.
His observations, recorded in detail in the observing book, are as

follows :

Record of December 7, 1900.

Th. = thread ; P. A. = position angle.
1900.

Dec. 7, i6h. 15m. Projection over Sinus Sabaeus; P. A. tang, to terminator
183O.2
22m. Projection continues (sketch). Height = % Th.
24m. P. A. terminator tang. 1 850.5.
26m. P.A. terminator tang. 1840.3.
30m. Projection continues; %y2 to j^ Th. in height.
34^m. P.A. terminator tang. 182O.4.
37^m. Ht. I Th. ; no other irregularities on terminator.
39m. P.A. 182C.0.
41m. P.A. 184O.7.

1901.] LOWELL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. 169

Dec. 7, i6h. 4214m. Rather bright en terminator near north cap at P. A. 2383.0.
44m. Projection continues ; terminator otherwise regular.
46m. P.A. 183O.8.
51m. (After spell of seeing o) projection then of this form:

(sketch). Height 1^ Th.

P.A. 183O.9.
55m. Projection there ; flatter?
59m. Projection there; flatter?
17I1. 6m. Projection there (after spell bad seeing) (sketch) ; possible

separation. Height \l/z Th.

P.A. i860. 2.
19m. Think projection is very small; at times thought it gone.

Now Ys Th. (sketch).
22m. Projection certainly there ; I get this form : (sketch) Sinus

Sibaeus ? Very low, say *^ Th.

P.A. 185C.3.
30m. Think the projection has gone or else it is very slight ; if it

is there its P.A is 186O.0.
35m. Projection undoubtedly gone.

8. On the next night he found the terminator perfectly regular
until 15I1. 44m. S. M. T., when he recorded: Terminator regular,
but suspicious white N. of Icarium Mare. Icarium Mare is a name
given to the dark marking running lrom the forks of the Sabaeus
Sinus to the Hammonis Cornu, and formerly included under the
general designation of the Sabaeus Sinus. Four minutes later he
noted : Projection just started N. of Icarium Mare. There then
followed an almost exact repetition of the previous night's expe-
riences, as will be seen from the transcript of the observations.

Record of December 8, 1900.

Th. = thread ; P.A. = position angle.
1900.

Dec. 8. I5h. 44m. Terminator regular, but a suspicious white N. of Icarium
Mare.
48m. Projection just started N. of Icarium Marc.
. 50m. At P.A. 186O.3. Ht % Th.

All, so far, was with eyepiece .89.
I now put in ^ ep.
58m. Projection more conspicuous. Ht. % Th.
P.A. 184O.8.
i6h. 02^m. Projection. Ht. % Th. shows more easily in this ep. than .89.
16m. Projection at P.A. i87°.7 ; seeing good for limb and termi-
nator.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC XL. 167. L. PRINTED FEB. 10, 1902.

170 LOWELL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. [Dec. 6,

Dec. 8, l6h. 20m. The projection looks separated from term.; seeing not good

enough to assume this (sketch).
25m. Projection looks separated in good seeing. Ht. \]/2 Th.,

and half of this is separated (sketch).

P. A. 188O.1.
34m. Projection P.A. 1870.0; in yz inch; seeing poor.
44m. Projection probably there at

P.A. 1870.7, and of this form (sketch) and faint; seeing

is constantly too poor to judge well.
47m. Projection; think it is there as described. The terminator

has been otherwise regular at all observations.
50m. Seeing 1-2. Think projection is there, low and faint, and

also a whitish region on adjoining disk.

9. On reducing and comparing the observations of the two nights,
it appears at once that they do not refer to the same point or points
upon the planet. On the first night, at the time of the appearance
of the projection, the longitude of the centre of the disk was 260, at
the time of its disappearance 440, while on the next evening the
longitudes were respectively io° and 25 °. Not only were the two
positions not the same, but they were separated from one another
by at least sixteen degrees of longitude.

10. On looking up the records of the first night, it appears that the
planet, previous to the detection of the projection, was under con-
tinuous observation from i4h. 10m. to 15b. 45m. S. M. T., or from
the time the longitude of the centre was 3550 to the time it was 180
During this interval there are two specific records that the terminator
was free from irregularity, one at 14I1. 31m., the other at 14b. 45m. :
and from the nature of the observations it is presumable that any
projection occurring in the interval would not have escaped notice.
We may then fairly infer that the projection seen on December 8
did not exist in that position on December 7.

11. On December 8 observations ceased at 16I1. 50m., but on the
1 2th of the month the terminator was carefully scrutinized from
longitude centre 2980 to longitude centre 130 at intervals, such that
no projection of the duration of those of the 7th and 8th could have
passed it without being seen. No irregularity was detected. The
projection of December 8, therefore, did not exist in situ on
the 12th.

12. Furthermore, when the rotations of the planet and the Earth
brought the two bodies again into corresponding positions at corre-
sponding hours on January 12, the terminator was scanned by Mr.
Douglass from 13b. 48m. to 15I1. 35m., or from longitude centre 150

1901.] LOWELL— SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. 171

to longitude centre 41 °, without revealing any irregularity. The
phase loss was then 270, as against 360 in December. So that nine
degrees should be deducted from these figures to make them com-
parable. It thus appears that on this date both projections should
have been visible, one after the other, had they still existed. Neither
was seen. Nor was any projection seen at any other time during
the opposition. Permanences like mountains, therefore, could not
have caused them without doing violence to the observations.

From the impermanency of place of the projections it is clear
that they could not have been fixed to the planet's surface — that is,
they could not have been mountains. We are left, therefore, with
the alternative that they were a something floating in the planet's
air capable of reflecting light, or in other words clouds. Secondly,
from the similarity of their appearances, we infer that they were
the same clouds which had shifted their position during the twenty-
four hours that elapsed between their apparitions. They may, of
course, have been wholly distinct condensations of vapor which
happened to agree in behavior. The probability of this we shall
now investigate by considering the phenomena more in detail.

13. It is necessary to begin by determining their height, for it
will be found that this height enters as a function into the equations
of position. If we call

d— the perpendicular distance of the tip of the projection from
the terminator ;

P — P. A. = <p = angle between the tangent to the terminator and
the axis of rotation ;

E = the angle of the phase ;

A = the phase latitude, that is the latitude reckoned from the
phase equator ;

a = the radius of the disk in seconds of arc ;

a0 = the radius of the planet in miles ;

#:=the angle subtended at the centre of the disk between the
tip of the projection and the point on the terminator at the same
phase latitude,
we shall have

d

tan x = -

cos 6 sin M. a. cos A

and h = height will be

h = sec x — 1. a0 cos 2A

Performing the numerical operations, we find for the height on

December 7,

h = 1 3.4 miles.

172

LOWELL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS.

[Dec. 6r

and on December 8,

h = 13.6 miles.

14. For the calculation of position we proceed ^as follows

4%*

Let 6 = angle which the line from the centre of the phase ellipse
to the point upon the terminator perpendicularly under the projec-
tion makes with the minor axis of that ellipse. Let r = distance
from the centre of the disk to this point. The minor axis has for
value r cos £, the major axis being r. By a property of the ellipse
we have

a2

tan 8 =_ tan <j> = sec2 E tan <f>

1901.] LOWELL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. 173

from which we find 0. To find r we have from the equation of the
ellipse

sin2 6 4- cos2

from which, knowing 0, the value of r follows.

The distance / from the centre to the tip of the projection may
now be got by solving the plane triangle whose sides are d, rand /.
For d is given, r is now known and the angle included between
them is i8o° — % where

x — Q — <t>
and this also is known.

/ would give us the projected place upon the visible disk of the
tip of the projection, if the projection were on the surface of the
planetary sphere. As it is in reality raised above it, we must apply
a correction depending upon the height of the projection. It is
for this reason that the height must first have been found. Perhaps
the neatest way is the one adopted by Mr. Manson, who performed
the numerical computations, that of simple projection, which gives

/, =

h

Knowing t and also the angle in the plane triangle opposite the
side d, which we may call D, we have a spherical triangle for the
determination of the latitude and longitude of the point on the
sphere directly under the projection. In this triangle we know the
side t, whose value in angular measure is cos t ; the side (90?/?),
which is the angle between the pole of the planet and the centre of
the disk ; and the angle between the two, which is

C== 900 _ ( Q — 2700 _ P) _j_ e— D
= P—QJr0 — D

where P and Q have the meanings.of Crommelin's ephemeris for
the planet.

We then have the latitude, /lt from

cos /j = cos tx sin B -j- sin tx cos B cos C

and the longitude, I, from

sin (/I — Xx sin tx
sin C sin 7j

174 LOWELL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. [Dec. 6,

The results are :

Projection December 7, 1900.

Table I.

Date.

Dec. 7

h.

m.

/M.

d.

Lat.

Long.

16

15

183O.2

i/£ thread

—4°- 7

3330-1

17

06

i860. 2

l*/z "

-30.6

339°-4

17

19

i860. 1

lA "

-iO,5

347°-4

17

30

i860

0 «

— iO.o

35l0-4

Lat.

Long.

-1O.9

3lS°-2

— 1O.4

S^-S

-0O.8

328O.5

and for

Projection December 8, 1900.

Table II.
Date. h. m. P. A. d.

Dec. 8 15 50 186O.3 ^thread

16 25 188O.1 \y2 «

16 44 187O.1 y2 «

15. The numerical value of d was got as follows: Mr. Douglass'
micrometric measures of the spider's thread were obtained by
moving the movable thread from contact on the one side of the
stationary thread to contact on the other. This gave o".2 2 for
the width of a thread.

In the estimating of the distance d the thread was placed against
the background of the disk. As a measure of width it was there-
fore its true width less the irradiation into it from both sides. The
value of this irradiation was determined by the following device
which occurred to me, and which if accurately made should give
the irradiation absolutely. From the point of contact the thread is
moved till the bright background seems equal to the width of the
thread. We then have the following equation, in which

a = width of thread.

b = width moved from contact to one apparent thread apart.
a~ = the irradiation.
a — 2.x = b -\- 2.x.

or

a — /'

4
b proved =0". 14

whence the effective width of the thread was o".i8.

The P.A.'s used were got either directly or by plotting all the
P.A.'s taken and then drawing the centre of gravity line between
them.

1901.] LOWKLL — SUPPOSED SIGNALS FROM MARS. 175

1 6. The first thing that appears from the tables is that the observa-
tions cannot be satisfied by the supposition of one cloud alone on
either day. It is necessary-to suppose two on each occasion, a high
cloud followed by a much lower one. The height of the lower
cloud was about three to four miles, and it lay to the west and
north of the main one.

The eastward end of the main cloud on December 7 was in lati-
tude 40. 7, longitude 3330 ; its westward end in latitude 3°.6, longi-
tude 3390. So that the cloud either stretched this distance or
moved over it in the interval. From the great speed required it is
unlikely that the cloud actually travelled this distance in this time.
If translation took place at all, it was probably the translation of
propagation. But, from the phenomena of the next night, it would
seem more likely that the cloud really stretched over 6°, or 220
miles. Its breadth was j4 thread or o".oq, which is forty-five
miles.

The dimensions of the subsidiary cloud, or subsidiary portion of
the main cloud, are much more conjectural. It would seem to have
been of about the same extent as the main body.

On December 8 the main cloud was slightly less long but broader
than it had been on the preceding night ; the subsidiary patch was
not much changed. But both clouds had in the interval drifted
1 70 to the eastward and 30 or so to the north. Whether, therefore,
the clouds were being propagated or not in a west-by-north direc-
tion each night, it would seem that either they or the stratum of
air which generated them was drifting east by north at the rate of
1 70 -f- in twenty-three and a half hours, or at the rate of twenty-
seven miles an hour.

17. Looking back now, with this motion in mind, in the records
of the 1 2th December, § 1 r, we find that the place the clouds should
have occupied on that date (longitude centre 3020 — 31 70), if the
same translation had been kept up, was under careful observation
for such phenomena and nothing whatever was seen. Indeed, so
comprehensive in extent were the observations, that any less speed
of translation should also have caused the clouds to fall within the
limits of inspection, and even a somewhat greater speed should
have done so too.

On the 13th the place they should have reached was scrutinized.
The observations covered from longitude centre 2800 to 2080.
Nothing showed. The same was done on the 15th, longitude
centre 2 76°-285°.

176 MINUTES. [Dec. 20, 1901.

We may conclude, I think, that the cloud formation had dissi-
pated at some time between the 8th and the 12th.

18. The season of the martian year at which these clouds occur-
red is of interest. On December 7, 1901, it was April 26 in the
northern hemisphere of Mars. The suri had gone north of the
equator and was then overhead on the fourteenth parallel of latitude.
The heat equator was a little behind it. Apparently then a current
bearing the clouds was setting toward the heat equator from within
the tropics to the south, where the season corresponded to the end
of October. This current was deflected some eighty degrees to
the east, and became an east-by-north wind.

19. Its origin may have been local. A little to the south of where
the cloud first appeared lies the long east-and-west stretch of the
Sabaeus Sinus or Icarium Mare. Now the form of the cloud was
of the same general shape — a cloud stretching east and west five
times as far as it did north and south. The Icarium Mare is
undoubtedly a great tract of vegetation, where moisture would be
held and whence it could accordingly be given off. Arising there,
either from seasonal or temporal cause, the vapor would gather into
a cloud and proceed to float away over the desert regions to the
north. If this, then, is what happened in the case before us, we
may conceive the cloud as having been generated on the 6th of
December over the Icarium Mare, rising to a height of thirteen
miles, and then traveling east by north at about twenty-seven miles
an hour off into the desert of Aeria, there to dissipate after an
existence of three or four days. That it was a phenomenon of
capricious not of regular production is shown by its not having
been repeated — that is, it partook of the subtle unpredicability of
cloud.

Stated Meeting, December 20, 1901.

Vice-President Sellers in the Chair.

Present, 30 members.

Mr. C. Stuart Patterson read a memoir of the late Hon.
Frederick Fraley, LL.D., President of the Society.

The meeting was adjourned by the presiding officei.

OBITUARY NOTICES OF MEMBERS DECEASED.
FREDERICK FRALEY, LL.D.,

PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY.

{Read December 20, 1901.)

Frederick Fraley, the fifteenth President of the American Philo-
sophical Society, died on the 23d day of September, 190 1, in the
ninety-eighth year of his age. He had been an active member of
the Society for more than fifty-nine years. After long service as a
Secretary and as a Vice-President, he, on 2d January, 1880, re-
ceived the merited honor of an election to the Presidency, and for
more than twenty- one years he administered that office of great
distinction, as he performed every duty, with fidelity and ability.

He brought to the discharge of his many duties a wide acquaint-
ance with books, with men, and with affairs. *

He was always, and to the very end, a student and an omnivorous
reader. To paraphrase a famous saying, nothing was too great for
his care and nothing too trivial for his attention. He mastered the
political, the economic, and the industrial history of his country.
He made himself profoundly learned in everything that could
possibly have relation to the national finances, and he became a
reservoir of accurate and thorough information as to the loans and
the currency of the United States. He kept himself in touch with
the scientific progress of the nineteenth century. He read not only
many of the best books of his time, but he also from time to time
found, as many other men have found, mental rest and recreation
in works of fiction, old and new. And with it all, he never failed
to hear the news of the day and to feel and express a lively interest
in everything of real importance that went on in the world.

Mr. Fraley was a member of the Committee of Arrangements for
the Society's Centennial Celebration of 1843. On 19th October,
1877, he read before the Society a brief but comprehensive and
sympathetic biographical notice of his brother-in-law, John C.
Cresson. On 15th March, 1880, he presided upon the occasion of
the Centennial Anniversary of the Incorporation of the Society,
and he then delivered an address, in which he fittingly described

il OBITUARY NOTICES.

the services to the Society which had been severally performed by
each of his fourteen predecessors in the Presidency, with all of
whom, excepting the first three, he had been personally acquainted,
and with the last six of whom he had been upon terms of intimate
friendship. On 3d November, 1882, he contributed to the Society's
Proceedings a minute upon the Bi-Centennial Celebration of that
year. On 21st November, 1889, he presided over the Society's
commemoration of the Centennial Anniversary of the occupation
of its present hall, and he delivered an instructive address, in which
he briefly commented upon the most important points in the history
of the Society. On 17th April, 1890, on the occasion of the Cen-
tennial Anniversary of the death of Benjamin Franklin, he eulo-
gized the illustrious founder of the Society. On 23d May, 1893,
the one hundred and fiftieth Anniversary of the Founding of the
Society, Mr. Fraley presided and delivered graceful speeches wel-
coming the guests of the Society.

Mr. Fraley attended the meetings of the Society with, as he said,
"reasonable regularity" until, in his later years, physical infirmi-
ties deprived him of that pleasure. He had, from the time of his
admittance to the Society, a pride in its history and achievements,
a full appreciation of its lofty purposes, and a confident hope that
it will, as he expressed it in his speech of 1889, " Rouse itself up
with energy to the work that is demanded of it at the present time
and use the means and the influence that it has, and the power that
it ought to exercise, in the community for the promoting of every-
thing connected with usefulness to man — everything that will tend
to improve his moral and intellectual character, and everything
that will enable him to rise with higher appreciation to what is
good."

Mr. Fraley said, in his address of 1889, "If I have had any
useful career in life, I owe much to what I have learned in the
Franklin Institute and in the American Philosophical Society."
In his earlier years his participation in the proceedings of the
Franklin Institute gave him a love of study and an interest in the
scientific and industrial progress of the world. In the years of his
maturity his mind w broadened by his association with the men
who then constituted the membership of this Society, and with
them he learned to "love truth for truth's sake."

Mr. Fraley was for eighty years an active man of business.
After a preliminary training in a store, he was for fourteen years a

OBITUARY NOTICES. Hi

partner in a mercantile firm. He was for seven years the Secretary
of the American Fire Insurance Company. He was for twenty-
three years the President of the Schuylkill Navigation Company,
which during that period operated its canals as successfully as could
be in the face of active and increasing railroad competition. He
was, during the years of preparation, the brief six months of exhi-
bition, and the subsequent years of liquidation, the Treasurer of the
Centennial Board of Finance, and as such he was the custodian
and disburser of the many millions of dollars which were received
and expended in the successful conduct of the great Exhibition of
1876. For the last twenty-three years of his life he was the Presi-
dent of the Western Saving Fund Society, and during the years of
his wise administration the deposits of that Society grew from less
than three millions of dollars to almost sixteen millions of dollars
and its assets increased in a larger proportion.

Mr. Fraley possessed in a high degree the qualifications that are
desirable in the official head of a corporation that has charged
itself with the duty of keeping safely the moneys of its depositors,
and which does not have shareholders for whom dividends are to
be made. He had an ever-present conscientious sense of duty to
those to whom the corporation stands in a fiduciary relation. He
had that conservative temperament which indisposed him to risk
anything in a doubtful investment, however tempting its promises
of profits. While during his later years he may sometimes have
seemed to be too cautious, it was, if an error, certainly an error
upon the right side. He knew thoroughly the history and the
principles of the science of finance. He could weigh with dis-
criminating judgment the reasons for or against any particular course
of action. He could say "No," pleasantly but firmly. Down to
the last day of his active business life, and that was as recently as
the tenth day of the May preceding his death, he could not only,
as is usual with very old people, remember the events of long ago,
but he could report accurately and in detail discussions and con-
clusions of recent days. He was especially remarkable in a diffi-
cult exercise of memory, in that he was accustomed to calculate by
mental arithmetic the annual yield of an investment bought at a
premium and with a postponed maturity. For the accomplishment
of that result men of a less mathematical turn of mind, and with a
weaker memory, habitually use printed tables prepared for that pur-
pose. Mr. Fraley had early in life formed the habit of precise and

IV OBITUARY NOTICES.

accurate statement, and he never, to the knowledge of those who were
closely associated with him, made a mistake in mentioning a name
or a figure. This too must be said : Mr. Fraley was to his subordi-
nates the most delightful of chiefs. He was uniformly courteous
and considerate under circumstances pleasant or trying, and he was
always anxious to give to any one who served under his command
more than full credit for whatever was done.

But neither the daily work of business, nor the delights of liter-
ature, nor active participation in the duties and the pleasures of
this Society could sufficiently absorb Mr. Fraley's energies. In
1824 Mr. Fraley was one of the founders of the Franklin Institute,
and for seventy-seven years he was an active member of that
Society of world-wide reputation and distinguished achievements,
whose doors have been always open to receive students of science
and the useful arts. In 1853 Mr. Fraley took his seat as a Trustee
of the University ot Pennsylvania, and during his forty-eight years
of service that great institution of learning has, by reason of the
earnest efforts of its successive Provosts, Trustees, and instructors, the
loyal support of its Alumni, and the generous gifts of money by the
broad-minded men and women who have written their names upon
the roll of the benefactors of the University, become the centre of
the intellectual life of Philadelphia and one of the foremost colleges
of the country.

Dr. William Pepper, to whom this Society and the University
owe debts which never can be paid, said of Mr. Fraley, that during
more than forty years " he had been prominently engaged in all
the efforts which had brought the University to the prosperous and
powerful position she now commands. He enjoyed in a rare degree
the love and confidence of Trustees and Faculties, and no language
could convey an adequate sense of the value of his benignant influ-
ence, of his universal charity, of his wise counsels, and of his con-
stant loyal co-operation. I am confident the University never had
a truer friend, nor a more faithful and unselfish servant."

Mr. Fraley was in 1833 a founder, and for sixty-eight years a
member, for sixty-seven years a Director, and for fourteen years the
President of the Philadelphia Board of Trade, which, under his
leadership, has devoted itself to the improvement of facilities for
transportation by land and water, to the increase of commerce, to
the growth of manufactures, to the maintenance of a solid financial

OBITUARY NOTICES. V

system, and, in Mr. Fraley's words, to "the development of those
impersonal interests that make the prosperity of a great city."

Upon the formation, in 1868, of the National Board of Trade
as a federation of all the commercial organizations of the country,
Mr. Frale> was chosen as its President, and for thirty-three years
he was successively re-elected to that high office by the unanimous
action of delegates coming from every part of the country, and
bound to him by no tie other than a just appreciation of his char-
acter, ability, and impartiality.

In all of the many bodies, corporate or voluntary, public, busi- *
ness, or social, over which Mr. Fraley presided, or in whose delib-
erations he actively participated, for so many years and to the end,
he was a forceful leader, for he always had clear and decided views
upon all questions which came to be considered, he had the courage
and the ability to give to those views adequate expression, and he
had the tact and equability of temper which enabled him not only
to persuade but also to convince.

He was an exceptionally well-qualified presiding officer. He had
a thorough knowledge of parliamentary law and practice and an
unusual readiness in the application of his knowledge. He was
instinctively fair-minded, and, therefore, he was always impartial.
He had an unrivaled facility of felicitous expression, and, to those
who could appreciate him, it was an intellectual pleasure to listen
to the graceful speeches which he was, from time to time, accus-
tomed to address to the Societies and Boards over which he pre-
sided.

He had a strong sense of public, as well as of private, duty, and
he had no sympathy with that spirit of destructive criticism which
contents itself with deploring the existence of evils which it does
not try to mend.

He held public office, and he achieved results in State and muni-
cipal politics, without sacrifice of independence or loss of self-
respect. In 1839 he was a member of the National Convention of
the Whig Party, which nominated William Henry Harrison for
election as President of the United States. From 1834 to 1837 he
sat in the Common Council of the old City of Philadelphia.
From 1837 to 1840 he served with credit in the Senate at Harris-
burg. In 1834 he successfully accomplished, against the opposition
of the most respectable conservatism of the leading citizens of that
day, the introduction of street and house lighting by gas, and his

VI OBITUARY NOTICES.

was the financial plan which made possible at that time the con-
struction and operation of the municipal gas works. In 1853, 1854
and 1855 he actively participated in the popular efforts to secure
the consolidation of the city, and his is the plan of municipal
financing and accounting which is now in force, unchanged by
later legislation, and largely effective to-day in the high credit of
the city loans.

His was the plan under which Girard College was successfully
administered as a school for orphans before the organization of the
' Board of City Trusts.

When in 1861 the existence of the Government of the United
States and the permanency of free institutions were threatened by
' an armed insurrection, Mr. Fraley saw clearly the duty of the
citizen, and he voiced the sentiments of that loyalty which put
country above party in words which are worthy of lasting record.
On 30th November, 1861, he published a letter, in which he said :

"I have both publicly and privately expressed the following
opinions hitherto, and have so far seen no cause for changing them.

" First — That it is the duty of every one, with head, heart, hand
and purse, to aid the general Government in putting down the
rebellion, and in reducing to obedience to the Constitution and
laws of the United States those who are in arms against the sov-
ereign authority of the Union. That aid is to be cordially given,
with a proper confidence that those who have been entrusted by the
American people with the responsibilities of power will honestly
and faithfully execute the high trusts committed to them.

" Second — That we are not engaged in a war for the prevalence
of any peculiar set of political opinions, but one which is to deter-
mine by its results whether we have a National Government, bind-
ing in absolute, supreme and complete sovereignty over individuals
and States for every object defined in the Constitution of the
United States, or whether the nation is to be broken up by every
accidental majority that may place State Legislatures in the power
of traitors or fanatics.

" Third — That, having by the Constitution and various com-
promise laws given to the institution of slavery every protection
hitherto which it could legitimately claim, and having failed thereby
to avoid an appeal to a power outside of the Constitution (the
appeal to arms made by the traitors of the South), it is now our
duty so to deal with the slave question that it shall no longer

OBITUARY NOTICES. Vll

jeopard the peace, happiness and prosperity of the people of the
United States, and that the thoughts of every patriot should be
turned to measures for the gradual abolition of slavery, by compo-
sitions with loyal citizens of the South for the freedom of all
persons born after a certain day, and by the speedier method of
immediate freedom, with properly guarded and limited political
and social rights, for the slaves of all who may continue in treason
and rebellion."

Those of us who were living at that time and who remember the
conflict of opinion in Philadelphia between the supporters and the
opponents of the Government, and the strong personal and social
influences which were arrayed in this city against a vigorous prose-
cution of the war, will fully appreciate the force of Mr. Fraley's
frank declaration and will regard it as both patriotic and states-
manlike.

It is but right to add in this connection that no one more fully
than Mr. Fraley rejoiced in later years that the wounds of war had
been healed and that North and South were united under one flag
in the full enjoyment of a common prosperity.

Animated by the sentiments to which he had given such clear
expression, Mr. Fraley as a private citizen loyally supported the
Government in all its efforts to raise men and secure money for the
suppression of the insurrection, and his only regret was that his
years forbade him to serve as a soldier in the field. In furtherance
of his patriotic purposes he became one of the founders of the
Union League, and he labored earnestly for the success of the Sani-
tary Commission Fair of 1864.

So long as the relative rates and costs of production of gold and
silver preserved an approximate stability in the market prices of the
metals Mr. Fraley, as a scientific bimetallist, advocated the double
or alternating standard of value ; but when the conditions changed,
no one more clearly than he saw that to admit silver to free coin-
age would result in silver monometallism, and would inevitably be
followed by national repudiation and individual bankruptcies. He,
therefore, vigorously opposed the silver legislation of 1878 and
1890, and in 1891 he appeared as a representative of the Philadel-
phia Board of Trade before the Coinage Committee of the House of
Representatives and, as the report of the Board of Trade for that
year states, " going over the history of the coinage laws of the
United States, from the beginning of the nation down to that

Vlll OBITUARY NOTICES.

time, and giving a clear exposition of the laws of trade in relation
to the action and influences of the coinage of the precious metals
under the different ratios of silver to gold, he argued that inevi-
table danger and disaster would ensue should the bill pass author-
izing the free and unlimited coinage of the silver of the whole
world at the artificial standard contemplated." The result was
that "the Coinage Committee, on February 20th, reported the
Free Coinage bill to the Hcfuse with an adverse recommendation."

One of Mr. Fraley's audience upon that occasion, Mr. William
V. McKean, for so many years the honored Editor-in-Chief of the
Philadelphia Public Ledger, and by reason of his knowledge of the
financial history of the country and his trained intelligence a most
competent critic of such a performance, has recently said of Mr.
Fraley's speech that it covered the whole history of the silver coin-
age from the beginning of the Government to the date of its de-
livery, that it omitted nothing historically or inferentially which
could elucidate the subject, and that spoken as it was by a man
then eighty -seven years of age, without reference to a paper or a
note, and compressed and clear, it was, in its character and in its
effect upon its hearers, nothing less than marvelous.

In the memorable national campaign of 1896 Mr. Fraley assisted
by his wise counsel in the educational and other efforts of the
Sound Money League of Pennsylvania.

Mr. Fraley had throughout his life an exceptional facility in
attracting and attaching friends to himself. To mention all of
those with whom during his life he was on terms of intimate friend-
ship would be to give the names of not only the best citizens of
Philadelphia, but also the names of many distinguished men from
every part of our country for the last seventy years. He drew all
these men to himself by his kindness of heart, his unfailing cour-
tesy, his sincerity, his wide and varied information and his keen
sense of humor.

It is deeply to be regretted that he never committed to writing
the reminiscences of men and of affairs with which he was accus-
tomed to interest those who were fortunate enough to be admitted
into intimate intercourse with him.

Mr. Fraley never undervalued the uses or the advantages of
wealth, yet he did not care for wealth for its own sake, and he
thought that there were other things in life better worth having,
such as the truth, the steadfastness, the unselfishness, the charity
and the peace of conscience that go to the making of and accompany

OBITUARY NOTICES. IX

a fine character, and, having these better things, he had no cause
to envy people who have wealth and nothing more.

In the later years of his life Mr. Fraley had to endure the physi-
cal infirmities of old age in diminished powers of locomotion and
in defective eyesight, amounting almost to blindness. He bore his
trials patiently and bravely, and he was spared the more distressing
infirmities of old age, for he retained his clearness of mind to the
last hour of his conscious existence.

It is not surprising that Mr. Fraley should have lived to years far
beyond the period of the life of most men, for he inherited from
his sturdy ancestry a vigorous constitution, he led a regular and
a temperate life, without excesses and without undue restraint upon
enjoyment, he never gave way to anger or to vain repinings, and he
was uniformly cheerful and hopeful.

Mr. Fraley was born in the last year of President Jefferson's first
administration and he died after President Roosevelt had succeeded
to office. During his lifetime the railway, the steamship, the tele-
graph, and the telephone have revolutionized civilized existence ;
villages have grown to be great cities ; our country has survived
the shock of foreign and of civil war ; its States, which had been
separated by distance and by time, and which had been united
only in name, have been welded into a nation which is to-day one
of the great empires of the world. In other countries ruler after
ruler has ascended the throne and has in his turn passed away ;
frontiers of kingdoms have been obliterated and new frontiers
created ; and the map of Europe, of Asia, and of Africa has been
changed again and again.

To have lived through the period when these momentous events
were happening, and after ninety-seven years to have died in the
unimpaired enjoyment of his mental faculties, would have made
any man remarkable ; but Frederick Fraley, as he was known to the
men who were closest to him, was remarkable not only because of
his long life and not only because of the century, through almost
the whole of which he had lived, but also and chiefly because of
his varied knowledge, his power of expression, his steadfastness of
purpose, and his many attractive qualities.

It can be said of Frederick Fraley, as of few men, that he never
shrank from the performance of any duty, that he was faithful to
every trust, that his continued living was a pleasure and his death

a personal loss to all who knew him.

C. Stuart Patterson.

OBITUARY NOTICES.

FREDERICK AUGUSTUS GENTH.
{Read December 6, 1901.)

One of the sciences in which this country has made itself dis-
tinguished, especially upon the chemical side, is the science of
mineralogy. In proof of this it is necessary only to mention the
names of Dana, of Lawrence Smith, of Sterry Hunt, of Brush, of
Shepard, of Cooke and of Genth. Among these eminent men,
perhaps none of them devoted himself with more assiduity to this
science than did our late colleague, Prof. Dr. Genth.

Friedrich August Ludwig Karl Wilhelm Genth was born in the
village of Waechtersbach, in Hesse, on May 17, 1820. On his
father's side, his family was 2hi old Hesse-Nassau family, most of
whom resided in the vicinity of Wiesbaden. His father was Georg
Friedrich Genth, High Forester to Prince Issenbourg, and his
mother was Karoline Amalie Genth, her maiden name having been
Freyin von Schwarzenau. Her family lived in Darmstadt.

From his earliest days young Genth was taught by his father to
take an interest in the phenomena of nature*; whereby his powers
of observation became developed and his enthusiasm awakened in
the natural sciences, especially in botany, mineralogy and geology.
He entered the Hanau Gymnasium at the age of sixteen, this insti-
tution being then under the direction of Dr. Schuppius. There he
remained for three years, graduating on the 26th of September,
1839, fully prepared for his university course. On the nth of
November following, he matriculated at the University of Heidel-
berg, and came under the instruction of Gmelin in chemistry,
Bischoffin botany, and Blum and Leonhard in geography, geology
and mineralogy, these being the sciences to which he had already
paid some attention. Owing to the pressure of family matters he
left Heidelberg in August, 1841, and in the following November
became a student in the University of Giessen, devoting himself
mainly to chemistry and studying under Fresenius and Kopp, and
particularly of Liebig. Ill health, however, compelled him to leave
Giessen in April, 1843. Subsequently, in May, 1844, he entered

FREDERICK AUGUSTUS GENTH.

OBITUARY NOTICES. >tl

the University of Marburg, studying chemistry under Bunsen and
physics under Gerling. In January, 1845, ne presented his disser-
tation to the Faculty and was graduated with the degree of Philo-
sophiae Doctor. The subject of this thesis was: " Beitrage zur
Kenntniss des Kupferschieferhutten-processen, erlautert durch die
Untersuchung der auf der Friedrichshiitte bei Riechelsdorf gewon-
nenen Producte." Shortly afterward he became Chemical Assistant
to Prof. Bunsen, and was subsequently appointed a Privat-Docent in
the University. He held this position for about three years, resign-
ing it in the spring of 1848. In the summer of that year he sailed for
Baltimore, and soon after his arrival there he went to Philadelphia,
where he established one of the earliest analytical laboratories in
America. In the fall of 1849 he received an offer of the position
of Superintendent of the Washington (now Silver Hill) mine, in
Davidson county, North Carolina. This offer he accepted, giving
up his laboratory in Philadelphia and removing in October to
Davidson county. Here he remained until August, 1850, when he
resigned this position and returned again to Philadelphia, where he
reopened his analytical laboratory and devoted himself to research,
to commercial analysis and to the instruction of special students in
chemistry. It was in this laboratory that the chief part of his
admirable work on the ammonia-cobalt bases, as well as the earlier
portions of his mineralogical investigations, was done. This work
of research attracted general attention, and in 1872, upon the
death of Prof. Wetherill, he was tendered the Professorship of
Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania, then just entering
upon the new era of prosperity consequent upon its removal to West
Philadelphia. This position he at first declined because of the
pecuniary sacrifice which it involved ; but subsequently he accepted
it with the understanding that his private work might still be car-
ried on. He continued to hold his chair, with credit to himself
and satisfaction to his colleagues, until the fall of 1888, when he
severed his connection with the University and for the third time
returned to his private research laboratory and to his professional
work.

The earliest scientific paper published by Dr. Genth appeared in
Leonhard a?id Bronri 's Jahrbuch for 1842. It was entitled " Bin-
nenconchylien lebender Arten im Kalktuff von Ahlersbach," and
shows the influence not only of his father's early training in the
natural sciences, but also of that of Leonhard, with whom he

Xll OBITUARY NOTICES.

studied geology in Heidelberg. A second geological paper
appeared during the same year with the title " Alter verschiedener
Zechsteine;" and in 1848 he published two similar papers in the
Jahrbuch, entitled respectively " Eocene Schichten mit Beschrei-
bung der Petrifacten " and " Miocene Geognosie des Mainzer
Beckens."

It was in Giessen, however, under the influence of Liebig, and
particularly in Marburg, where he studied with Bunsen, that Dr.
Genth's mind received its strong bias in the direction of chem-
istry. Even in 1845, before taking his Doctor's degree, he pub-
lished papers on " Prehnite, a Pseudomorph after Analcime;" on
" Chemical Examination of Masopin, a new Gum-resin," and on
"The Analysis of Various Refined Coppers." Two manuals by
him — one a "Tabular Review of the More Important Reactions of
Bases," and the other a similar work en the Acids — appeared soon
after his graduation.

The purely chemical papers of Dr. Genth number in all thirty-
one. In a letter to Liebig in 1845, an(* published in the Annalen,
he called attention to an allotropic modification of nickelous oxide,
occurring in the form of small, almost microscopic crystals, grayish-
black in color, and having the form of regular octahedrons, on certain
disks of refined copper from Riechelsdorf. In 1853 ne discovered
the corresponding compound of cobalt, which closely resembled it.

In Liebig s Annalen for 1848, Dr. Genth published a paper giving
analyses of lavas from Hecla, which had been collected by Bunsen
during his visit to Iceland. Four of these lavas were examined,
those from Thjorsa, Hals and Efrahvolshraun and that of the erup-
tion of 1845. In tne nrst of these he found his first new mineral,
which he named Thjorsaite.* The author concludes: (1) That
these lavas differ from those of Vesuvius and Etna in that they are
insoluble in hydrochloric acid, containing no material gelatinizing
with this acid ; (2) that the essential constituent in them has the
same composition as wichtisite ; and (3) that any differences in
composition between them are due to the admixture of thjorsaite,
chrysolite, orthoclase (?) and magnetite.

In Erdmanri1 's Journal filr praktische Chemie for 1846 appeared
an elaborate paper by Dr. Genth on a " Chemical Exam-
ination of the Products obtained in the Metallurgy of Copper
Schists." The Friedrichs plant at Riechelsdorf was especially

* Subsequently shown to be Anorthite.

OBITUARY NOTICES. Xlll

studied and its products were analyzed. This paper covers forty-
eight pages and is substantially his inaugural dissertation at Mar-
burg. The immediate occasion of this investigation was the send-
ing to Prof. Bunsen for analysis of various samples of refined
copper from Sweden and Norway, together with two samples from
the Riechelsdorf works ; the whole coming from the Kurfurstliche
Ober-berg und Salzwerke-Direction of Cassel. The examination of
these coppers was turned over to Dr. Genth, and his paper is
divided into six sections. The first describes the processes in use
at Riechelsdorf, the second gives the analytical methods used, the
third considers the products examined with their physical proper-
ties and chemical composition, the fourth gives the analysis of other
coppers for comparison, the fifth the same in tabular form and the
sixth states some chemico-technological conclusions. The value of
this research was recognized by a letter of thanks from the Direc-
tion. It resulted in some material changes in the processes
employed at the Friedrichs works.

In December, 1852, Dr. Genth read before the Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences a paper on a supposed new element which he had de-
tected in certain small white grains associated with iridosmine and
platinum from California. On treatment with hydrochloric acid,
two of the metallic particles were observed to evolve hydrogen. On
removing them from the liquid, they were seen under a magnifier to
be mixed with gold. In color they were between tin white and steel,
were malleable, but harder than tin and were soluble in nitric acid,
yielding a crystalline salt. With hydrogen sulphide the solution
gave a brown precipitate. Before the blowpipe on charcoal the
metal fused readily, but soon became covered with a black oxide.
It gave no incrustation. With borax in the outer flame it dissolved,
giving a colorless bead which became opalescent on cooling.
Though resembling tin, the new metal is distinguished from it by
its complete solubility in nitric acid, by the brown precipitate
with hydrogen sulphide and by.the absence of a white incrustation
before the blowpipe.

The chemical investigation, however, by which Dr. Genth is
most widely known is undoubtedly that made on the ammonia-
cobalt bases. His original memoir on this subject was published in
Philadelphia in 185 1 in Keller and Tiedemanri s " Nordamerikan-
ischer Monatsbericht filr Natur und Heilkunde" under the title
"Vorliiufige Notiz iiber Gepaarte Kobalt-Verbindungen." This

XIV OBITUARY NOTICES.

memoir " contained the first distinct recognition of the existence
of perfectly well-defined and crystallized salts of ammonia-cobalt
bases." Indeed, it would appear that no trace exists "in any
earlier paper of even an idea of the existence of such a class of
compounds." The results given in this paper were first obtained
in 1847 m Marburg, while the author was chemical assistant to
Prof. Bunsen and during the latter's absence in Iceland. They
were freely communicated verbally to others and a suite of the salts
obtained were deposited at the time in the laboratory at Giessen.
In this early memoir Dr. Genth describes two series of salts in
which cobalt oxide, conjugated with ammonia, acts as a base. To
prepare these bases, ammonium chloride is added to a solution
either of cobaltous chloride or sulphate, and the solution is satur-
ated with ammonia. After standing four or five weeks in the air
and the excess of ammonia has evaporated, hydrochloric acid is
added to acid reaction and the solution is boiled. After some time
a crystalline heavy carmine red powder is deposited, consisting of
small octahedrons having the empirical formula, Co203(NH.j)3Cl.
Hence they must be considered as the chloride of a paired or con-
jugated compound, Co203(NH4)8, which plays the part of a metal.
On further evaporating the mother-liquor from which the carmine
red salt was obtained, an orange-yellow cobalt salt separated in
crystals. " Though the analyses were from necessity not sufficiently
complete and extended to fix the constitution of the bases in ques-
tion, yet the fact is indisputable that this memoir contained not
merely the first announcement of the existence of ammonia-cobalt
bases, but also a scarcely less accurate and complete description of
two of these bases than any which has since appeared."

The foregoing memoir was called by Dr. Genth a preliminary
notice. But inasmuch as circumstances prevented a prompt resump-
tion and continuation of the investigation, the field was entered by
others. In 185 1 Claudet described purpureocobalt ; and later in
the same year Fremy communicated to the French Academy " the
discovery of a class of compounds containing cobalt and ammonia,
and produced by the oxidation of ammoniacal solutions of cobalt-
ous salts," claiming the discovery as his own. He "appears not
to have been aware that these two bases had been described in a
manner little less complete than his own two years before the
appearance of his memoir."

This publication by Dr. Genth interested chemists greatly, and

OBITUARY NOTICES. . XV

on July 21, 1852, Dr. Wolcott Gibbs, then of New York, who had
followed Dr. Genth's directions and had prepared these bases in his
laboratory, wrote him as follows : " I enclose you herewith a small
quantity of my orange-cobalt compound. . . . Please let me have
your opinion of it. I think it identical with yours. Let me urge
you to go on with your investigation, as it must lead to very inter-
esting results independently of the beauty of the compounds in
question." Dr. Genth's response must have been prompt, for in
a second letter, written on the 26th of July, Dr. Gibbs says : "In
reply to your proposition I can only say that I will willingly join
you in your investigation, provided that on your return to Philadel-
phia you find that your engagements will prevent you from accom-
plishing your work alone. You ought, if possible, to have the entire
credit which is justly due to you. If, however, you cannot under-
take the matter alone, then I will add my labors to yours and we
will publish in our joint names." Thus began the association of
these two eminent men in the investigation which has since become
famous. In the following November Dr. Gibbs himself discovered
a new ammonia-cobalt base, obtained by passing nitrogen oxides
into solutions of the compounds described by Dr. Genth. Its salts
have a dark sherry-wine or brown-yellow color, and the new base
differs from the others in the fact that it contains nitrogen dioxide
as a coupler in addition to ammonia.

In the joint monograph of Gibbs and Genth, which was published
by the Smithsonian Institution in 1856, and afterward printed in
the American Journal of Science, the nomenclature of Fremy is sub-
stantially adopted though somewhat modified. Instead of " Roseo-
cobaltiaque " and " Luteocobaltiaque," as Fremy proposed, the
names " Roseocobalt " and " Luteocobalt " are employed for the
two bases originally discovered by Dr. Genth; that of " Purpureo-
cobalt " being given to the base discovered by Claudet, " Xantho-
cobalt " to that discovered by Gibbs, and " Fuscocobalt " to the
one described by Fremy. The^ authors also followed Fremy' s
example in referring the colors of these substances to the chromatic
scale of Chevreul. The crystallographic determinations given in
the memoir were made by J. D. Dana. After describing the
methods of analysis used, the monograph goes on to state at length
the mode of preparation and the properties of the salts of roseo-
cobalt, purpureocobalt, luteocobalt and xanthocobalt, together with
the results of their analysis. It concludes with a theoretical discus-

XVI . OBITUARY NOTICES.

sion of the rational structure of these bases, considering them "as
conjugated compounds of sesquioxide, sesquichloride, etc., of
cobalt, the five or six equivalents of ammonia, or of ammonia and
deutoxide of nitrogen, forming the conjunct, and serving to give
to the sesqui-compound of cobalt the degree of stability which it
possesses in this class of bodies." This extended and elaborate
research has always ranked among the highest chemical investiga-
tions ever made in this country. Several years were required to
complete it, the analytical portion of the work being as difficult as
it was protracted.

In 1858, in conjunction with Dr. Gibbs, Dr. Genth published a
preliminary notice of a new base containing osmium and the ele-
ments of ammonia; having been led by their previous work to the
study of the production of analogous compounds with other metals.
On studying the action of the mixed nitrogen oxides upon ammo-
niacal solutions of the platinum metals, they discovered a well
characterized base formed by osmium when thus treated, the salts
of which crystallize well. Though noticed by Fremy in 1844, he
was mistaken in its constitution, calling it osmiamide. The salts
of this new base have a beautiful orange- yellow color, are quite
insoluble in cold water, more soluble in hot. Their solutions
decompose easily, evolving osmic acid.

Besides the admirable investigations made in pure chemistry,
Dr. Genth will ever be remembered for the valuable researches
which he made in chemical mineralogy. As early as 1842, while
yet a student, he published in Leonhard and Bronri 's Jahrbuch a
paper on " A Pseudomorph of Prehnite after Analcime." And in
1848, there appears in Liebigs Annalen a paper by him containing
analysis of baulite from Krabla, of phillipsite from Stempel, of
chabasite from Annerode, of iron-ochre from the Alta-Birke mine,
of speiss-cobalt from Reichelsdorf and of uranite from the Siebenge-
berge. In 1851, he announced in Keller and Tiedemanti' 's Monats-
bericht the discovery .of tetradymite in North Carolina, of traces of
platinum in Lancaster county, Pa., and of a magnetic pyrite in the
same locality which contained 2.9 per cent, of nickel and which
has since been made the basis of an important nickel industry.
The same year he described a mineral from Texas, Pa., which he
considered to be a gymnite, in which a portion of the magnesia is
replaced by nickelous oxide, isomorphous with it. To this mineral

OBITUARY NOTICES. XV11

he gave the name nickel gymnite, but Dana subsequently called it
genthite.

A series of highly valuable papers, entitled " Contributions to
Mineralogy," were published by Dr. Genth from time to time for
several years. These papers were fifty-four in number and con-
tained descriptions of 215 mineral species, in most cases being
accompanied by analyses. Most of these contributions appeared in
the American Journal of Science, although several were published in
the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society and in other
serials. In a number of his later papers he was aided by S. L. Pen-
field, who furnished the notes on crystallography. Besides these
comprehensive communications, Dr. Genth was the author of
twenty-three minor contributions to chemical mineralogy, many of
which contained descriptions of new species. He was the discov-
erer of twenty-four new minerals, all of which were so thoroughly
individualized, both by chemical and by physical methods, that
they took at once a position in the science which they have ever
since maintained.

Dr. Genth was especially distinguished for his extensive knowl-
edge of the chemistry of the rarer elements ; and this rendered
his analyses of the minerals containing these elements of great value
to the science of mineralogy. His papers "On Some American
Vanadium Minerals," " On the Vanadates and Iody rites from Lake
Valley, N. M.," "Examination of North Carolina Uranium Min-
erals," and especially the one " On Some Tellurium and Vanadium
Minerals," are noteworthy. In No. VII of his " Contributions to
Mineralogy," published in 1868, he gives a list of seven American
tellurium minerals, of which two are new species ; and in a paper
published in 1874 " On American Tellurium and Bismuth Min-
erals," he describes native tellurium, tetradymite, altaite, hessite,
petzite, sylvanite, calaverite, tellurate of copper and lead, bis-
muthinite and schirmerite, the latter a new mineral. Indeed, he
regarded his work on tellurium minerals as among his best efforts.
Nearly one-half of the new species made by him were compounds
of the rarer elements.

Perhaps the most important, as it certainly was the most ex-
tended, of Dr. Genth's mineralogical investigations was that upon
" Corundum : Its Alterations and Associated Minerals," the results
of which were communicated to the American Philosophical So-
ciety in 1873. The paper occupies forty-six pages of the Proceed-

XVlll OBITUARY NOTICES.

ings. In the spring of 1871, he had exhibited to the Society
several peculiar crystals of corundum, altered either wholly or
partly into other mineral species. "Further chemical investiga-
tion of these crystals, and of others similar to them, gave results
leading to conclusions which seemed to possess interest not only
for the chemist and mineralogist, but in connection with their
paragenesis, to the geologist also." The largest deposits of corun-
dum in the world are in a chromiferous serpentine or chrysolite
formation and in the rocks adjoining thereto. Localities of this
mineral have been developed all the way from Massachusetts to
Alabama, and it will always be an interesting question by what
agencies such enormous quantities of alumina could have been
precipitated to form it. Especially so, since by its subsequent
alteration it has given rise to many of the most widely distributed
minerals and rocks. The most important deposit of corundum in
the East is that at Chester, Mass., discovered by C. T. Jackson, and
described mineralogically by C. U. Shepard and J. L. Smith. It
consists of crystalline corundum contained in a fine scaly chlorite,
and of a peculiar mixture of granular and crystallized corundum
and magnetite. By far the largest deposits of corundum, however,
occur in North Carolina, the corundum belt stretching south-
westerly from Madison county, N. C, through Georgia into Talla-
poosa county, Ala., a distance of at least two hundred and fifty
miles. The first large mass of corundum was found in 1847 on
the French Broad river, near Marshall. It was dark-blue in color
and was associated with chlorite and margarite. The outcrop of
the Culsagee mine, near Franklin, extends over thirty acres ; that
of the Cullakenee mine, about twenty miles southwest of this, ex-
tends over an area of three hundred acres. The corundum here
is generally of a grayish-white or pale ash-gray color, with specks
of sapphire occasionally. Sometimes, however, it is of a beautiful
pink color, associated with andesite, zoisite, margarite, hornblende,
and rarely with chlorite, spinel and tourmaline. Near Gainesville,
Ga., corundum exists as a nucleus in irregular kidney-shaped
masses of margarite or with a peculiar earthy mineral between
isabel and flesh-red in color, intersected at intervals by veins of a
fine scaly or massive margarite. •

After this general survey of the geological conditions attending
the occurrence of corundum, Dr. Genth proceeds to discuss the
minerals which are associated with it. Corundum altered into

OBITUARY NOTICES. XIX

spinel occurs in many localities, the most interesting coming from
Hindostan. The corundum crystals are from half an inch to two
inches across. Many of them are completely altered, and most of
them show that the alteration began at the surface and penetrated
irregularly the crystals toward the centre, leaving frequently a
nucleus of brownish-gray cleavable corundum. Beauxite, an
aluminum hydrate mixed with ferric hydrate and a hydrous
aluminum silicate, and enclosing grains of corundum, occurs
abundantly in the south of France. T. S. Hunt regarded the
corundum as having been produced from the beauxite by loss of its
water ; but Dr. Genth held the opposite view and maintained that
the beauxite has resulted from the hydration of the corundum.
Zoisite had been observed in the Urals by Gustav Rose as an asso-
ciate of corundum. The best locality for it in this country, how-
ever, is at the Cullakenee mine, where it occurs sometimes in
crystals, but generally in compact and columnar easily cleavable
masses, from grayish to greenish and brownish-white in color,
many of the specimens showing distinctly that it is the result of
the alteration of corundum, the pink corundum being often sur-
rounded by a thin coating of a white zoisite. Tourmaline is asso-
ciated with corundum at most of the localities above given. At
Unionville, Pa., black tourmaline occurs in irregular masses of
different sizes, in the corundum itself as well as in the masses
resulting from its alteration. Dr. Isaac Lea mentions the occur-
rence of a crystal of transparent green tourmaline passing through
the middle of a prism of diaspore, the whole enveloped by lamel-
lar crystals of pearly emeryllite. At the Culsagee mine there are
masses of black tourmaline containing crystals of white and yellow-
ish-white corundum disseminated through them, the particles of
tourmaline crystals being intermixed with the corundum crystals
and vice versa. Fibrolite has been long known to accompany
corundum both in Europe and Asia. The variety used by the
Celts in the stone age was obtained in the neighborhood of Chavag-
nac and Ourouze, in France, where it is associated with mica,
cyanite and red and blue corundum. At Norwich, Conn., the
small crystals of sapphire are completely surrounded by fibrolite.
Cyanite is a very common associate of corundum, rolled masses
of it occurring in Litchfield and Washington, Conn., containing
corundum and diaspore. An interesting specimen from Newton,
Conn., received from G. J. Brush, consists of irregularly arranged

XX ' OBITUARY NOTICES.

bladed masses of a gray, bluish-white and blue cyanite ; a yellowish-
white micaceous mineral occurring where the blades meet, em-
bedded in which is diaspore containing in immediate contact with
the cyanite a rounded fragment of a slightly pink corundum.

The list of these associated minerals includes staurolite, pyro-
phylite, damourite, ephesite, jerTerisite, chlorite, margarite and lazu-
lite, among others ; and in the paper are described four new min-
erals : kerrite, maconite, willcoxite and dudleyite.

The conclusions reached by Dr. Genth as the result of this elabo-
rate investigation are as follows: (i) At the period when the
chromiferous and chrysolite beds were deposited a large quantity
of alumina was separated and formed beds of corundum; (2) this
corundum has subsequently been acted on, and in this way changed
into various mineral species — spinel, fibrolite, cyanite, tourmaline,
damourite, chlorite and margarite, and, perhaps, also into some
varieties of feldspar ; (3) a part of the products of the alteration
of corundum still exist in the form of large beds of mica and
chlorite slates or schists ; (4) another part has been still farther
altered and converted into other minerals and rocks, such as pyro-
phyllite, paragonite, beauxite, lazulite, etc.

Dr. Genth gave some attention also to the chemistry of meteor-
ites. In 1854, he described a meteorite from New Mexico, given
to him by Prof. Henry, and labeled " native iron." It afforded
on analysis: iron, 96.17; nickel, 3.07; cobalt, 0.42, and insoluble
matter, 0.57, this latter consisting of iron, nickel and titanium.
The following year he published the analysis of a fragment of one
of the meteoric irons of Tucson, Mexico, presented to the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences by Dr. Herrmann. This analysis showed
the meteorite to consist of iron, copper, cobalt, nickel, chromium,
alumina, magnesia, lime, soda, potash, phosphorus and silica,
together with a feldspathic mineral, supposed to be labradorite. It
agrees substantially with analysis by J. L. Smith of a fragment cut
from one of the huge masses in that region by Lieut. John G.
Parke, U. S. Engineers. A third meteoric iron was described by
Dr. Genth, in 1886, from East Tennessee.

In 1874, Prof. Lesley, Director of the Second Geological Survey
of Pennsylvania, appointed Dr. Genth Chemist and Mineralogist
of the Survey. His acquaintance with the subject committed to
him is well shown by the fact that before the close of that year he
presented a "Preliminary Report on the Mineralogy of Pennsylva-

OBITUARY NOTICES. XXI

nia," which, together with an "Appendix on Hydrocarbon Com-
pounds/' by S. P. Sadtler, covered two hundred and sixty printed
pages. The following year he prepared a second " Preliminary Re-
port," covering thirty-one pages. Dr. Genth was also Chemist to
the Board of Agriculture of Pennsylvania, and did much by his
chemical investigations, and especially by his analysis of fertilizers
and other materials, to develop the agricultural industry of the State
and to maintain a high standard of excellence in all farm products.

As a man of science Dr. Genth stood, among the first in this
country. As a chemist, especially in analytical work, he was well-nigh
without a peer, being completely familiar not only with the reactions
and analytical methods of separation and determination of the
ordinary elemental and compound ions, but, what is more remark-
able, of the rarer and less frequently occurring ones as well. But
this is not all. His scientific work was characterized by a, con-
scientiousness and fidelity to fact which was exceptional. No
labor seemed to him too great, if by it an added accuracy could
be secured. His knowledge of minerals was complete. Not only
did his acute vision aid his early training in recognizing their
nature at a glance, but his skill in observing their physical and
chemical properties gave him remarkable power in detecting new
species. Moreover, his devotion to scientific accuracy was so great
that most, if not all, of the differences he had with others involved
questions of fact rather than of opinion. Again, his mind had
acquired, by long practice, great facility in grasping the relations
of structural grouping, both in salts and in minerals, and the
rational formula of an ammonia-cobalt base or of a complex min-
eral species was at once clearly recognized from the empirical
results of his analysis.

As a teacher, Dr. Genth was most successful. Apart from his
complete command of the subject, he took a great interest in his
good students and devoted himself assiduously to their advance-
ment. But for those who were studiously indifferent and careless,
to his credit be it said, he had but little regard. He was merciless
upon fraudulent work, particularly in analysis. The reputation
which he gave to his department in the University was deservedly
high. The large amount of research work which he did was never
allowed to interfere with his instruction, and those who were his
students remained ever afterward among his best friends. His

X\ii OBITUARY NOTICES.

retirement was a great loss to the University, the more so since
there is reason to believe that possibly it might have been avoided.

Prof. Dr. Genth was everywhere recognized by his scientific
associates as a man of rare talent. He was elected a member of
the American Philosophical Society in January, 1854; he was one
of the corporate members of the American Chemical Society ; was
elected a vice-president of this Society in 1876 and president in
1880 ; in 1872 he was elected a member of the National Academy
of Sciences, and in 1875 a Fellow of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences in Boston. The American Association for the
Advancement of Science paid him, in 1888, the high compliment
of election as one of the three Honorary Fellows of the Associa-
tion.

Dr. Genth's personality was most agreeable. He was cordial to
his friends and associates, valued highly their society and was ever
ready to give them any assistance he could render out of the store-
house of his knowledge. He was twice married, first in Europe, in
1847, t0 Karolina Jaeger, the daughter of the Librarian of the
University of Marburg, by whom he had three children — two sons
and a daughter — all of whom are yet living. In 1852, he married
Minna Paulina Fischer, whom he met in Cumberland, Md.; four
daughters and five sons being the issue of this second marriage.
Of these four daughters and one son are still living.

Dr. Genth was rather corpulent in his habit, and in his later
years went about with some difficulty, being troubled considerably
with asthma. He died at his home in Philadelphia on the 2d
of February, 1893, from an attack of pneumonia, being in his
seventy- third year.

December 6, igoi. George F. Barker.

INDEX TO VOLUME XL.

Page

Aboriginal Rock Pictures in Queensland 56,57

Academie R. des Sciences de Turin, Prize Offered ... 52

Accipitres, Osteology of the 85

Address, Annual 52

Atmosphere, Monatomic Gases of the 165

Barker, George F, Delegate to 20dth Anniversary of Yale University 160

Genth, F. A., Memoir of 165, x

Monatomic Gases of the Atmosphere 165

Blood-rain 59

Borings in the Sulphur Spring Valley, Arizona 160,161

Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of Vortozoa, A Study of the 51

Codex, Mexican 53

Committees, Standing, for 1901 51

Cuckoos (Coccyges), Osteology of the 3, 4

Culin, Some Results of a Receut Collecting Trip Among the American Indians ... 54

Declaration of Independence 159

Douglas, James, Borings in the Sulphur Spring Valley, Arizona 160,161

Douglass, Earl, Fossil Mammalia of the White River Beds of Montana 61

Election of Officers, Annual 3

Faunas, Miocene, of Patagonia ( 59

Flagstaff Phenomena of December, 1901, which Created the Popular Notion of

Signals from Mars 166

Fossil Mammalia of the White River Beds of Montana 61

Fraley, Hon Frederick, LL.D., Memoir of 166, i

Franklin's Bagatelles 85, 87

Gases of the Atmosphere, Monatomic 165

General Meeting 86

Genth, F. A., Memoir of 165

Haupt, Methods of Improving Ocean Bars 61,62

Uays, Declaration of Independence 159

Imperial Royal Zoological and Botanical Society of Vienna, Invitation to 50th .

Anniversary of 52

Indians, Trip Among the American 54

Institute of Jamaica, Thanks for Proceedings 61

International Congress of Zoology, at Berlin, Invitation to Send Delegates 55

K. K. ZooL Botan. Gesell. in Wien, 50th Anniversary, Invitation to 55,56

Acknowledgment of Congratulatory Address 61

Langue Auxiliare, Internationale 165

Librarian Elected 51

Loeb, Artificial Parthenogenesis 55

Longstreth, Blood-rain 59

Lowell, Signals from Mars . . . • 166

Mammalia, Fossil, of the White River Beds of Montana 61

Mars, Signals Irom 166

Mathews, Aboriginal Rock Pictures in Queensland 56,57

Thoorga and Other Languages 61

Meetings, Stated 3, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 5 ', 61, 85, 159, 160, 165, 166

Members Deceased :

Armstrong, Rt. Hon. Lord 3

Blodgett, Lorin 56

Curwen, John 165

Gray, Elisha 52

Hildeburn, Charles Swift Riche 85

Longchamps, Baron de Selys 51

Methan, Thomas 165

Muhlenberg, F. A 59

Norris, William I". ... 165

XXIV INDEX.

Members Deceased : Page

Porter, Thomas Conrad £5

Rowland, Henry A. . .59

Stubbs, Rt., Rev. William 61

Toppan, Robert Noxon 85

Members Elected :

Adams, Charles Francis 54

Balch, Thomas Willing .... . . 85

Brown, Amos P 85

Bumpus, H. C . . 54

Fisher, George Harrison . . . . 54

Flexner, Simon 54

Garnett, Richard .... . . 54

Giglioli, Henry H . . 54

Lodge, Oliver Joseph 54

McPherson, John B . . .... 85

Marconi, Guglielmo 54

Markownikoff, Wladimir . . .... . . 54

Meigs, William M . . .54

Morris, John T 54

Munro, Dana C 85

Penniman, Josiah H 54

Ravenel, Mazyck 85

Schiaparelli, Giovanni 54

Members Presented to the Chair 54, 55, 159, 160, 165

Membership Accepted 54, 55, 56, 61

Montgomery, Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of Vortozoa 51

Nuttall, Mexican Codex 53

Ocean Bars, Methods of Improving 61, 62

Osteology of the Cuckoos 3,4

Parthenogenesis, Artificial 55

Patagonia, Miocene Faunas of 59

Patterson, Memoir of Hon. Frederick Fraley, LL.D 166, i

Pepper, William, Portrait of, Presented 56

Pictures, Aboriginal Rock 56, 57

Queensland, Aboriginal Rock Pictures in . . . 57

Reports, Annual 166

Rock Pictures, Aboriginal 56, 57

Rosengarten, Franklin's Bagatelles 85, 87

Scott, Miocene Faunas of Patagonia 59 .

Sellers, Annual Address 52

Shufeldt, Osteology of the Accipitres . . 85

Osteology of the Cuckoos (Coccyges) . 3, 4

Osteology of the Steganopodes 55

Smyth, Albert H., Delegate to 450th Anniversary of University of Glasgow . . . .55,160
Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et Mathematique de Cherbourg, 50th Anni-
versary 160

Steganopodes, Osteology of the 55

Suess, Edward, Delegate to 50th Anniversary of K. K. Zool. Botan. Gesell. in Wien . 55, 56

Sulphur Spring Valley, Borings in 161

Technical Education 52

Thoorga and Other Languages 61

Tower, Charlemagne, Delegate to 450th Anniversary of Founding of University of

Glasgow . 55, 56

Turtles, meteorological deception practiced upon box, near Philadelphia 51

University of Glasgow (450th Anniversary) 52, 55, "" 60

Vortozoa, Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of 51

Willcox, meteorological deceptions practiced uponbox turtles near Philadelphia. . . 51
Yale University, 200th Anniversary 160

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

American Philosophical Society

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE

(Founded 1743)

February, 1902.

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

FEBRUARY. 1902.

Name.
1687. Abbe, Cleveland, Prof

2170. Abbot, Charles Conrad, M.D. .
1463. Abbot, Henry L., Gen. U S.A. .
2311. Abbott, Alexander C, M.D. . .

Dale of Election.
July 27, 1871,

Dec. 20, 1889,
April 18, 1862,
Feb'y 19, 1897,

1809. Ackerman, Richard, Prof. . . . July 21, 1876,

2128. Adam, Lucien Dec. 17, 1886,

2457. Adams, Charles Francis, LL.D. Feb. 15, 1901,

2451. Adler, Cyrus, Ph.D May 18, 1900,

1779. Agassiz, Alexander, Prof. . . . April 16, 1875,

1642. Agassiz, Mrs. Elizabeth .... Oct. 15, 1869,

1860. Alison, Robert Henry, M.D. . May 3, 1878,

2380. Allen, Alfred H May 20, 1898,

1869. Allen, Joel Asaph, Prof. . . . Sept. 20, 1878,

1927. Ames, Rev. Charles G Jan'y 21, 1881,

2064. Anderson, Geo L., Capt. U.S.A. Feb'y 19, 1X86,

2164. Angell, James B., Pres't Oct. 18, 1889,

2220. Appleton, William Hyde, Prof. May 19, 1893,

2012. Ashhurst, Richard L April 18, 1884,

1219. Avebury. The Right Hon. Lord. July 18, 18S4,

Present Address.

U. S. Weather Bureau, Wash-
ington, D. C

Trenton, N. J.

23 Berkeley St. .Cambridge, Mas?.

University of Pennsj'lvania.
Philadelphia.

Stockholm, Sweden.

41 Bard Sevigne, Rennes.
France.

23 Court St., Boston.

Smithsonian Institution. Wash-
ington, D. C.

Cambridge, Mass.

Quincy St., Cambridge, Mass.

Ardmore, Montgomery Co., Pa.

67 Surrey St., Sheffield, Eng.

Am. Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York.

12 Chestnut St., Boston, Mass.

Fort Banks, Mass.

Ann Arbor, Mich.

Swarthmore, Pa.

2204 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

High Elms, Down, Kent, Eng.

iv

Name. Date of Election.

1995. Bache, R. Meade Jau'y 18, 1884,

1832. Bache, Thomas Hewson, M.D . Feb'y 2, 1877,

2389. Baer, George F Dec. 16, 1898,

2285. Bailey, L. H., Prof. May 15, 1896,

1630. Baird, Henry Carey Jan'y 15, 1S69,

1991. Baird, Henry M., Prof. .... Jan'y 18, 1884,

2419. Balch, Edwin Swift Dec. 15, 1899,

2467. Balch, Thomas Willing .... May 17, 1901,

2345. Baldwin, James Mark, Prof. . . Oct. 15, 1897,

2191. Ball, Sir Robert Stawell . . May 15, 1891,

1965. deBar, Hon. Edouard Seve . . July 21, 1882,

1741. Barker, George F., Prof. . . . . April 18, 1873,

2011. Barker, Wharton April 18, 1884,

1902. Bartholow, Roberts, M.D. . . April 16, 1880,

2119. Bastian, Adolph, Prof. Dec. 17, 1886,

2421. Baugh, Daniel Dec. 15, 1899,

1968. Bell, Alexander Graham, Prof. July 21, 1882,

1802. Bell, Sir Lowthian, Bart. . . . April 21, 1876,

2255. Bement, Clarence S May 17, 1895,

2326. deBenneville, James S . . . . Oct. 15, 1897,

2261. Berthelot, Marcelin P. E. . . May 17, 1895,

2253. Bertin, Georges . May 17, 1895,

1920. Biddle, Cadwalader Oct. 15, 1S80,

1831. Biddle, Hon. Craig Feb'y 2, 1877,

2134. Billings, John S., M.D Feb'y 18, 1887,

2256. Bispham, George Tucker . . . May 17, 1895,

2157. Blair, Andrew A May 17, 1889,

1554. Blair, Thomas S Jan'y 19, 1866,

1669. Blake, Wm. Phipps, Prof. . . , Oct. 21, 1870,

1444. von Bo'htlingk, M. Otto, . . . Jan'y 17, 1862,

2235. Bonaparte, Prince Roland . . Feb'y 15, 1895,

1126. Boye, Martin H., Prof. .... Jan'y 17, 1840,

1826. Brackett, Cyrus Fogg, Prof. . . Feb'y 2, 1877,

2083. Branner, John C, Prof. ... May 21, 1886,

2095. Brezina, Aristides. . . . i . . May 21, 1886,

2069. Brinton, John H., M.D Feb'y 19, 1886,

2433. Brock, Robert C. H Dec. 15, 1899,

2445. Broegger, W. C, Prof. Dec. 15. 1899,

2080. Brooks, William Keith, Prof. . May 21, 1886,

2466. Brown, Amos P., Prof. May 17, 1901,

1881. Brown, Arthur Erwin .... April 18, 1879,

2394. Brown, Ernest William, Prof . Dec. 16, 1898,

2275. Brubaker, Albert P., M.D. . . Oct. 18, 1895,

1547. Brush, George J., Prof. .... Jan'y 20, 1865,

2376. Bryant, Henry Grier May 20, 1898,

2237. Bryce, Right Hon. James .

Feb'y 15, 1895,

Present Address.

4400 Sansom St., Philadelphia.
233 S. 13th St., Philadelphia.

518 Washington St., Reading, Pa.

Cornell University, Ithaca.N.Y.
810 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

219 Palisade Ave.,Yonkers,N.Y.

1412 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

1412 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

Princeton, N. J.

Observatory, Cambridge, Eng.

Ramsgate, England.

3909 Locust St., Philadelphia.

119 S. 4th St., Philadelphia.

1525 Locust St., Philadelphia.

Koniggratzerstrasse 120, Ber-
lin, Germany.

1601 Locust St., Philadelphia.

1331 Connecticut Ave., Wash-
ington, D. C.

Northallerton, England.

3907 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

University Club, Philadelphia:

Palais de l'lnstitut de France,
Rue Mazarin, No. 3, Vie.,
Paris, France.

11 bis Rue Ballu, Paris.

1420 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

2033 Pine Street, Philadelphia.

40 Lafayette Place, New York.

1805 DeLaucey Place, Phila.

406 Locust Street, Philadelphia.

718 Bidwell St., Pittsburg, Pa.

Tucson, Arizona.

Seeburgstrasse 35, II, Leipzig,
Germany.

10 Ave.d' Jena 22, Paris, France.

Coopersburg, Lehigh Co., Pa.

Princeton, N. J.

Stanford University, Cal.

VII Siebensterngasse, 46, Vi-
enna, Austria.

1423 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

1612 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Christiania, Norway.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Balti-
more, Maryland.

20 E. Penn St., Germantown.

1208 Locust St., Philadelphia.

Haverford College, Pa.

105 N. 34th St., Philadelphia.

Yale Univ., New Haven, Conn.

Room 805 Land Title Building,
Philadelphia.

54 Portland Place, London, W..
England.

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

2236. Budge, E. A. Wallis, Litt.D . . Feb'y 15, 1895, British Museum, London, Eng.

2007. Burk, Rev. Jesse Y Jan'y 18, 1884, 400 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

1938. Butler, Hon. William April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa.

C

2416. Cadwalader, John May 19, 1899, 1519 Locust St., Philadelphia.

1788. Campbell, John Lyle, Ph.D.,

Prof. July 16, 1875, Crawfordsville, Ind.

1606. Canby, William Marriott . . . Oct. 16,1868, 1101 Delaware Avenue, Wil-
mington, Del.

2051. Cannizzaro, Tomso Oct. 16, 1885, Santa Maria fuori cinta, Casa

Roffa, Messina, Sicily.
1731. Capellini, Giovanni, Prof. . . April 18, 1873, Portovenere pres Spezia, Italy.

1796. Carll, John F., Prof. Oct. 15,1875, Pleasantville.VenangoCo., Pa.

1911. Carson, Hampton L., LL.D. . . April 16,1880, 1033 Spruce St., Phila.

2260. Carter, Hon. James C May 17,1895, 54 Wall Street, New York City.

1707. Cassatt, Alexander J Oct. 18, 1872, Haverford, Del. Co., Pa.

2147. Castner, Samuel, Jr Dec. 16,1887, 3729 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

2152. Cattell, J. McKeen, Prof. . . . May 18, 1888, Garrison-on-Hudson, N. Y.
1908. Chance, Henry Martyn, M.D . April 16, 1880, 412S Parkside Ave., Phila.
1783. Chandler, C. F., Prof. .... April 16, 1875, Columbia Univ., N. Y. City.
1778. Chapman, Henry C, M.D. . . . April 16,1875, 2047 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
2132. de Charencey, Comte Hyacinth Dec. 17, 1886, 25 Rue Barbet de Jouy, Paris.

France.

42d and Locust Sts., Phila.

Pasadena, Cal.

213> Spruce St., Philadelphia.

Westland, Princeton, N. J.

1821 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

1734 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

University of Penna., Phila.

500 N. Broad St., Philadelphia.

819 N. Broad St., Philadelphia.

2 Via Goito, Rome, Italy.

507 S. Broad St., Philadelphia.

Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.

7 Kensington Park Gardens,
London, W., England.

21 Amity St., Amherst, Mass.

57 Ave Kleber Paris, France.

University of Penna , Phila-
delphia.

2158. Clark, Clarence H May 17, 1889,

1983. Claypole, E. W., Prof. Jan'y 19, 1883,

2247. Cleemann, Richard A., M.D . . Feb'y 15, 1895,

2336. Cleveland, Hon. Grover . . . Oct. 15, 1897,

1999. Cohen, J. Solis, M.D Jan'y 18, 1884,

2429. Coles, Edward Dec. 15, 1899,

2305. Conklin, Edwin Grant, Prof. . Feb'y 19, 1897,

2386. Converse, John H May 20, 1898,

2257. Cook, Joel May 17, 1895,

2129. Cora, Guido, Prof. Dec. 17, 1886,

2205. Cramp, Charles H Dec. 16, 1892,

1836. Crane, Thomas Frederick, Prof. Feb'y 2, 1877,

2100. Crookes, Sir William May 21, 1886,

2391. Crowell, Edward P., Prof . . . Dec. 16, 1898,

2172. Cruz, Hon. Fernando ..... Dec. 20, 1889,

2317. Culin, Stewart May 21, 1897,

ID

2361. Dall, William H.. Prof. .... Dec. 17, 1897, U. S. National Museum, Wash-
ington, D. C

2402. Dana, Charles E May 19, 1899, 2013 DeLancey Place, Philadel-
phia.

2282. Dana, Edward S., Prof. .... May 15, 1896, Yale Univ., New Haven, Conn.

1806. Dannefeld, C. Juhlin April 21,1876, Stockholm. Sweden.

2369. Darwin, George Howard, Prof. Feb'y 18,1893, Ne wham Grange, Cambridge,

England.

1811. Davenport, Sir Samuel .... Oct. 20, 1876, Beaumont, Adelaide, S. Aus-
tralia.

VI

Same.
1557. Davidson, George, Prof.

2417. Davis, William Morris, Prof.
1923. Dawkins, William Boyd, Prof.

Date of Election.
Jan'y 19, 1866,

Oct. 20, 1899,
Oct. 15, 1880,

2418. Day, Frank Miles Oct. 20, 1899,

2406. Day, William C, Prof May 19, 1899,

2360. De Garmo, Charles, Prof. . . . Dec. 17, 1897,

2208. Dercum, Francis X., M.D. . . . Dec. 16, 1892,

2431. Dewab, James, LL.D., Prof. . . . Dec. 15, 1899,

2013. Dickson, Samuel April 18, 1884,

2206. Dixon, Samuel G., M.D Dec. 16, 1892,

2108. Dolley, Charles S., M.D. . . . Dec. 17, 1886,

2089. Donner, Otto, Prof. ...... May 21, 1886,

1946. Doolittle, C. L., Prof Oct. 21, 1881,

2425. Dougherty, Thomas Harvey . Dec. 15, 1899,

1839. Douglas, James, LL.D April 20, 1877,

1924. Draper, Daniel, Ph.D Oct. 15, 1880,

2303. Dreer, Ferdinand J Feb'y 19, 1897,

1787. Drown, Thomas M., Pres't . . . July 16, 1875,

1918. Du Bois, Patterson Oct. 15, 1880,

1878. Dudley, Charles Benj., Ph.D. . Jan'y 17, 1879,

2063. Duncan, Louis, Ph.D Feb'y 19, 1886,

1573. Dunning, George F Jan'y 18, 1867,

1727. DUPONT, EDOUARD April 18, 1873,

2227. DuPont, Henry A., Col Feb'y 16,1894,

1679. Dutton.Clarence E., Maj. U.S.A. Jan'y 20, 1871,

IE

2105. Easton, Morton W., Prof. . . . Dec. 17, 1886,

1917. Eckfeldt, Jacob B Oct. 15, 1880,

1825. Eddy, H. Turner, Prof Feb'y 2, 1877,

2294. Edison, Thomas A., Ph.D .... May 15, 1896,

2262. Edmunds, Hon. George F. ... May 17, 1895,

1686. Eliot, Charles W., Pres't . ... April 21, 1871,

2272. Elliott, A. Marshall, Prof. . . May 17, 1895,

2313. Ely, Theodore N May 21, 1897,

2356. Emerson, Benj. Kendall, Prof. Dec. 17, 1897,

236S. Emmet, W. L. R Feb'y 18, 1898,

1981. Emmons, S. F., Prof. Jan'y 19, 1883,

1943. Evans, Sir John, K.C.B Oct. 21, 1881,

22."> 1. Ewell, Marshall D., M.D. , LL.D. May 17,1895,

IF1

2234. Fennell, C. A. M., Litt.D. . . . Feb'y 15, 1895, 139 Chesterton Road, Cam-
bridge, England.

2180. Field, Robert Patterson . . . May 16,1890, 21S S. 42d St., Philadelphia.

Present Address.

2221 Washington St., San Fran-
cisco, Cal.

Cambridge, Mass.

Woodhurst, Fallowfield, Man-
chester, England.

801 Penn Mutual Building,
Philadelphia.

Svvarthmore, Pa.

Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.

1719 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
The Royal Institution, Lon-
don, England.

90l Clinton St., Philadelphia.

1900 Race St., Philadelphia.

3707 Woodland Ave., Phila.

Helsingfors, Finland.

Upper Darby, Delaware Co., Pa.

School House Lane, German-
town, Philadelphia.

Spuytenduyvil, NewYork, N.Y.

Meteorological Observatory,
Central Park, NewYork.

1520 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

Lehigh Univ.,S. Bethlehem, Pa.

401 S. 40th St., Philadelphia.

Drawer 334, Altoona, Blair Co.,
Pa.

71 Broadway, New York.

Farrnington, Conn.

Royal Museum, Bruxelles, Bel-
gium.

Winterthur, Del.

Morgan Park, Cook Co., 111.

224 S. 43d St., Philadelphia.
U. S. Mint, Philadelphia.
University of Minnesota, Min-
neapolis, Minn.

Orange, N. J.

1724 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

17 Quiucy St., Cambridge, Mass.

Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, Md.

115 Broad St. Station, Phila.

Amherst, Mass.

Schenectady, N. Y.

1721 H St., Washington, D. C.

Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead,
England.

59 Clark St., Chicago, 111.

Vll

Name. Date of Election .

2364. Fine, Henry B., Prof Dec. 17, 1897,

2353. Fisher, Sydney George .... Dec. 17, 1897,

2462. Flexner, Simon, Dr Feb'y 15, 1901.

1901. Flint, Austin, Jr., M.D April 16, 1880,

2197. Forbes, George, Prof Oct. 16, 1891,

2393. Ford, Paul Leicester Dec. 16, 1898,

1912. Fraley, Joseph C April 16, 1880,

1695. Frazer, Persifor, Dr. es-Sc. Nat. Jan'y 19, 1872,

2301. Frazier, Benj. W., Prof. .... Dec. 18, 1896,

2171. Friebis, George, M.D Dec. 20, 1889,

2179. Fullerton, George S., Rev. . . May 16, 1890,

1739. Fulton, John April 18, 1873,

1914. Furness, Horace Howard, LL.D. April 16,1880,

2306. Furness, Horace Howard, Jr.. Feb'y 19, 1897,

2304. Furness, William H., 3d, M.D. . Feb'y 19,1897,

Present Address.

Princeton, N. J.

328 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

University of Pennsylvania,

Philadelphia.
14 W. 33d St., New York, N.Y.
34 GreatGeorge St., S.W.London.
247 Fifth Ave., New York City.
183 5 Pine St., Philadelphia.
928 Spruce St., Philadelphia.
Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem, Pa.
1906 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.
89, The Gladstone, Philadel-
phia.
136 Park PI., Johnstown, Pa.
Walltngford, Del. Co., Pa.
2034 DeLancey Place, Phila.
Wallingford, Del. Co., Pa.

2459. Garnett, Richard C. B., LL.D.. Feb'y 15, 1901,

1988.
2079.
1025.

1897.

1803.

2067.
2274.
1355.
2485.

1587.

1800.
2240.

Garrett, Philip C April

Gates, Merrill E..LL D . . . May

Gatschet, Albert S., Ph.D . . . Oct.

Geikie, Sir Archibald Jan'y

Geikie, James, Prof April

Genth, F. A., Jr ....... . Feb'y

Gibbs, J. Willard, Prof May

Gibbs, Oliver Wolcott, Prof. . July

Giglioli, Henry H., Prof. . . . Feb'y

Gill, Theodore N., Ph.D .... July

Gilman, Daniel C, LL.D .... April
Glaisher, James W. L., Sc.D. . . Feb'y

20, 1883,

21, 1886,
17, 1884,

16, 1880,
21, 1876,

19, 1886,

17, 1895,
21, 1854,
15, 1901,
19, 1867,

21, 1876,
19, 1895,

2233. Glazebkook, Richard T..F.R.S. Feb'y 15,1895,

2212. Goodale, George Lincoln, Prof. Feb. 17, 1893,

2292. Goodspeed, Arthur W., Prof. May 15, 1896,

2203. Goodwin, Harold May 20, 1892,

2232. Goodwin, W. W., Prof. Feb'y 15, 1895,

2453. Gray, George, Hon May 18, 1900,

2222. Green, Samuel A., M.D Oct. 20, 1893,

1880. Greene, William H., M.D. . . . April 18, 1879,

2412. Greenman, Milton J., M.D. . . May 19, 1899,

2155. di Gregorio, Marchese Antonio Dec. 21, 1888,

2188. Gregory, Caspar Rene, Prof . . May 15, 1891,

1815. Grote, Augustus Radcliffe . . Oct. . 20, 1876,
2090. DE Gubernatis, Angelo, Prof . . May 21, 1886,

27 Tanza Road, Hampstead,
London, England.

Logan P. O., Philadelphia.
Amherst, Mass.

2020 Fifteenth St., Washington,
D. C.

28 Jermyn St., London, S. W.,
England.

3 1 Merchiston A ve. , Edinburgh ,

Scotland.
103 N. Front St., Philadelphia.
121 High St., New Haven, Conn.
158 Gibbs Ave., Newport, R. I.
19 Via Romana, Florence, Italy
Smithsonian Inst., Washing-
ton, D. C.
614 Park Ave., Baltimore, Md.
The Shola, Heathfield Road,

South Croydon, England.
23 Queen's Road, Richmond

Surrey, England.
10 Craigie St., Cambridge, Mass.
Univ. of Pennsylvania, Phila.

delphia.
133 S. 12th St., Philadelphia.
Cambridge, Mass.
Wilmington, Delaware.
Historical Soc, Boston, Mass.
27 S. 5th St., Philadelphia.
Wistar Institute, 36th and

Darby Road, Philadelphia.
Al Molo, Palermo, Sicily.
Naunhofstrasse 25, Marien-
hohe, Leipzig-Stotteritz, Ger-
many.
Buffalo, N. Y.
Florence, Ital

VIII

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

2054. Haeckel, Ernst, Prof Oct. 16, 1885, University, Jena, Germany.

1658. Hale, Rev. Edw. Everett . . . Jan'y 21, 1870, 39 Highland St., Roxbury,

Mass.

1853. Hall, Asaph, Prof Jan'y 18, 1878, South Norfolk, Conn.

1795. Hall, Charles Edward Oct. 15,1876, Plaza Tarasquillo, Mexico,

Mexico.

2396. Hall, Charles M Dec. 16, 1898, Niagara Falls, N. Y.

2027. Hall, Lyman B., Prof. Jan'y 16,1885, Haverford Coll., Haverford.Pa.

2194. Hamy, E. T., Dr May 15, 1891, 40 Rue Ltlbeck, Ave. du Troca-

dero, Paris, France.

1337. Harding, George Jan'y 20, 1851, 2C36 Chestnut St., Phila.

2378. Harkness, William, Prof. .. . May 20,1898, 90 Mercer St., Jersey City, N. J.

2136. Harris, Joseph S May 20, 1887, 144 School Lane, Germantown.

2246. Harrison, Charles C, Provost. Feb'y 15,1895, 1618 Locust St., Philadelphia.

1827. Hart, James Morgan, Prof. . . Feb'y 2, 1877, 1 Reservoir Ave., Ithaca, N. Y.

2365. Hatcher, John B., Prof. .... Dec. 17, 1897, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh,

Pa.

1681. Haupt, Hermann, Gen April 21, 1871, The Concord, Washington, D.C.

1862. Haupt, Lewis M., Prof. May 3,1878, 107 N. 35th St., Philadelphia.

2446. Hay, John, Hon Dec. 16, 1898, State Dep't, Washington, D.C.

2082. Hayes, Richard Somers, Capt . May 21, 1886, 32 Nassau St., New York. N.Y.

2071. Hays, I. Minis, M.D Feb'y 19, 1886, 266 S. 21st St., Philadelphia.

1985. Heilprin, Angelo, Prof April 20, 1883, Academy of Natural Sciences,

Philadelphia.

2283. Henderson, C. Hanford, Ph.D. May 15, 1896, Pratt High School, Brooklyn,

N. Y.

2218. Hewett, Waterman T., Prof. . May 19, 1893, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.

2266. Heyse, Paul, Ph.D May 17, 1895, Munich, Bavaria.

2307. Hiller, H. M., M.D Feb'y 19, 1897, 1510 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

2110. Hilprecht, Hermann V., Prof . Dec. 17,1886, 403 S. 41st St., Philadelphia.

1768. Himes, Charles Francis, Prof. . Oct. 16, 1874, Dickinson Coll., Carlisle, Pa.

2438. Hirst, Barton Cooke, M.D. . . Dec. 15,1899, 1821 Spruce St., Philadelphia

1663. Hitchcock, Chas. Henry, Prof. April 15, 1870, Dartmouth Coll., Hanover, N.H.

2355. Holden, Edward S , Prof. . . . Dec. 17, 1897, Smithsonian Institution, Wash-
ington, D. C.

2068. Holland, James W., M.D. . . . Feb'y 19, 1886, 2006 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

2440. Holmes, William H., Prof. .. . Dec. 15,1899, U. S. National Museum, Wash-
ington, D. C.

1624. Hooker, Sir Joseph D., LL.D . . Jan'y 15,1869, The Camp, Sunningdale, Eng-

2224. Hoppin, J. M., Prof. Oct. 20, 1893, New Haven, Conn.

2070. Horner, Inm an Feb'y 19,1886, 1811 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

1696. Hough, George W., Prof. .... Jan'y 19,1872, N.W. University, Evanston, 111.

1698. Houston, Edwin J., Prof. . . . Jan'y 19, 1872, 1809 Spring Garden St., Phila.

2346. Howe, Henry M., Prof. Oct. 15,1897, 27 W. 73d St., New York.

2239. Huggins, Sir William, K.C.B, . Feb'y 15,1895, 90 Upper Tulse Hill, S.W., Lon-
don, England.

1843. Humphrey, H. C July 20, 1877, ?

2248. Hunter, Richard S Feb'y 15, 1895, 1413 Locust St., Philadelphia.

2373. Hutchinson, Emlen May 20, 1898, Aldine Hotel, Philadelphia.

I

1773. Ingham, Wm. Armstrong April 16, 1875, 320 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

2217. d'Invilliers, Edward Vincent. May 19,1893, 711 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

J-

ycime. Date of Election. Present Address.

2010. James, Edmund J., Prof. April 18, 1884, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111.

2302. Jastrow, Morris, Jr., Prof. . . . Feb. 19, 1897, 248 S. 23d St., Philadelphia.

2375. Jayne, Henry LaBarre .... May 20, 1898, 1826 Chestnut St., Phila.

2049. Jayne, Horace, M.D Oct. 16,1885, 318 S. 19th St., Philadelphia.

1954. Jefferis, William W Jan'y 20, 1882, 442 Central Park West, New

York City.

2017. Jordan, Francis, Jr April 18, 1884, 111 N. Front St., Philadelphia.

1989. Kane, Elisha Kent

2322. Karpinsky, Alex. Petrovitch,
Prof.

2169. Keane, John J., Right Rev. . .
2422. Keasbey, Lindley M., Prof. . .

2329. Keen, Gregory B

2021. Keen, William W., M.D

2392. Keiser, Edward H., Prof. . . .

2150. Keller, Henry F

1723. Kelvin, Right Hon. Lord .

2278. Kennelly, A. E., D.Sc ...

2392. Knight, William A., Prof. .
1767. Konig, George A., Prof. . .

2424. Kraemer, Henry, Prof. . .
2167. Krauss, Friedrich S., Ph.D.

April 20, 1883, Kushequa, Pa.

May 21, 1897, Geological Survey, St. Peters-
burg, Russia.

Dec. 20, 1889, Washington, D. C.

Dec. 15, 1899, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

Oct. 15, 1897, 2320 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

July 18, 1884, 1729 Chestnut St.,Philadelphia.

Dec. 16,1898, Washington University, St.
Louis, Mo.

May 18, 1900. Central High School, Phila.

April 18, 1873, The Library, The University,
Glasgow, Scotland.

Feb. 28, 1896, Crozer Building, 1420 Chestnut
St., Philadelphia.

Dec. 16, 1898, St. Andrew's, Scotland.

Oct. 16, 1874, School of Mines, Houghton,
Mich.

Dec. 15, 1899, 145 N. 10th St., Philadelphia.

Dec. 20, 1889, VII Neustiftgasse 12, Vienna,
Austria.

1694. Lambert, Guillaume, Prof. . . Jan'y 19, 1872,

2411. Lamberton, William A., Prof . May 19, 1899,

2377. de Lancey, Edward F May 20, 1898,

2344. Lanciani, Rudolfo, Prof .... Oct. 15, 1897,

1858. Landreth, Burnet Jan'y 18, 1878,

1781. Langley, Samuel P., LL.D . . . April 16,1875,

1721. La Roche, C. Percy, M.D. . . . Jan'y 17, 1873,

1595. Lea, Henry Charles Oct. 18, 1867,

2407. Learned, Marion D., Prof . . . May 19, 1899,

1986. Lehman, Ambrose E .- . April 20, 1883,

2182. Leland, Charles G Mar 16, 1890,

2174. Le Moine, Sir James M Dec. 20, 1889,

1934. Leroy-Beaulieu, M. Paul, Prof. April 15, 1881,

1382. Lesley, J. Peter, Prof. July 13, 1856,

2085. Levasseur, Emile, Prof. .... May 21, 1886,

1415. Lewis, Francis W., M.D.
2300. Lewis, G. Albert . . . .

2338. Libbey. William. Pro"'. .

Jan'y 20, 1860,
Dec. 18, 1896,
Oct. 15. 1897,

Univ. of Louvain, Belgium.

University of Penna., Phila.

20 E. 28th St., New York, N. Y.

2 Via Goito, Rome, Italy.

Bristol, Pa.

Smithsonian Institution, Wash-
ington, D. C.

1518 Pine Street, Philadelphia-

2000 Walnut St., Philadelphia-

University of Penna., Phila.

711 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Baring Bros. & Co., London.

Spencer Grange, Quebec, Can-
ada.

27 Ave. duBois de Boulogne.
Paris, France.

Milton, Mass.

26, Rue Mons le Prince, Paris,
France.

2016 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

1834 DeLancey Place, Phila.

20 Bayard Ave., Princeton, N.J

Name.

2432. LlPPINCOTT, J. Dundas ....

2312. Lister, The Right Hon. Lord

Date of Election. Present Address.

Dec. 15, 1899, 1333 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
May 21, 1897, 12 Park Crescent, Portland
Place, London, England.
1756. Lockyer, Sir Joseph Norman,

K.C.B April 17, 1874, Royal College of Science, S.

Kensington, London, S. W.,
England.
2160. Lodge, Oliver Joseph, LL.D . . Feb'y 15, 1901, The University, Birmingham,

England.
2435. Loeb, Jacques, Dr Dec. 15, 1899, University of Chicago, Chi-
cago, 111.
1872. Longstreth, Morris, M.D. . . . Sept. 20, 1878, 1416 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

2202. Low, Hon. Seth Feb. 19, 1892, 30 E. 46th St., New York City.

2350. Lowell, Percival Oct. 15, 1897, 53 State St., Boston.

1029. Lyman, Benjamin Smith .... Jan'y 15, 1869, 708 Locust St., Philadelphia.

2319. Mabery, Charles F., Prof. .
2107. MacAlister, James, Pres't. .
2207. Macfarlane, John M., Prof.
2404. Mackenzie, Arthur S., Prof.
2363. McCay, Leroy W., Prof. . .
2366. McClure, Charles F. W., Prof .
2280. McCook, Henry C, Rev., D.D. .

188S. McCreath, Andrew S

1821. McKean, William V

2299. Magie, Wm. Francis, Prof. . . .
2339. Mahan, Alfred T., Capt. U.S.N.
•2042. Mallet, John Wm., M.D. . . .

1847. Mansfield, Ira Franklin . . .
1857. March, Francis Andrew, Prof.
2161. Marconi, Guglielmo

2VE

May

Dec.

Dec.

May

Dec.

Dec.

Feb.

July

Feb'y

Dec.

Oct.

Jan'y

21, 1897,
17, 1886,

16, 1892,
19, 1899,

17, 1897,

17, 1897,
2S, 1896,

18, 1879,
2, 1877,

18, 1896,

15, 1897,

16, 1885,

Jan'y 18, 1878,
Jan'y 18, 1878,
Feb'y 15, 1901,

2463. Marcovnikoff, Vladimir, Prof.. Feb'y 15, 1901.

1861. Marks, William D., Prof. .... May 3, 1878,

2078. Marshall, John, M.D May 21, 1886,

2184. Mascart, E., Prof. Dec. 19, 1890,

1572. Mason, Andrew Jan'y 18, 1867,

2431. Mason, Otis T., Prof. Dec. 15, 1899,

2279. Mason, Wm. Pitts, M.D., Prof. .

2196. Maspero, Gaston- Camille, Prof.

2427. Matthews, Albert

2399. Meigs, Arthur V., M.D

2456. Meigs, William M

2115. von Meltzel, Hugo, Prof. Dr. .
2330. Melville, Geo.W , Rear Admiral.
2430. Mendenhall, Thomas C , Prof.
2387. Mengarini, Guglielmo, Prof. .

2251. Mercer, Henry C

1903. Merrick, John Vaughan

Feb.

28,

1896,

May

15,

1891,

Dec.

15.

1899,

May

19,

1899,

Feb'y

15,

1901,

Dec.

17,

1886,

Oct.

15,

1897,

Dec.

15,

1899,

May

20,

1898,

Feb.

15,

1S95,

April

16

1880,

57 Adelbert St., Cleveland, O.

119 N. 18th St., Philadelphia.

Lansdowne, Delaware Co., Pa.

Bryn Mavvr, Pa.

Princeton, N. J.

Princeton, N. J.

3700 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

223 Market St., Harrisburg, Pa.

20J N. 19th St., Philadelphia.

Princeton, N. J.

160 W. 86th St., New York.

University of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va.

Cannelton, Beaver Co., Pa.

Lafayette College, Easton, Pa.

The Haven Hotel, Sand Barths,
Poole, Dorset, England.

Imp. Moskovsky, Universitet,
Moscow. Russia.

Westport, Essex Co., N. Y.

1718 Pine St., Philadelphia.

176 Rue de l'Universit6, Paris,
France.

30 and 32 Wall St., New York.

U. S. National Museum, Wash-
ington, D. C.

Rensselaer Polytechnic Insti-
tute, Troy, N. Y.

Ave. de l'Observatoire, No. 24,
Paris, France.

145 Beacon St., Boston, Mass.

1322 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

120S Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Koloszvar, Hungary.

Navy Dept., Washington, D. C.

Worcester, Mass.

Rome, Italy.

Doylestown, Pa,

Roxborough, Philadelphia.

XI

Name.

1947. Merriman, Mansfield, Prof. .
1744. Messchert, Matthew Huizinga.
2436. Meyer, A. B., Prof.

2142. Michael, Mrs. Helen Abbott
2423. Miller, Leslie W., Prof. . . .

Date of Election.

Oct. 21, 1881,
Oct. 17, 1873,
Dec. 15, 1899,

May 20, 1887,
Dec. 15, 1899,

2284. Minot, Chas. Sedgwick, M.D. . May 15, 1896,

2175. Mitchell, Hon. James T. . . . Feb'y 21,1890,

1461. Mitchell, S. Weir, M.D ... . Jan'y 17, 1862,

2267. Montegaza, Paolo May 17, 1895,

2367. Montgomery, Thos. H., Jr., Prof. Feb'y 18,1898,

2323. Moore, Clarence B Oct. 15, 1897,

2029. Moore, James W., M.D Jan'y 16, 1885,

1841. Morehouse, George R., M.D. . April 20, 1877,

2340. Morley, Frank, Prof. Oct. 15, 1897,

2409. Morris, Harrison S May 19, 1899,

2397. Morris, Israel W May 19, 1899,

1976. Morris, J. Cheston, M.D Jan'y 19, 1883,

2454. Morris, John T. Feb'y 15, 1901,

2265. Morse, Edward S., Prof May 17, 1895,

1577. Morton, Henry, Pres't Jan'y 18, 1867,

2447. Morton, Thomas George, M.D.. Feb'y 16, 1900,

2121. Much, Math.eus, Ph.D., Prof. . Dec. 17, 1886,

2464. Munro, Dana C., Prof. May 17, 1901,

2192. Munroe, Charles E., Prof. . . May 15, 1891,

2062. MURDOCK,J.B.,Lient.-Com. U.S.N. Feb'y 19, 1886,

1937. Murray, James A. H., LL.D . . April 15, 1881,

Present Address.

Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem, Pa.

Douglassville, Berks Co., Pa.

K. Zoologischesu. Anthropr lo
gisch-Ethnographisches Mu-
seum, Dresden, G. rmany.

35 West Cedar St., Boston, Mass.

N. W.cor. Br.ad and Pine Sts.,
Philadelphia.

Harvard Univ., Cambridge,
Mass.

1722 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

1524 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Florence, Italy.

Biological Hall, Univ. of Pa.,
Philadelphia.

1321 Locust Street, Phila.

Lafayette College, Easton, Pa.

2033 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore.

Academy of Fine Arts, Phila-
delphia.

225 So. 8th St., Philadelphia.

1511 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

826 Drexel Buildiug, Phila.

Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

Hoboken, N. J.

1617 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

XIII Penzingerstrasse, 84, Vi-
enna, Austria.

3733 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Columbian Univ., Washington,

D. C.
Navy Dept., Washington, D.C.

Sunnyside, Banbury Road, Ox-
ford, England.

1ST

2087. de Nad aill ac, Marquis May 21, 1886,

2316. Nansen, Fridtjof, Prof. .... May 21, 1897,

1852. Newcomb, Simon, Prof. Jan'y 18, 1878,

1703. Nichols, Starr Hoyt, Rev . . . July 19, 1872,

2060. Nikitin, Sergej. Prof. Feb'y 19, 1866,

1712. Norms. Isaac, M.D "Oct. 18, 1872,

2046. North, Edward, LL.D., Prof. . Oct. 16, 1885,

2269. NuttaLL, Mrs. Zelia May 17, 1895,

18 Rue Duphot, Paris, France.

Godthaab, Lysaker, Norway.

16.0 P St., Washington, D. C.

64 Exchange Place, New York,
N. Y.

Geological Survey, St. Peters-
burg, Russia.

Fair Hill, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

Hamilton College, Clinton,N.Y.

Peabody Museum, Cambridge,
Mass

2072. Oliver, Charles A., M.D. . . . Feb'y 19, 1836, 1507 Locust St., Philadelphia.

2354. Olney, Richard, Hon Dec. 17, 1897, 23 Court Street, Boston.

2195. Oppert, Jules, Prof May 15,1891, 2 Rue de Sfax, Paris, France.

2362. Ortmann, Arnold E., Prof. . . . Dec. 17,1897, 8 Maple St., Princeton, N. J.

Xll

isame.
9.135. Osborn, Henry F.. Prof.

2039. Osi.er, William. M.D . .

Date of Election.
Feb'y 18, 1887,

Jan'y 16, 1885,

Present Address.
American Museum of NaturaJ

History, New York City.
1 West Franklin St., Baltimore,

Md.

1868.
1578.
2395.

2035.
2452.

2385.
1282.
1320.

2213.
2357.
2428.
1772.
2318.
1859.

1722.
2104.
2455.
2073.
1518.
2059.
2333.
2383.

Packard, Alpheus S., Prof*.
Packard, John H., M.D. . .
Pancoast, Henry S

Patterson, C. Stuart

Patterson, Edward, Hon ....

Patterson, Lamar Gray . . .

Patterson, Robert

Patterson, Thomas Leiper . .

Sept. 20, 1878,

Jan'y 18, 1867,

Dec. 16, 1898,

Jan'y 16, 1885,

May 18, 1900,

May 20, 1898,

April 18, 1851,

April 15, 1853,

Pattison, Robert E., Hon . . Feb. * 17, 1893,

Patton, Francis L., D.D., Pres't Dec. 17, 1897,

Paul, J. Rodman Dec. 15, 1899,

Pearse, John B Jan'y 15, 1875,

Peckham, S. F., Prof May 21, 1897,

Peirce, C. Newliv, D.D.S May 3, 1878.

Pemberton, Henry Jan'y 17, 1873,

Penafiel, Antonio, Dr May 21, 1886,

Penniman, Josiah H., Prof . . . Feb'y 15, 1901,

Pennypacker, Samuel W., Hon. May 21,1886,

Penrose, R. A. F., M.D July 17, 1863,

Pepper, Edward, M.D Feb'y 19, 1886,

Pepper, George Wharton . . Oct. 15, 1897,

Pettee, William Henry, Prof . May 20, 1898,

2281. Pettit, Henry Feb. 28, 1895,

2403.
2295.

2342.

2277.

2374.
2127.

Phillips, Francis C.,Prof. . .
Pickering, Edw. C., Prof. . . .

Piersol, George A., M.D

Pilsbry, Henry A., Prof. . . . .

Platt, Charles

Platzmann, Julius, Ph.D. .

May
May

Oct.

Dec.

May
Dec.

19, 1899,
15, 1896,

15, 1897,

20, 1895,

20, 1898,
17, 1886,

2415. Poincare, Jules-Henri, Prof. . May 19, 1899,

2053. POMIALOWSKY, JOHN, Prof. . .

2097. Postgate, John P., Prof.. . .
2161. Powell, J. W., LL.D

2437. Preece, Sir William Henry .

2382. Prescott, Albert B., Prof.

1780. Prime, Frederick

Oct.

16,

1885,

May

21,

1886,

Oct.

18,

1889,

Dec.

15,

1899,

May

20,

1898,

April

16,

1875,

Providence, R. I.

Hotel Stanton, Philadelphia.

267 E. Johnson St., German-
town, Phila.

1000 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Supreme Court, Appellate Div.,
1st Dept., New York City.

P. O. Box 213, Lynchburg, Va.

329 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.

176 Washington St., Cumber-
land, Md.

5930 Drexel Rd., Overbrook, Pa.

Princeton, N. J.

903 Pine St., Philadelphia.

317 Walnut Av., Roxbury, Mass.

51 Quincy St., Brooklyn.

3316 Powelton Ave., Philadel-
phia.

1947 Locust St., Philadelphia.

Ciudad Mexico, Mexico.

4326 Sansom St., Philadelphia.

1540 N. 15th St., Philadelphia.

1331 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

El Aria, El Biar, Alger, Algerie

701 Drexel Building, Phila.

554 Thompson St., Ann Arbor,
Mich.

5951 Overbrook Ave., Phila-
delphia.

P. O. Box 126, Allegheny, Pa.

Harvard Univ., Cambridge,
Mass.

Chester Ave. and 49th St.,
Philadelphia.

Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia.

237 S. 18th St., Philadelphia.

Reichsstrasse 2, Leipzig, Ger-
many.

63 Rue Claude Bernard, Paris,
France.

St. Petersburg, Russia.

Cambridge, England.

910 M. St.., N. W., Washington,
D. C.

12, Queen Anne's Gate, Lon-
don, S. W., England.

734 S. Iugalls St., Ann Arbor,
Mich.

1008 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

Name.

xiu

Date of Election.

Present Address.

2414. Fkitchett, Henry S, President. May 19,1899, Massachusetts I n s t i tu t e of

Technology, Boston.

1758. Pumpelly, Raphael, Prof. . - . April 17, 1874, Newport, R. I.

2293. Popin, Michael L, Prof. .... May 15,1896, 7 Highland PL, Yonkers, N. Y.

2268. Putnam, F. W., Prof. May 15, 1895, Peabody Museum, Cambridge,

Mass.

2131. Rada, Juan de Dios-y Delgado, Dec. 17, 1S86,

2101. Ramsay, William, Prof. May 19, 1899,

1736. Rand, Theodore D April 18, 1873,

1849. Randall, F. A., M.D Jan'y 18, 1878,

2165. Ravenel, Maz'yck P.,.Dr May 17, 1901,

2388. Rawle, Francis Dec. 16, 1898,

2398. Rawle, William Brooke . . . . May 19, 1899,

2099. Rayleigh, The Right Hon. Lord. May 21, 1886,

1784. Raymond, Rossiter W April 16, 1875,

2381. Redwood, Boverton May 20, 1898,

2405. Remington, Joseph P., Prof. . . May 19, 1899,

1889. Remsen, Ira, Prof. July 18, 1879,

1948. Renard, A. F., Prof Oct. 21,1881,

1890. Renevier, E., Prof July 18, 1879,

2443. Rennert, Hugo A., Prof. .... Dec. 15, 1899,
1816. Reuleaux, F., Prof Feb'y 2, 1877,

2122. Reville, Albert, Prof Dec. 17, 18S6,

2315. Rhoads, Samuel Nicholson. . . May 21, 1897,
2226. Roberts. Isaac, Sc.D Oct, 20, 1893,

1957. Robins, James W., Rev April 21, 1882,

2177. Rogers, Robert W., Prof. . . . Feb'y 21, 1890,

1462. Rohrig, F. L. Otto, Prof April 18, 1862,

2050. Rollett, Hermann, Ph.D. . . . Oct. 16, 18S5,
1907. Rood, Ogden N., Prof. April 16, 1880,

2198. ROSENGARTEN, JOSEPH G Oct. 16, 1891,

1964. de Rosny, Leon, Prof July 21, 1882,

1838. Rothrock, Joseph T., Prof. . . April 20, 1877,
1620. Rutimeyer, Carl L., Prof. . . . "Jan'y 15, 1869,

S

2230. Sachse, Julius F Feb'y 16, 1894,

1766. Sadtler, Samuel P., Prof. . . . Oct. 16, 1874,

2148. Sajous, Charles E., M.D .... Feb'y 17, 1888,

2358. Sampson, Alden. . . . 0 . . Dec. 17, 1897,

1563. Sandberger, Fredolin, Prof. . April 20, 1866,

2327. Sanders, Richard H Oct. 15, 1897,

Calle de la Corredera baja de S.

Pablo No. 12, Madrid, Spain.

University College, Gower St.,

W. C, London, Eng.
Radnor, Del.Co., Pennsylvania.
Warren, Pa.
University of Pennsylvania,

Philadelphia.
"The Lincoln," Philadelphia.
230 So. 22d St., Philadelphia.
TerlingPl . ,Witham .Essex, Eng.
99 John St., New York, N. Y.
4, Bishopsgate St. Within, E. C.

London, England.
1832 Pine St., Philadelphia.
Johns Hopkins Univ., Balti-
more, Md.
Acad, of Sciences, Brussels,

Belgium.
Univ. Lausanne, Switzerland.
4232 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.
W. Ahornstrasse 2, Berlin, Ger-
many.
21 Rue Guenegaud, Paris,

France.
Audubon, N. J.
Starfield, Crowborough, Sus-
sex, England.
Merion, Penna.
Drew Theological Seminary,

Madison, N. J.
Pasadena, Cal.
Baden bei Wien, Austria.
Columbia University, New

York.
1704 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
28 Rue Mazarine, Paris, France
West Chester, Pa.
Basle, Switzerland.

4428 Pine St., Phila.

N.E. cor. 10th and Chestnut Sts.

Philadelphia.
2043 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
Haver ford, Fa.
Univ. of Wiirzburg, Bavaria.
1225 Locust St., Philadelphia.

XIV

Date of Election. Present Address.

April 21, 1882, Jamaica Plain, Mass.
April 18, 1873, Geneva, Switzerland.
Feb'y 17, 1893, 1309 Arch St., Philadelphia.
Feb'y 15, 1901, Ros'al Observatory, Milan,

Italy.
Dec. 15, 1899, University of Leyden, Leyden.
Holland.
54 William St., New York, N.Y.
3 Hanover Square, London, W.

England.
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Princeton, N. J.
Cambridge, Mass.
U. S. Naval Observatory, Wash-
ington, D. C.
3301 Baring St., Philadelphia.
410 N. 33d St., Philadelphia.

1819 Vine St., Philadelphia.
28 Nepean St., Ottawa, Canada.
UniversitaRomana, Rome, Italy
Academy of Natural Sciences.

Philadelphia.

13 Broad St., Boston, Mass.
Mansfield, Tioga Co., Penna.
Princeton, N. J.
Navy Dept., Washington, D.C.
160fi Walnut St., Philadelphia.

1820 Chestnut St., Phila.
3421 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
57 W. 42d St., New York, N. Y.
Trenton, N. J.
5219 Archer St., Germantown,

Philadelphia.
Utrecht, Netherlands.
1812 Spruce St., Philadelphia.
2402 N. Broad St., Philadelphia.
Library of Congress, Washing-
ton, D. C.
Oct. 15, 1897, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.
Jan'y 18, 1884, Lexington, Va.
April 20, 1877, University Heights, New York,
N. Y.

2276. Stevenson, Sara Y Oct. 18, 1895, 237 S. 21st St., Philadelphia.

2371. Stillwell, L. B Feb'y 18, 1898, BuflaloAve., Niagara Falls.N.Y.

2168. Stokes, Sir George G., Bart . . Dec. 20, 1889, Lensfield Cottage, Cambridge,

England.

2094. Suess, Eduard, Prof. May 21, 1886, K. K. Geologische Reichsan-

stalt, Vienna, Austria.
2258. Sulzberger, Mayer, Hon. .. . May 17,1895, 1303 Girard Ave ., Philadelphia.
2092. Szombathy, Josef, Prof May 21, 1886, Burgring 7, Vienna, Austria.

T

2328. Tatham, William Oct. 15,1897, 1811 Walnut St., Philadelphia

2213. Taylor. Isaac, Rev., LL.D . . . Feb'y 15, 1895, York, England.

Name.

1958. Sargent, Charles Spr ague, Prof.

1730. de Saussure, Henri

2211. Schaffer, Charles, M.D. . . .

2468. SCHIAPARELLI, GIOVANNI .....
2444. SCHLEGEL, GUSTAVE, Prof ....

1864. Schurz, Carl, Hon Sept.* 20, 1878,

1-725. Sclater, Philip Lutley. Ph.D . April 18, 1873,

2372. Scott, C. F Feb'y 18, 1898,

2112. Scott, W. B., Prof Dec. 17, 1886,

1870. Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. . . Sept. 20, 1878,

2352. See, T. J. J., LL.D Dec. 17, 1897,

1704. Sellers, Coleman, Sc.D July 19, 1872,

2420. Sellers, Coleman, Jr Dec. 15, 1899,

1533. Sellers, William April 15, 1864,

1770 Selwyn, Alfred R. C, LL.D. . Oct. 16, 1874,

2057 Sergi, Giuseppe, Prof Oct. 16, 1885,

2076. Sharp, Benjamin, M.D May 21, 1886,

1960. Sharples, Stephen Paschall,

Prof. April 21, 1882,

1797. Sherwood, Andrew Oct. 15, 1875,

1822. Shields, Chas. W., Rev., LL.D.. Feb'y 2, 1877,

2442. Sigsbee, Charles D., Capt U.S.N. Dec. 15, 1899,

2449. Sinkler, Wharton, M.D May 18, 1900,

2351. Smith, A. Donaldson, M.D . . . Oct. 15, 1897,

2146. Smith, Edgar F., Prof, Oct. 21, 1887,

1789. Smith, Stephen, M.D Oct. 15, 1875,

2335. Smock, John C, Prof. Oct. 15, 1897,

2141. Smyth, Albert H., Prof. . . May 20, 1887,

2229 Snellen, Herman, Jr., Ph.D. . Feb'y 16, 1894,

1742. Snowden, A. Loudon Oct. 17, 1873,

2009. Snyder, Monroe B., Prof. . . . Jan'y 18, 1884,

1720. Spoffoud, A. R., LL.D Jan'y 17, 1873,

2348. Stephens, H. Morse, Prof. . . .
1990. Stevens, Walter LeCon pe, Prof.
1840. Stevenson, John James, Prof. .

XV

Same. Date oj Election. Present Address.

2098. TEMPLE,RiCHARDCARNAC,Lt. Col. May 21, 1886, Port Elair, Andaman Islands,

Bengal, India.

2289. Tesla, Nikola May 15, 1896, 46 E. Houston St., New York.

2006. Thomas, Allen C, Prof. .... Jan'y 18, 1884, Haverford, Pa.

1993. Thompson, Heber S Jan'y 18, 18S4, Sheafer Build'g. Pottsville, Pa.

1726. Thompson, Sir Henry, Bart. . . April 18, 1873, 35 Wimpole St., Cavendish

Square, London, England.

1807. Thomson, Elihtj, Prof. April 21, 1876, Swampscott, Mass.

1909. Thomson, William, M.D April 16,1880, 1426 Walnut St., Philadelphia .

2052. im Thurn, Everard F Oct. 16, 1885, Pomeroon River, Georgetown,

British Guiana, S. A.

1530. Thury.A., Prof. April 15, 1864, Univ. of Geneva, Switzerland.

2176. Timmins, Samuel Feb. 21,1890, Arley, near Coventry, England.

2123. Topinard, Paul, Prof. Dec. 17,1886, 105 Rue de Rennes, Paris,

France.
2249. Tower, Charlemagne, Jr., Hon. Feb'y 15,1895, U. S. Embassy, St. Petersburg,

Russia.
2413. Trevelyan, George Otto, Rt.

Hon. Sir May 19, 1899, 8 Grosvenor Crescent, S. W.,

London, England.
2288. Trowbridge, John, Prof. .... May 15, 1896, Harv. Univ., Cambridge, Mass.
2441. True, Frederick William, Dr . Dec. 15, 1899, U. S. National Museum, Wash.

ington, D. C.
2024. Trumbull, Henry C, Rev., D.D. July 18, 1884, 1031 Walnut St., Philadelphia.
1973. Tschermak, Gustav Oct. 20, 1832, Universitat, Vienna. Austria.

2321. TSCHERNYSCHEW, THEODORE.

prof. May 21, 1897, Geological Survey, St. Peters-
burg, Russia.

1529. v. Tunner, Peter R., Prof. . . . April 15, 1864, Leoben, Austria.

1983. Turrettini, Theodore, Prof . . Dec. 19, 1890, Geneva, Switzerland.

2166. Tuttle, David K., Ph. D Oct. 18,1889, U. S. Mint, Philadelphia.

2163. Tyler, Lyon G., Hon., Pres't . . Oct. 18, 1889, Williamsburg, Va.

213S. Tyson, James, M.D May 20, 1887, 1506 Spruce St., Philadelphia.

7 Palace Gate Mansions, Lon-
don, England.

TJ

2185. Unwin, William C, Prof. .... Dec. 19, 1890,

2400. Vauclain, Samuel M. ..... . May 19, 1899, 1533 Green St., Philadelphia.

2325. Vaux, George, Jr Oct. 15, 1897, 404 Girard Building, Phila.

2045. de Vere, M. Schele, Prof. . . . Oct. 16, 1885, University of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va.

1475. Virchow, Rudolph, Prof. . . . Oct. 17, 1862, Universitat, Berlin, Germany.

1670. Vose, George L., Prof. Oct. 21, 1870, Concord, Mass.

2186. Vossion, Louis Dec. 19, 1890, Consulate of France, Bombay

India.

•w

2034. Wagner, Samuei Jan'y 16, 1885, Greenbank Farm, West Ches-

. ter, Pa.

1748. Wahl, William H., Ph.D. . . . Jan'y 16, 1874, 15 S. 7th St., Philadelphia.
2331. Waixott. Charles D., LL.D. . Oct. 15, 1397, U. S. Geological Survey, Wash-
ington, D. C.

XVI

■1724.
2156.

1925.
2359.
2033.
2286.
1639.
1637.

1848.

2384

2439.

1863.
2250.

2347.
2151.
2178.
2041.
1747.
2137.
2341.
2216.
2314.
2343.
1884.
2408.
1762.

2290.

2448.

2244.
2426.

1932.
2061.

Name. Date of Election.

Wallace, Alfred Russel, LL.D. April 18, 1873,

Ward, Lester F., LL.D May 17,1889,

Ware, Lewis S Jan'y 21, 1881,

Warfield, Ethelbert D.,Pres't Dec. 17,1897,

Weil, Edward Henry lan'y 16, 1885,

Welch, William H., M.D. . . . May 15, 1896,

Wharton, Joseph April 16, 1869,

White, Andrew D., Hon April 16,1869,

White, Israel C, Prof. Jan'y 18, 1878,

Whitefield, R. P., Prof. . . . May 20, 1898,

Whitman, Charles Otis, Prof. . Dee. 15, 1899,

Wilder, Burt G., Prof May 3, 1878,

Willcox, Joseph Feb. 15, 1895,

Williams, Edward H., Jr., Prof. Oct. 15,1897,

Williams, Talcott May 18, 1888,

Willis, Henry, Prof Feb'y 21, 1890,

Wilson, James Cornelius, M.D. Jan'y 16, 1885,

Wilson, Joseph M Jan'y 16, 1874,

Wilson, William Powell, M.D. . May 20,1887,

Wilson, Woodrow, Prof. .... Oct. 15, 1897,

Wistar, Gen. Isaac J May 19, 1893,

Wister, Owen May 21, 1897,

Witmer, Lightner, Prof . . . . Oct. 15, 1897,

Wood, Richard April 18, 1879,

Wood, Stuart ... May 19, 1899,

Woodward, Henry, LL.D. . . . July 17, 1874,

Wright, Arthur W., Prof . .
Wright, William Aldis, LL.D

May 15, 1896,
Feb'y 16, 1900,

Wundt, William, Prof.

Wurts, Alexander Jay . . . .

Wurts, Charles Stewart, M.D.
Wyckoff, A. B., Lieut. U. S. N. .

Feb.
Dec.

15, 1895,
15, 1899,

Jan'y 21, 1881,
Feb'y 19, 1886,

Present Address.

Parkstone, Dorset, England.

1464 Rhode Island Ave., Wash-
ington, D. C.
Phila.BookCo.,15S.9thSt.,Phila.

Easton, Pennsylvania.

1720 Pine St., Philadelphia.

935 St. Paul St., Baltimore, Md.

P. O. Box 1332, Philadelphia.

U. S. Embassy, Berlin, Ger-
many.

119 Wiley St., Morgantown,
W. Va.

American Museum of Natural
History, New York City.

University of Chicago, Chi-
cago, 111.
60 Cascadilla PI., Ithaca, N. Y.

" The Clinton," 10th and Clin-
ton Sts., Philadelphia.

Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem, Pa.

916 Pine Street, Philadelphia.

4036 Baring St., Philadelphia.

1437 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

1056 Drexel Building, Phila.

233 S. 4th St., Philadelphia.

50 Library PI., Princeton, N. J.

269 Broad Street Station, Phila.

328 Chestnut Street, Phila.

University of Penna , Phila.

1620 Locust St , Philadelphia.

1620 Locust St., Philadelphia.

British Museum, London, Eng-
land.

73 York Sq., New Haven, Conn.

Trinity College, Cambridge,
England.

Leipzig, Germany.

Westinghouse Elec. and Mfg.
Co., Allegheny, Pa.

1701 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

Navy Department, Washing-
ton, D. C.

1904. Yarn all, Ellis April 16, 18S0, 420 Walnut St., Philadelphia.

^759. Young, Charles Augustus, Prof. April 17,1874, 16 Prospect Av., Princeton, N.J

Magellanic Premium.

FOUNDED IN 1 786, BY

JOHN HYACINTH DE MAGELLAN,

of London.

19Q2.
The American Philosophical Society,

Held at Philadelphia, for Promoting Useful Knowledge

ANNOUNCES THAT IN

DECEMBER, 1902,

IT WILL AWARD ITS

MAGELLANIC GOLD MEDAL

to the author of the best discovery, or most useful invention, relating to Navi-
gation, Astronomy, or Natural Philosophy (mere natural history
only excepted) under the following conditions :

i. The candidate shall, on or before November i, 1902 deliver, free
of postage or other charges, his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President of the American Philosophical Society, No.
104 South Fifth Street, Philadelphia, U. S. A., and shall distinguish his
performance by some motto, device, or other signature. With his dis-
covery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a sealed letter
containing the same motto, device, or signature, and subscribed with the
real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be
admitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. A full account of the crowned subject shall be published by the
Society, as soon as may be after the adjudication, either in a separate
publication, or in the next succeeding volume of their Transactions, or
in both.

6. The premium shall consist of an oval plate of solid standard gold
of the value of ten guineas, suitably inscribed, with the seal of the Society
annexed to the medal by a ribbon.

All correspondence in relation hereto should be addressed
To the Secretaries of the

American Philosophical Society,

No. 104 South Fifth Street,

PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

American Philosophical Society.

Held at Philadelphia,

B PROMOTE TLL KNOWLEDGE.

AW. A" . Part L 4io%pp. 6s. with 3 Plates.

v Pub lis is

CONTENTS.

I. — I story of the Pelycosauria, with a Descrip-

tion of the Genus Dimetrodon Cope. By G.
Baur and E. C. Ca-

Part II. 4(0, pp. 1-4, with 5 Plates.
:ist Published.

CONTENTS.

II. — The Chronological Distribution of the Elasmo-
branchs. By O. P. Hay.

III. — Results of Observation with the Zenith Telescope
of the Sayre Observatory from January 19, 1894,
to August 19, 1S95. By Charles L. Doolittle.

IV. — A Study of the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells
of Metazoa. By Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr.
Ph.D.

SUBSCRIPTION— FIVE DOLLARS PER VOLUME.

SEPARATE PARTS ARE NOT SOLD.

Address THE LIBRARIAN OF THE

American Philosophical Society,

No. 104 South Fifth Street,

Philadelphia, U. S A.